DB2 Information Center home
Documentation
DB2 troubleshooting information
DB2 PDF and printed documentation
Documentation updates
Updates available for download
Updating the DB2 Information Center
Mirroring the update site
From a CD
DB2 Information Center
DB2 Information Center installation options
Starting the DB2 Information Center
Navigating in the information center
Searching the information center
Setting bookmarks in the information center
Accessing different versions of the DB2 Information Center
Displaying topics in your preferred language
Getting more from the DB2 Information Center
Accessibility
Keyboard shortcuts and accelerators
Accessing help from a DB2 tool, window, wizard or advisor
Terms and Conditions
Documentation
DB2 troubleshooting information
DB2 PDF and printed documentation
Documentation updates
Updates available for download
Updating the DB2 Information Center
Mirroring the update site
From a CD
DB2 Information Center
DB2 Information Center installation options
Starting the DB2 Information Center
Navigating in the information center
Searching the information center
Setting bookmarks in the information center
Accessing different versions of the DB2 Information Center
Displaying topics in your preferred language
Getting more from the DB2 Information Center
Accessibility
Keyboard shortcuts and accelerators
Accessing help from a DB2 tool, window, wizard or advisor
Terms and Conditions
Product overviews
Database systems
What's new
Fix pack summary
New features and functionality
Highlights of Version 9.1
Information as a service (native XML data store)
More agile development
Autonomic computing
Improved large database management using table partitioning
Secure and resilient
Manage your business, not your database
Hardware and operating system support
Product, packaging, and terminology changes
New name for DB2 Universal Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
New names for DB2 Information Integrator
DB2 Version 9.1 component replacements and name changes
DB2 product-line changes
Distribution key terminology change
Native XML data store support
XML schema, DTD, and external entity management using the XML schema repository (XSR)
XQuery language support
XQuery builder
DB2 Net Search Extender support for the XML data type
Application development support - native XML data store
Application programming language support for XML
XML data type support in SQL and external procedures
XML support in Developer Workbench
XML support in SQL statements and SQL/XML functions
XML support in SQL Assist
Annotated XML schema decomposition
FP4: XQuery upper-case and lower-case functions support locales
Performance considerations - native XML data store
Indexes over XML data
FP2: Annotated XML schema decomposition performance is improved
Performance guidelines for XML indexing
RUNSTATS command support for the native XML data store
Optimizer support for the native XML data store
Administration tools support - native XML data store
Control Center support for the native XML data store
Explain and Visual Explain support for SQL/XML and XQuery statements
Command Line Processor (CLP) and command line tool support - native XML data store
DB2 command line processor support for the native XML data store
db2batch command changes
db2look command changes for the native XML data store
Import and export utility support for the native XML data store
Application development enhancements
BINARY, VARBINARY, and DECFLOAT data type support in .NET and CLI client applications
Client support for trusted connections to DB2 for z/OS databases
Command line processor (CLP) 64KB limit for SQL statements has been removed
DB2 .NET Data Provider enhancements and support for .NET Framework 2.0 and 3.0
Developer Workbench replaces the Development Center
External table function support across database partitions
FP1: Optimization profile table can be created through a stored procedure
FP3: COLLATION_KEY_BIT scalar function added
IBM Database Add-Ins for Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 enhancements
Java procedure class loader enhancements
JDBC and SQLJ enhancements
New and changed development software support
New samples
SAMPLE database enhancements
STRIP and TRIM scalar functions added
FP5: Micro Focus Server Express, Version 5.0, supported (Linux on Power)
Backup, logging, and recovery enhancements
Continue a recover operation that ended during the rollforward phase
Rebuild database function provides new restore options
Redirected restore operation using an automatically generated script
Tivoli Storage Manager support added (Windows x64)
Client and connectivity enhancements
A single client (DB2 Client) provided for application development and administration
Connection timeout support for database applications added
DB2 Runtime Client enhancements (Windows)
Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) support added
ODBC and CLI applications can now run without a DB2 client
Federation enhancements
Asynchrony optimization support improves query performance
Create Cache Table wizard enhancements
Error tolerance supported in nested table expressions
Nickname statistics system procedure performance enhancements
Statement level isolation for nicknames
Two-phase commit for multivendor data sources is available
User mapping retrieval from an external repository is now supported
Write operations supported on DRDA LOB data
Installation, migration, and fix pack enhancements
Coexistence of multiple DB2 versions and fix packs enhancements (Linux and UNIX)
Coexistence of multiple DB2 versions and fix packs now supported (Windows)
FP2: Databases should be updated using the db2updv9 command
FP2: DRDA and Informix wrapper support added (HP-UX IA64)
FP2: Windows Server 2008 support added
FP2: Windows Vista support added (Windows)
FP3: Query Patroller support added (HP-UX IA64)
FP4: AIX 6.1 workload partition support added
FP4: Net Search Extender support added (HP-UX IA64)
FP6: Support added for Windows Server 2008 Failover Clusters in partitioned database environments
Installation of DB2 products without using an Administrator user ID now supported (Windows)
Live Partition Mobility support added
Manual installation enhancements (Linux and UNIX)
Migration resources for DB2 database systems added
New DB2 product uninstall features using the db2unins command (Windows)
Response file enhancements
Update capabilities added to the DB2 Information Center
What's new for V9.1 FP8: The client fix pack download location has changed
Manageability enhancements
Adaptive, self-tuning memory allocation
ALTER TABLE statement enhancements
Automated evaluation of object maintenance policies by the DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
Automatic storage enhancements
Automatic table and index reorganization enhancements
Buffer pool identifiers displayed in database memory output
Copy schema support added
Enhanced access to DB2 administration commands through SQL
EXEC SQL utility support added for loading data into DB2 UDB for z/OS tables
Fast communications manager (FCM) enhancements
First Steps interface enhancements
FP4: Lock timeout diagnosis has been enhanced
FP5: db2pd command output provides more information
FP6: db2pd and db2pdcfg can be run by more users
FP6: Adding client information to transaction event monitor
FP9: Fenced routines history information is easier to collect
Identifier length limits increased to 128 bytes for additional objects and names
Limits for log file size and active log space have increased
Load support added for partitioned tables
New SQL Monitor Area (SQLMA) for monitoring information flow in partitioned database environments
MANUAL keyword added to UPDATE DATABASE CONFIGURATION command
National language enhancements
FP3: COLLATION_KEY_BIT scalar function added
FP4: UPPER (UCASE) and LOWER (LCASE) scalar functions support locales
Unicode support for character-based string functions
FP8: GB18030 code set support has been extended
Performance enhancements
Enhanced query performance using statistical views
Faster data loading using SOURCEUSEREXIT customizable user exit
FP2: New keyword can improve query performance in DPF environments
FP2: DB2_MEMALLOCATE_HIGH registry variable can reduce memory fragmentation (Windows)
FP4: New DB2_WORKLOAD values are available for 1C and Tivoli Provisioning Manager
Load from cursor with remote fetch
Materialized query table (MQT) enhancements
Online processing of the SET INTEGRITY statement
Optimizer registry variable and keywords added
Row compression support added
64 KB page size support added for POWER5+ processors (AIX)
FP5: TCP socket buffer size for HADR connections can be tuned
FP7: Veritas Fast Allocation is supported (Linux and UNIX)
FP7: New db2advis command parameters
FP8: Additional system monitoring information can be generated
Replication enhancements
Replication Alert Monitor can be suspended for defined time periods
Capture program can ignore transactions in the DB2 log
Scalability enhancements
Increased maximum number of index columns and maximum size of index keys
Larger system and user temporary tables
Table size limits increased to 1.1 trillion rows and 16 terabytes
Security enhancements
Data access security improved through label-based access control (LBAC)
Disable the client change password capability
FP2: domain group support added for the db2extsec command (Windows)
FP2: Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol is supported by the database server
FP3: Change password support added (Linux)
FP5: Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol is supported by the database client
FP6: SERVER_ENCRYPT_AES authentication type added
FP6: LDAP security plug-ins are installed with DB2 database products
LDAP-based authentication supported
RESTRICTIVE option added to CREATE DATABASE command
Security administrator (SECADM) authority added to centralize security privileges
SETSESSIONUSER privilege added
TRANSFER OWNERSHIP statement added
Troubleshooting and problem determination enhancements
Data collection improved for database system failures
High water mark option added to the db2pd -fcm command
Trace mask support added to the db2trc command
FP6: Database monitoring enhanced with the db2top utility (AIX, Linux, and Solaris)
FP9: DB2 health information is easier to collect and assess
FP9: db2support command has new optimizer options
FP10: DB2 Health Advisor supports new send options
What's changed
Changes in existing functionality
Installation, migration, and fix pack changes
Application and routine migration changes
DB2 install images package format changes (Linux and UNIX)
db2_deinstall command parameter changes (Linux and UNIX)
Documentation updates are available between product releases
FP4: Minimum C++ runtime levels have changed
FP8: IBM Tivoli SA MP level for high availability support
Installation CD changes for national language versions of DB2 products (Linux and UNIX)
Licensing support changes
Locally installed Information Center installation restrictions
Migration support changes during installation (Windows)
Migration support changes for DB2 database systems
Multiple CD Installation required for some products (Linux and UNIX)
Database setup changes
Authority required to start the database manager has changed (Windows)
Automatic configuration of prefetchers and page cleaners enabled by default
Automatic self-tuning memory enabled by default during database creation
Automatic statistics collection enabled by default during database creation
Automatic storage enabled by default during database creation
Configuration Advisor enabled by default during database creation
Configuration parameters default value changes
Databases require additional space
database_memory configuration parameter changes
Increased log, table space, and memory requirements due to larger record identifiers (RIDs)
Increased memory required for database connections
Lock lists require additional space
Registry and environment variables default value changes
The -w option of the db2icrt, db2ilist, and db2iupdt commands is deprecated
32-bit DB2 database instance support changes
Administration changes
Application ID format changed
Backup image naming convention has changed (Windows)
Catalog table changes in support of table partitioning
Collating sequence IDENTITY replaces BINARY in command output
db2mtrk command changes (Windows)
Data movement utilities changes
DMS table space type default value changed to LARGE
FP2: domain group support added for the db2extsec command (Windows)
FP3: LDAP Security plug-ins updated
Handling of new database connections has changed
Headers in CLP output are no longer displayed in Japanese
Load from cursor incompatibilities with previous releases
Location of diagnostic messages for automatic maintenance
New DB2 agents might affect MAX_CONNECTIONS configuration and application monitor output
REORGCHK command output changes
ROLLFORWARD DATABASE output has changed
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION requires SETSESSIONUSER privilege
sheapthres_shr configuration parameter change
Table space-level point-in-time rollforward operation restrictions
TSM management class no longer used as a basis for filtering when restoring or retrieving logs
Write-to-table event monitor changes
Application development changes
Application and routine feature support changes
Changed parameters and output for the db2batch command
CURRENT TIMESTAMP special register might return duplicate values
Cursor blocking is disabled in SQL procedures
DB2 Embedded Application Server updated
FP1: Availability of LOB or XML values in JDBC applications with progressive streaming
FP1: Modification level of product identifier can contain alphanumeric characters
Support for new versions of the IBM Software Development Kit (SDK) for Java is added
Removal of mutating table conflicts when calling procedures from triggers
Reverse scans enabled by default for indexes, primary keys and unique keys
Sample build scripts updated
Deprecated functionality
Check pending table state is replaced and iCheckPending parameter is deprecated
CLISchema CLI keyword is deprecated
COLNAMES column from SYSCAT.INDEXES is deprecated
Database logging using raw devices is deprecated
DB2 JDBC Type 2 driver is deprecated
db2ilist command options are deprecated (Linux and UNIX)
DB2LINUXAIO registry variable is deprecated
db2secv82 command is deprecated
Distribution key terminology change
External routines require an explicit entry point specification
FP1: Address Windowing Extensions (AWE) support is deprecated (Windows)
FP2: Network Information Services (NIS and NIS+) support is deprecated (Linux and UNIX)
FP3: DB2 Web Tools support is deprecated
Some SQL administrative routines have been replaced
The ADD PARTITIONING KEY clause of the ALTER TABLE statement is deprecated
The DROP PARTITIONING KEY clause of the ALTER TABLE statement is deprecated
The -w option of the db2icrt, db2ilist, and db2iupdt commands is deprecated
Type 1 indexes are deprecated
Discontinued functionality
Alternate FixPak images are discontinued (UNIX)
Autoloader utility (db2atld) is discontinued
Audio, Image, and Video (AIV) Extenders are no longer supported
Data Links Manager is no longer supported
Data Warehouse Center and the Information Catalog Manager are no longer included
DB2 Administration Tools are no longer supported on some platforms
db2reg2large utility for converting DMS table space size is discontinued
db2profc and db2profp utilities are discontinued
DB2_SCATTERED_IO registry variable is discontinued
Desktop icon and folder making utility are no longer supported (Linux)
Extended Storage option for buffer pools is discontinued
Fast communications manager (FCM) no longer uses Virtual Interface (VI) architecture
FP2: The -schema option of the db2sampl command is discontinued
NetBios and SNA communication protocols are no longer supported
Text Extender is no longer supported
Type 3 JDBC support is discontinued
Vendor load API (sqluvtld) is discontinued
VSE and VM objects are no longer supported in the DB2 Control Center
Documentation enhancements
DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows overview
Tutorials
Native XML data store
Visual Explain tutorial
Clients
DB2 Runtime Client
DB2 Client
Servers
DB2 Express-C
DB2 extenders overview
About DB2 Spatial Extender
The purpose of DB2 Spatial Extender
How data represents geographic features
The nature of spatial data
The nature of geodetic data
Where spatial data comes from
Using business data as source data
Using functions to generate spatial data
Importing spatial data
How features, spatial information, spatial data, and geometries fit together
Setting up a database
Configuring a database to accommodate spatial data
Tuning transaction log characteristics
Tuning the application heap size
Tuning the application control heap size
Setting up spatial resources for a database
How to set up resources in your database
Inventory of resources supplied for your database
Enabling a database for spatial operations
How to work with reference data
Reference data
Setting up access to reference data
Registering a geocoder
Setting up spatial resources for a project
How to use coordinate systems
Coordinate systems
Geographic coordinate system
Projected coordinate systems
Selecting or creating coordinate systems
How to set up spatial reference systems
Spatial reference systems
Deciding whether to use a default spatial reference system or create a new system
Spatial reference systems supplied with DB2 Spatial Extender
Conversion factors that transform coordinate data into integers
Offset values
Scale factors
Units for offset values and scale factors
Creating a spatial reference system
Calculating scale factors
Conversion factors that transform coordinate data into integers
Determining minimum and maximum coordinates and measures
Calculating offset values
Creating a spatial reference system
Setting up spatial columns
Spatial columns
Spatial columns with viewable content
Spatial data types
Data types for single-unit features
Data types for multi-unit features
A data type for all features
Creating spatial columns
Registering spatial columns
Setting up DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Setting up and enabling DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Populating spatial columns with geodetic data
Net Search Extender key concepts
SQL scalar search function overview
Stored procedure search overview
SQL table-valued function overview
Additional concepts
Column transformation function
Instance services
Externally stored data
Administration tables and views
Partitioned database support
Indexes on nicknames in a federated database
Native XML support
Key features of DB2 Net Search Extender
Introducing the db2text commands
Incompatibilities between releases
Supported combinations of client and server versions
Deprecated and discontinued features
Version 9 incompatibilities with previous releases and changed behaviors
Standards compliance
DB2 Query Patroller overview
Scenarios
Managing query submitter needs by configuring submitter profiles
Handling very large queries
Running large emergency queries
Managing queries of different sizes using query classes
Using historical analysis to improve performance
Components
Limitations and restrictions
Information integration
What's new
Information integration overview
Welcome to WebSphere Information Integration
Accessibility features
Introduction to information integration
The foundation of information integration
Problems that WebSphere Information Integration products help solve
Why information integration is important to your enterprise
Products and technologies
Products and components for WebSphere Information Integration
DB2 database system and WebSphere Information Integration
Federation technologies
Relational technologies
Relational wrappers
Nonrelational technologies
Nonrelational wrappers
Life sciences user-defined functions overview
Replication technologies
Event publishing technologies
Tutorials
Basic SQL replication tutorial: DB2 for Windows
Before you begin
Planning the SQL Replication tutorial
Replication options
Replication source
Replication target
Setting up the replication environment for this tutorial
Step 1: Create control tables for the Capture program
Step 2: Enable the source database for replication
Step 3: Register a replication source
Step 4: Create control tables for the Apply program
Step 5: Create a subscription set and a subscription-set member
Step 6: Create an Apply password file
Step 7: Replicate the data for the tutorial scenario
Operating in a replication environment
Step 1: Update the source table
Step 2: View status for the Capture program
Step 3: View status for the Apply program
Step 4: Stop the Capture and Apply programs
Monitoring replication
Step 1: Create control tables for the Monitor program
Step 2: Create a contact for replication alerts
Step 3: Select an alert condition for the Capture program
Step 4: Select an alert condition for the Apply program
Step 5: Start the Replication Alert Monitor for a monitor qualifier
Q replication tutorial
Introduction to the Q replication tutorial
Module 1: Setting up WebSphere MQ
Lesson 1.1: Creating the source and target queue managers
Lesson 1.2: Creating the source queues
Lesson 1.3: Creating the target queues
Lesson 1.4: Creating WebSphere MQ channels
Lesson 1.5: Starting WebSphere MQ channels and listeners
Module 2: Setting up Q replication
Lesson 2.1: Creating the source and target control tables
Lesson 2.2: Enabling the source database for replication
Lesson 2.3: Creating a replication queue map
Lesson 2.4: Creating a Q subscription
Module 3: Starting Q replication
Lesson 3.1: Starting replication between the source and target
Lesson 3.2: Viewing the results of replication
Summary and resources
Federated systems overview
Federated systems
The federated server
What is a data source?
The federated database
Wrappers and wrapper modules
How you interact with a federated system
DB2 command line processor (CLP)
DB2 Command Center
DB2 Control Center
Application programs
DB2 family tools
Rational Data Architect
Web services providers
Supported data sources
Replication and event publishing overview
Introduction to DB2 replication and publishing–Overview
Introduction to SQL replication
Introduction to Q replication
Introduction to event publishing
Administrative interface for DB2 replication and publishing
Utilities for DB2 replication and publishing
SQL replication—Overview
Infrastructure for an SQL replication environment
Registration of sources in SQL replication
Subscription sets in SQL replication
Capture of data from DB2 sources in SQL replication
Application of data to DB2 targets in SQL replication
Capture of data from non-DB2 sources in SQL replication
Application of data to non-DB2 targets in SQL replication
Q replication—Overview
Infrastructure for a Q replication environment
Sources and targets in Q replication
Capture of data in Q replication
Application of data to targets in Q replication
Types of replication in Q replication
Comparison of SQL replication and Q replication—Overview
Comparison of the infrastructure of SQL replication and Q replication
Comparison of sources and targets in SQL replication and Q replication
Comparison of data capturing and applying in SQL replication and Q replication
Replication solutions for common scenarios
Event publishing—Overview
Infrastructure for an event publishing environment
Sources in event publishing
Capture of data in event publishing
Comparison of SQL replication, Q replication, and event publishing
Comparison of Q replication to high availability disaster recovery (HADR)
Comparison of event publishing to DB2 MQ user-defined functions
Documentation
Problems, workarounds, and documentation updates
Version 9.1 and fix packs
Mainframe and midrange server access
What's new
Fix pack summary
DB2 Connect enhancements
DB2 Connect Personal Edition easier to upgrade
32-bit DB2 Connect instance support changes
FP3: DB2 Connect products added (Solaris x86-64)
Documentation enhancements
Scenarios
Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers
Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers with DB2 Connect Personal Edition
DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition as a connectivity server
DB2 Connect and Web applications
DB2 Connect and IBM WebSphere
DB2 Connect as a Java application server
DB2 Connect on the Web server
DB2 Connect and application servers
DB2 Connect and transaction processing monitors
DB2 Connect overview
WebSphere Federation Server and DB2 Connect
DB2 Connect administration utilities
Documentation
First Steps
DB2 Information Center
Command line help
Invoking message help from the command line
Invoking command help from the command line
Invoking SQL state help from the command line
DB2 PDF and printed documentation
Ordering printed DB2 books
Release Notes
Notices
Accessibility
Accessibility
Dotted decimal syntax diagrams
Database systems
What's new
Fix pack summary
New features and functionality
Highlights of Version 9.1
Information as a service (native XML data store)
More agile development
Autonomic computing
Improved large database management using table partitioning
Secure and resilient
Manage your business, not your database
Hardware and operating system support
Product, packaging, and terminology changes
New name for DB2 Universal Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
New names for DB2 Information Integrator
DB2 Version 9.1 component replacements and name changes
DB2 product-line changes
Distribution key terminology change
Native XML data store support
XML schema, DTD, and external entity management using the XML schema repository (XSR)
XQuery language support
XQuery builder
DB2 Net Search Extender support for the XML data type
Application development support - native XML data store
Application programming language support for XML
XML data type support in SQL and external procedures
XML support in Developer Workbench
XML support in SQL statements and SQL/XML functions
XML support in SQL Assist
Annotated XML schema decomposition
FP4: XQuery upper-case and lower-case functions support locales
Performance considerations - native XML data store
Indexes over XML data
FP2: Annotated XML schema decomposition performance is improved
Performance guidelines for XML indexing
RUNSTATS command support for the native XML data store
Optimizer support for the native XML data store
Administration tools support - native XML data store
Control Center support for the native XML data store
Explain and Visual Explain support for SQL/XML and XQuery statements
Command Line Processor (CLP) and command line tool support - native XML data store
DB2 command line processor support for the native XML data store
db2batch command changes
db2look command changes for the native XML data store
Import and export utility support for the native XML data store
Application development enhancements
BINARY, VARBINARY, and DECFLOAT data type support in .NET and CLI client applications
Client support for trusted connections to DB2 for z/OS databases
Command line processor (CLP) 64KB limit for SQL statements has been removed
DB2 .NET Data Provider enhancements and support for .NET Framework 2.0 and 3.0
Developer Workbench replaces the Development Center
External table function support across database partitions
FP1: Optimization profile table can be created through a stored procedure
FP3: COLLATION_KEY_BIT scalar function added
IBM Database Add-Ins for Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 enhancements
Java procedure class loader enhancements
JDBC and SQLJ enhancements
New and changed development software support
New samples
SAMPLE database enhancements
STRIP and TRIM scalar functions added
FP5: Micro Focus Server Express, Version 5.0, supported (Linux on Power)
Backup, logging, and recovery enhancements
Continue a recover operation that ended during the rollforward phase
Rebuild database function provides new restore options
Redirected restore operation using an automatically generated script
Tivoli Storage Manager support added (Windows x64)
Client and connectivity enhancements
A single client (DB2 Client) provided for application development and administration
Connection timeout support for database applications added
DB2 Runtime Client enhancements (Windows)
Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) support added
ODBC and CLI applications can now run without a DB2 client
Federation enhancements
Asynchrony optimization support improves query performance
Create Cache Table wizard enhancements
Error tolerance supported in nested table expressions
Nickname statistics system procedure performance enhancements
Statement level isolation for nicknames
Two-phase commit for multivendor data sources is available
User mapping retrieval from an external repository is now supported
Write operations supported on DRDA LOB data
Installation, migration, and fix pack enhancements
Coexistence of multiple DB2 versions and fix packs enhancements (Linux and UNIX)
Coexistence of multiple DB2 versions and fix packs now supported (Windows)
FP2: Databases should be updated using the db2updv9 command
FP2: DRDA and Informix wrapper support added (HP-UX IA64)
FP2: Windows Server 2008 support added
FP2: Windows Vista support added (Windows)
FP3: Query Patroller support added (HP-UX IA64)
FP4: AIX 6.1 workload partition support added
FP4: Net Search Extender support added (HP-UX IA64)
FP6: Support added for Windows Server 2008 Failover Clusters in partitioned database environments
Installation of DB2 products without using an Administrator user ID now supported (Windows)
Live Partition Mobility support added
Manual installation enhancements (Linux and UNIX)
Migration resources for DB2 database systems added
New DB2 product uninstall features using the db2unins command (Windows)
Response file enhancements
Update capabilities added to the DB2 Information Center
What's new for V9.1 FP8: The client fix pack download location has changed
Manageability enhancements
Adaptive, self-tuning memory allocation
ALTER TABLE statement enhancements
Automated evaluation of object maintenance policies by the DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
Automatic storage enhancements
Automatic table and index reorganization enhancements
Buffer pool identifiers displayed in database memory output
Copy schema support added
Enhanced access to DB2 administration commands through SQL
EXEC SQL utility support added for loading data into DB2 UDB for z/OS tables
Fast communications manager (FCM) enhancements
First Steps interface enhancements
FP4: Lock timeout diagnosis has been enhanced
FP5: db2pd command output provides more information
FP6: db2pd and db2pdcfg can be run by more users
FP6: Adding client information to transaction event monitor
FP9: Fenced routines history information is easier to collect
Identifier length limits increased to 128 bytes for additional objects and names
Limits for log file size and active log space have increased
Load support added for partitioned tables
New SQL Monitor Area (SQLMA) for monitoring information flow in partitioned database environments
MANUAL keyword added to UPDATE DATABASE CONFIGURATION command
National language enhancements
FP3: COLLATION_KEY_BIT scalar function added
FP4: UPPER (UCASE) and LOWER (LCASE) scalar functions support locales
Unicode support for character-based string functions
FP8: GB18030 code set support has been extended
Performance enhancements
Enhanced query performance using statistical views
Faster data loading using SOURCEUSEREXIT customizable user exit
FP2: New keyword can improve query performance in DPF environments
FP2: DB2_MEMALLOCATE_HIGH registry variable can reduce memory fragmentation (Windows)
FP4: New DB2_WORKLOAD values are available for 1C and Tivoli Provisioning Manager
Load from cursor with remote fetch
Materialized query table (MQT) enhancements
Online processing of the SET INTEGRITY statement
Optimizer registry variable and keywords added
Row compression support added
64 KB page size support added for POWER5+ processors (AIX)
FP5: TCP socket buffer size for HADR connections can be tuned
FP7: Veritas Fast Allocation is supported (Linux and UNIX)
FP7: New db2advis command parameters
FP8: Additional system monitoring information can be generated
Replication enhancements
Replication Alert Monitor can be suspended for defined time periods
Capture program can ignore transactions in the DB2 log
Scalability enhancements
Increased maximum number of index columns and maximum size of index keys
Larger system and user temporary tables
Table size limits increased to 1.1 trillion rows and 16 terabytes
Security enhancements
Data access security improved through label-based access control (LBAC)
Disable the client change password capability
FP2: domain group support added for the db2extsec command (Windows)
FP2: Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol is supported by the database server
FP3: Change password support added (Linux)
FP5: Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol is supported by the database client
FP6: SERVER_ENCRYPT_AES authentication type added
FP6: LDAP security plug-ins are installed with DB2 database products
LDAP-based authentication supported
RESTRICTIVE option added to CREATE DATABASE command
Security administrator (SECADM) authority added to centralize security privileges
SETSESSIONUSER privilege added
TRANSFER OWNERSHIP statement added
Troubleshooting and problem determination enhancements
Data collection improved for database system failures
High water mark option added to the db2pd -fcm command
Trace mask support added to the db2trc command
FP6: Database monitoring enhanced with the db2top utility (AIX, Linux, and Solaris)
FP9: DB2 health information is easier to collect and assess
FP9: db2support command has new optimizer options
FP10: DB2 Health Advisor supports new send options
What's changed
Changes in existing functionality
Installation, migration, and fix pack changes
Application and routine migration changes
DB2 install images package format changes (Linux and UNIX)
db2_deinstall command parameter changes (Linux and UNIX)
Documentation updates are available between product releases
FP4: Minimum C++ runtime levels have changed
FP8: IBM Tivoli SA MP level for high availability support
Installation CD changes for national language versions of DB2 products (Linux and UNIX)
Licensing support changes
Locally installed Information Center installation restrictions
Migration support changes during installation (Windows)
Migration support changes for DB2 database systems
Multiple CD Installation required for some products (Linux and UNIX)
Database setup changes
Authority required to start the database manager has changed (Windows)
Automatic configuration of prefetchers and page cleaners enabled by default
Automatic self-tuning memory enabled by default during database creation
Automatic statistics collection enabled by default during database creation
Automatic storage enabled by default during database creation
Configuration Advisor enabled by default during database creation
Configuration parameters default value changes
Databases require additional space
database_memory configuration parameter changes
Increased log, table space, and memory requirements due to larger record identifiers (RIDs)
Increased memory required for database connections
Lock lists require additional space
Registry and environment variables default value changes
The -w option of the db2icrt, db2ilist, and db2iupdt commands is deprecated
32-bit DB2 database instance support changes
Administration changes
Application ID format changed
Backup image naming convention has changed (Windows)
Catalog table changes in support of table partitioning
Collating sequence IDENTITY replaces BINARY in command output
db2mtrk command changes (Windows)
Data movement utilities changes
DMS table space type default value changed to LARGE
FP2: domain group support added for the db2extsec command (Windows)
FP3: LDAP Security plug-ins updated
Handling of new database connections has changed
Headers in CLP output are no longer displayed in Japanese
Load from cursor incompatibilities with previous releases
Location of diagnostic messages for automatic maintenance
New DB2 agents might affect MAX_CONNECTIONS configuration and application monitor output
REORGCHK command output changes
ROLLFORWARD DATABASE output has changed
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION requires SETSESSIONUSER privilege
sheapthres_shr configuration parameter change
Table space-level point-in-time rollforward operation restrictions
TSM management class no longer used as a basis for filtering when restoring or retrieving logs
Write-to-table event monitor changes
Application development changes
Application and routine feature support changes
Changed parameters and output for the db2batch command
CURRENT TIMESTAMP special register might return duplicate values
Cursor blocking is disabled in SQL procedures
DB2 Embedded Application Server updated
FP1: Availability of LOB or XML values in JDBC applications with progressive streaming
FP1: Modification level of product identifier can contain alphanumeric characters
Support for new versions of the IBM Software Development Kit (SDK) for Java is added
Removal of mutating table conflicts when calling procedures from triggers
Reverse scans enabled by default for indexes, primary keys and unique keys
Sample build scripts updated
Deprecated functionality
Check pending table state is replaced and iCheckPending parameter is deprecated
CLISchema CLI keyword is deprecated
COLNAMES column from SYSCAT.INDEXES is deprecated
Database logging using raw devices is deprecated
DB2 JDBC Type 2 driver is deprecated
db2ilist command options are deprecated (Linux and UNIX)
DB2LINUXAIO registry variable is deprecated
db2secv82 command is deprecated
Distribution key terminology change
External routines require an explicit entry point specification
FP1: Address Windowing Extensions (AWE) support is deprecated (Windows)
FP2: Network Information Services (NIS and NIS+) support is deprecated (Linux and UNIX)
FP3: DB2 Web Tools support is deprecated
Some SQL administrative routines have been replaced
The ADD PARTITIONING KEY clause of the ALTER TABLE statement is deprecated
The DROP PARTITIONING KEY clause of the ALTER TABLE statement is deprecated
The -w option of the db2icrt, db2ilist, and db2iupdt commands is deprecated
Type 1 indexes are deprecated
Discontinued functionality
Alternate FixPak images are discontinued (UNIX)
Autoloader utility (db2atld) is discontinued
Audio, Image, and Video (AIV) Extenders are no longer supported
Data Links Manager is no longer supported
Data Warehouse Center and the Information Catalog Manager are no longer included
DB2 Administration Tools are no longer supported on some platforms
db2reg2large utility for converting DMS table space size is discontinued
db2profc and db2profp utilities are discontinued
DB2_SCATTERED_IO registry variable is discontinued
Desktop icon and folder making utility are no longer supported (Linux)
Extended Storage option for buffer pools is discontinued
Fast communications manager (FCM) no longer uses Virtual Interface (VI) architecture
FP2: The -schema option of the db2sampl command is discontinued
NetBios and SNA communication protocols are no longer supported
Text Extender is no longer supported
Type 3 JDBC support is discontinued
Vendor load API (sqluvtld) is discontinued
VSE and VM objects are no longer supported in the DB2 Control Center
Documentation enhancements
DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows overview
Tutorials
Native XML data store
Visual Explain tutorial
Clients
DB2 Runtime Client
DB2 Client
Servers
DB2 Express-C
DB2 extenders overview
About DB2 Spatial Extender
The purpose of DB2 Spatial Extender
How data represents geographic features
The nature of spatial data
The nature of geodetic data
Where spatial data comes from
Using business data as source data
Using functions to generate spatial data
Importing spatial data
How features, spatial information, spatial data, and geometries fit together
Setting up a database
Configuring a database to accommodate spatial data
Tuning transaction log characteristics
Tuning the application heap size
Tuning the application control heap size
Setting up spatial resources for a database
How to set up resources in your database
Inventory of resources supplied for your database
Enabling a database for spatial operations
How to work with reference data
Reference data
Setting up access to reference data
Registering a geocoder
Setting up spatial resources for a project
How to use coordinate systems
Coordinate systems
Geographic coordinate system
Projected coordinate systems
Selecting or creating coordinate systems
How to set up spatial reference systems
Spatial reference systems
Deciding whether to use a default spatial reference system or create a new system
Spatial reference systems supplied with DB2 Spatial Extender
Conversion factors that transform coordinate data into integers
Offset values
Scale factors
Units for offset values and scale factors
Creating a spatial reference system
Calculating scale factors
Conversion factors that transform coordinate data into integers
Determining minimum and maximum coordinates and measures
Calculating offset values
Creating a spatial reference system
Setting up spatial columns
Spatial columns
Spatial columns with viewable content
Spatial data types
Data types for single-unit features
Data types for multi-unit features
A data type for all features
Creating spatial columns
Registering spatial columns
Setting up DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Setting up and enabling DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Populating spatial columns with geodetic data
Net Search Extender key concepts
SQL scalar search function overview
Stored procedure search overview
SQL table-valued function overview
Additional concepts
Column transformation function
Instance services
Externally stored data
Administration tables and views
Partitioned database support
Indexes on nicknames in a federated database
Native XML support
Key features of DB2 Net Search Extender
Introducing the db2text commands
Incompatibilities between releases
Supported combinations of client and server versions
Deprecated and discontinued features
Version 9 incompatibilities with previous releases and changed behaviors
Standards compliance
DB2 Query Patroller overview
Scenarios
Managing query submitter needs by configuring submitter profiles
Handling very large queries
Running large emergency queries
Managing queries of different sizes using query classes
Using historical analysis to improve performance
Components
Limitations and restrictions
Information integration
What's new
Information integration overview
Welcome to WebSphere Information Integration
Accessibility features
Introduction to information integration
The foundation of information integration
Problems that WebSphere Information Integration products help solve
Why information integration is important to your enterprise
Products and technologies
Products and components for WebSphere Information Integration
DB2 database system and WebSphere Information Integration
Federation technologies
Relational technologies
Relational wrappers
Nonrelational technologies
Nonrelational wrappers
Life sciences user-defined functions overview
Replication technologies
Event publishing technologies
Tutorials
Basic SQL replication tutorial: DB2 for Windows
Before you begin
Planning the SQL Replication tutorial
Replication options
Replication source
Replication target
Setting up the replication environment for this tutorial
Step 1: Create control tables for the Capture program
Step 2: Enable the source database for replication
Step 3: Register a replication source
Step 4: Create control tables for the Apply program
Step 5: Create a subscription set and a subscription-set member
Step 6: Create an Apply password file
Step 7: Replicate the data for the tutorial scenario
Operating in a replication environment
Step 1: Update the source table
Step 2: View status for the Capture program
Step 3: View status for the Apply program
Step 4: Stop the Capture and Apply programs
Monitoring replication
Step 1: Create control tables for the Monitor program
Step 2: Create a contact for replication alerts
Step 3: Select an alert condition for the Capture program
Step 4: Select an alert condition for the Apply program
Step 5: Start the Replication Alert Monitor for a monitor qualifier
Q replication tutorial
Introduction to the Q replication tutorial
Module 1: Setting up WebSphere MQ
Lesson 1.1: Creating the source and target queue managers
Lesson 1.2: Creating the source queues
Lesson 1.3: Creating the target queues
Lesson 1.4: Creating WebSphere MQ channels
Lesson 1.5: Starting WebSphere MQ channels and listeners
Module 2: Setting up Q replication
Lesson 2.1: Creating the source and target control tables
Lesson 2.2: Enabling the source database for replication
Lesson 2.3: Creating a replication queue map
Lesson 2.4: Creating a Q subscription
Module 3: Starting Q replication
Lesson 3.1: Starting replication between the source and target
Lesson 3.2: Viewing the results of replication
Summary and resources
Federated systems overview
Federated systems
The federated server
What is a data source?
The federated database
Wrappers and wrapper modules
How you interact with a federated system
DB2 command line processor (CLP)
DB2 Command Center
DB2 Control Center
Application programs
DB2 family tools
Rational Data Architect
Web services providers
Supported data sources
Replication and event publishing overview
Introduction to DB2 replication and publishing–Overview
Introduction to SQL replication
Introduction to Q replication
Introduction to event publishing
Administrative interface for DB2 replication and publishing
Utilities for DB2 replication and publishing
SQL replication—Overview
Infrastructure for an SQL replication environment
Registration of sources in SQL replication
Subscription sets in SQL replication
Capture of data from DB2 sources in SQL replication
Application of data to DB2 targets in SQL replication
Capture of data from non-DB2 sources in SQL replication
Application of data to non-DB2 targets in SQL replication
Q replication—Overview
Infrastructure for a Q replication environment
Sources and targets in Q replication
Capture of data in Q replication
Application of data to targets in Q replication
Types of replication in Q replication
Comparison of SQL replication and Q replication—Overview
Comparison of the infrastructure of SQL replication and Q replication
Comparison of sources and targets in SQL replication and Q replication
Comparison of data capturing and applying in SQL replication and Q replication
Replication solutions for common scenarios
Event publishing—Overview
Infrastructure for an event publishing environment
Sources in event publishing
Capture of data in event publishing
Comparison of SQL replication, Q replication, and event publishing
Comparison of Q replication to high availability disaster recovery (HADR)
Comparison of event publishing to DB2 MQ user-defined functions
Documentation
Problems, workarounds, and documentation updates
Version 9.1 and fix packs
Mainframe and midrange server access
What's new
Fix pack summary
DB2 Connect enhancements
DB2 Connect Personal Edition easier to upgrade
32-bit DB2 Connect instance support changes
FP3: DB2 Connect products added (Solaris x86-64)
Documentation enhancements
Scenarios
Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers
Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers with DB2 Connect Personal Edition
DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition as a connectivity server
DB2 Connect and Web applications
DB2 Connect and IBM WebSphere
DB2 Connect as a Java application server
DB2 Connect on the Web server
DB2 Connect and application servers
DB2 Connect and transaction processing monitors
DB2 Connect overview
WebSphere Federation Server and DB2 Connect
DB2 Connect administration utilities
Documentation
First Steps
DB2 Information Center
Command line help
Invoking message help from the command line
Invoking command help from the command line
Invoking SQL state help from the command line
DB2 PDF and printed documentation
Ordering printed DB2 books
Release Notes
Notices
Accessibility
Accessibility
Dotted decimal syntax diagrams
Migrating
Database systems
Migrating to DB2 Version 9
Planning migration for your environment
Planning migration for your DB2 servers
Planning migration for DB2 clients
Planning migration for database applications
Migrating DB2 servers
Migration essentials for DB2 servers
What gets migrated
Migration recommendations
Disk space requirements for DB2 database system migration
Migration restrictions
Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit kernels in DB2 database systems
Functionality not supported in DB2 database system that impacts migration
DB2 client support for migration
Common licensing questions
Pre-migration tasks
Verifying that your databases are ready for migration
Backing up databases before migration
Saving configuration information
Increasing table space and log file sizes before migration
Changing raw devices to block devices (Linux)
Migrating in a test environment
Capturing error and diagnostic information during migration
Taking a DB2 database offline for migration
Migrating a DB2 server (Windows)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating a DB2 server (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating environments with specific characteristics
Migrating DB2 32-bit servers to 64-bit systems (Windows)
Migrating DB2 32-bit servers to 64-bit systems (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating databases to another database server
Migrating partitioned database environments
Migrating from a system with multiple DB2 copies (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating from DB2 UDB Version 7 servers (Windows)
Migrating from DB2 UDB Version 7 servers (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating DB2 servers in Microsoft Cluster Server environments
Migrating from DB2 Data Links Manager
Migrating XML Extender
Migrating from XML Extender to native XML data store
Migrating from non-DB2 relational database management systems
Post-migration tasks
Adjusting the log space size in migrated databases
Database activated after migration
Changes in DB2 registry variables, configuration parameters, and database physical design characteristics
Conversion of type-1 indexes in migrated databases
Changes to EXECUTE privilege on PUBLIC for migrated routines
Rebinding packages in migrated databases
Migrating explain tables
Ensuring system temporary table spaces page sizes meet requirements
Verifying migration of DB2 servers
Initialization of HADR replication in migrated databases
Enabling DB2 Version 9 new features in migrated databases
Reversing DB2 databases system migration
Migrating DB2 clients
Migration essentials for DB2 clients
Pre-migration tasks
Saving DB2 clients configuration information
Migrating a DB2 Client (Windows)
Migrating a DB2 Runtime Client (Windows)
Migrating DB2 clients (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating from DB2 clients Version 7 (Windows)
Migrating from DB2 clients Version 7 (Linux and UNIX)
Post-migration tasks
Recataloging nodes and databases using TCP/IP protocol
Verifying migration of DB2 clients
Migrating database applications and routines
Migration essentials for database applications
DB2 command changes
Changed APIs and data structures
Migration essentials for routines
Pre-migration tasks
Migrating database applications
Migrating Embedded SQL applications
Migrating Java applications that use IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Migrating Java applications that use DB2 JDBC Type 2 or 3 driver
Migrating ADO.NET applications
Migrating scripts
Migrating 32-bit database applications to 64-bit instances
Migrating routines
Migrating C, C++, and COBOL routines
Migrating Java routines
Migrating .NET CLR routines
Migrating SQL procedures
Migrating 32-bit external routines to 64-bit instances
Post-migration tasks
Migrating Query Patroller
Enabling Query Patroller after migration
Migrating Extenders
Migrating the Spatial Extender environment to a DB2 Version 9 database system
Migrating a spatially-enabled database
Migrating from Informix Geodetic DataBlade to DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
The db2se migrate command
Migrating from Informix Geodetic DataBlade to DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Net Search Extender Migration
32bit to 64bit migration tool for Net Search Extender full-text indexes
Migrating Net Search Extender indexes from 32-bit indexes to 64-bit indexes (Windows)
Migrating WebSphere Information Integration products
Migrating federated systems
Planning to migrate to WebSphere Federation Server
Overview for migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Supported data sources
Migrated objects
Migration restrictions for federated systems
DataJoiner migration restrictions
WebSphere Information Integrator, version 8 migration restrictions
Migration restrictions
Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit kernels in DB2 database systems
Functionality not supported in DB2 database system that impacts migration
Migration recommendations
Disk space requirements for DB2 database system migration
Migrating in a test environment
Migrating DB2 applications and server side routines
Reversing DB2 databases system migration
Preparing to migrate to federated systems
Copying configuration settings
Backing up databases before migration
Recording database information before migration
Recording instance information before migration
Capturing error and diagnostic information during migration
Verifying that your databases are ready for migration
Taking a DB2 database offline for migration
Migrating Windows servers
Migrating to WebSphere Federation Server on Windows
Migrating a DB2 server (Windows)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating explain tables
Migrating databases to another database server
Migrating 32-bit federated systems to 64-bit federated systems on Windows
Migrating Linux and UNIX servers
Migrating to WebSphere Federation Server on Linux and UNIX
Migrating a DB2 server (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating explain tables
Migrating 32-bit federated systems to 64-bit federated systems on UNIX
Accessing data sources after migration
Configuring federated systems after migration
Restoring configuration settings for federated systems
Converting type-1 indexes to type-2 indexes
Rebinding packages
Changing the wrapper for a data source
Specifying wrapper information in the federated.sql file
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 Control Center)
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 command line)
Setting isolation-level behavior for applications after migration
Configuring XML data sources after migration
Restoring connections to DB2 family data sources
Allowing write operations on LOBs after migrating federated systems
Write operations on large object data types
Accessing DB2 family data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Informix data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Microsoft SQL Server data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing ODBC data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Oracle data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Sybase data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Teradata data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Modifying existing Teradata configurations
Recreating Teradata configurations
Migration reference
DataJoiner migration
DataJoiner terms and their federation server equivalents
DataJoiner catalog conversion
DB2 data sources
DataJoiner protocols for DB2 family data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Universal Database for iSeries (AS/400) data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Server for VSE and VM data sources
Oracle data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Oracle data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Oracle NET8
Informix data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Informix data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Informix data sources
Microsoft SQL data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Microsoft SQL Server data sources
ODBC data sources
DataJoiner protocols for ODBC data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for ODBC data sources
Sybase data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Sybase data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Sybase data sources
Teradata data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Teradata data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Teradata data sources
Nonrelational data sources for life sciences
Changes to fixed columns for BLAST nicknames
Changes to KEGG function arguments
Changes to the SSDB function names and accepted arguments
Changes to SSDB database queries
IMPORT and EXPORT commands for nicknames
Migrating to replication and event publishing Version 9
Coexistence support in Version 9 Q replication and event publishing
Coexistence support in Version 9 and Version 8 SQL replication
Migrating different Q replication and event publishing environments to Version 9
Migrating a unidirectional Q replication environment to Version 9
Migrating a bidirectional or peer-to-peer Q replication environment to Version 9
Migrating an event publishing environment to Version 9
Migrating the Q replication and event publishing programs to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating the Q Capture program to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating the Q Apply program to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating the Replication Alert Monitor to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating Q replication and event publishing programs to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, and Windows)
Migrating the Q Capture program to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Migrating the Q Apply program to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Migrating the Replication Alert Monitor to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Migrating the SQL Capture program to Version 9 (z/OS)
Mainframe and midrange server access
Migrating to DB2 Connect Version 9
Migration essentials for DB2 Connect
Pre-migration tasks
Migrating DB2 Connect servers
Post-migration tasks
Database systems
Migrating to DB2 Version 9
Planning migration for your environment
Planning migration for your DB2 servers
Planning migration for DB2 clients
Planning migration for database applications
Migrating DB2 servers
Migration essentials for DB2 servers
What gets migrated
Migration recommendations
Disk space requirements for DB2 database system migration
Migration restrictions
Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit kernels in DB2 database systems
Functionality not supported in DB2 database system that impacts migration
DB2 client support for migration
Common licensing questions
Pre-migration tasks
Verifying that your databases are ready for migration
Backing up databases before migration
Saving configuration information
Increasing table space and log file sizes before migration
Changing raw devices to block devices (Linux)
Migrating in a test environment
Capturing error and diagnostic information during migration
Taking a DB2 database offline for migration
Migrating a DB2 server (Windows)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating a DB2 server (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating environments with specific characteristics
Migrating DB2 32-bit servers to 64-bit systems (Windows)
Migrating DB2 32-bit servers to 64-bit systems (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating databases to another database server
Migrating partitioned database environments
Migrating from a system with multiple DB2 copies (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating from DB2 UDB Version 7 servers (Windows)
Migrating from DB2 UDB Version 7 servers (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating DB2 servers in Microsoft Cluster Server environments
Migrating from DB2 Data Links Manager
Migrating XML Extender
Migrating from XML Extender to native XML data store
Migrating from non-DB2 relational database management systems
Post-migration tasks
Adjusting the log space size in migrated databases
Database activated after migration
Changes in DB2 registry variables, configuration parameters, and database physical design characteristics
Conversion of type-1 indexes in migrated databases
Changes to EXECUTE privilege on PUBLIC for migrated routines
Rebinding packages in migrated databases
Migrating explain tables
Ensuring system temporary table spaces page sizes meet requirements
Verifying migration of DB2 servers
Initialization of HADR replication in migrated databases
Enabling DB2 Version 9 new features in migrated databases
Reversing DB2 databases system migration
Migrating DB2 clients
Migration essentials for DB2 clients
Pre-migration tasks
Saving DB2 clients configuration information
Migrating a DB2 Client (Windows)
Migrating a DB2 Runtime Client (Windows)
Migrating DB2 clients (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating from DB2 clients Version 7 (Windows)
Migrating from DB2 clients Version 7 (Linux and UNIX)
Post-migration tasks
Recataloging nodes and databases using TCP/IP protocol
Verifying migration of DB2 clients
Migrating database applications and routines
Migration essentials for database applications
DB2 command changes
Changed APIs and data structures
Migration essentials for routines
Pre-migration tasks
Migrating database applications
Migrating Embedded SQL applications
Migrating Java applications that use IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Migrating Java applications that use DB2 JDBC Type 2 or 3 driver
Migrating ADO.NET applications
Migrating scripts
Migrating 32-bit database applications to 64-bit instances
Migrating routines
Migrating C, C++, and COBOL routines
Migrating Java routines
Migrating .NET CLR routines
Migrating SQL procedures
Migrating 32-bit external routines to 64-bit instances
Post-migration tasks
Migrating Query Patroller
Enabling Query Patroller after migration
Migrating Extenders
Migrating the Spatial Extender environment to a DB2 Version 9 database system
Migrating a spatially-enabled database
Migrating from Informix Geodetic DataBlade to DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
The db2se migrate command
Migrating from Informix Geodetic DataBlade to DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Net Search Extender Migration
32bit to 64bit migration tool for Net Search Extender full-text indexes
Migrating Net Search Extender indexes from 32-bit indexes to 64-bit indexes (Windows)
Migrating WebSphere Information Integration products
Migrating federated systems
Planning to migrate to WebSphere Federation Server
Overview for migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Supported data sources
Migrated objects
Migration restrictions for federated systems
DataJoiner migration restrictions
WebSphere Information Integrator, version 8 migration restrictions
Migration restrictions
Support changes for 32-bit and 64-bit kernels in DB2 database systems
Functionality not supported in DB2 database system that impacts migration
Migration recommendations
Disk space requirements for DB2 database system migration
Migrating in a test environment
Migrating DB2 applications and server side routines
Reversing DB2 databases system migration
Preparing to migrate to federated systems
Copying configuration settings
Backing up databases before migration
Recording database information before migration
Recording instance information before migration
Capturing error and diagnostic information during migration
Verifying that your databases are ready for migration
Taking a DB2 database offline for migration
Migrating Windows servers
Migrating to WebSphere Federation Server on Windows
Migrating a DB2 server (Windows)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating explain tables
Migrating databases to another database server
Migrating 32-bit federated systems to 64-bit federated systems on Windows
Migrating Linux and UNIX servers
Migrating to WebSphere Federation Server on Linux and UNIX
Migrating a DB2 server (Linux and UNIX)
Migrating instances
Migrating the DB2 Administration Server (DAS)
Migrating databases
Migrating explain tables
Migrating 32-bit federated systems to 64-bit federated systems on UNIX
Accessing data sources after migration
Configuring federated systems after migration
Restoring configuration settings for federated systems
Converting type-1 indexes to type-2 indexes
Rebinding packages
Changing the wrapper for a data source
Specifying wrapper information in the federated.sql file
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 Control Center)
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 command line)
Setting isolation-level behavior for applications after migration
Configuring XML data sources after migration
Restoring connections to DB2 family data sources
Allowing write operations on LOBs after migrating federated systems
Write operations on large object data types
Accessing DB2 family data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Informix data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Microsoft SQL Server data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing ODBC data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Oracle data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Sybase data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Accessing Teradata data sources after migrating to WebSphere Federation Server
Modifying existing Teradata configurations
Recreating Teradata configurations
Migration reference
DataJoiner migration
DataJoiner terms and their federation server equivalents
DataJoiner catalog conversion
DB2 data sources
DataJoiner protocols for DB2 family data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Universal Database for iSeries (AS/400) data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for DB2 Server for VSE and VM data sources
Oracle data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Oracle data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Oracle NET8
Informix data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Informix data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Informix data sources
Microsoft SQL data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Microsoft SQL Server data sources
ODBC data sources
DataJoiner protocols for ODBC data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for ODBC data sources
Sybase data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Sybase data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Sybase data sources
Teradata data sources
DataJoiner protocols for Teradata data sources
Changes to default data type mappings for Teradata data sources
Nonrelational data sources for life sciences
Changes to fixed columns for BLAST nicknames
Changes to KEGG function arguments
Changes to the SSDB function names and accepted arguments
Changes to SSDB database queries
IMPORT and EXPORT commands for nicknames
Migrating to replication and event publishing Version 9
Coexistence support in Version 9 Q replication and event publishing
Coexistence support in Version 9 and Version 8 SQL replication
Migrating different Q replication and event publishing environments to Version 9
Migrating a unidirectional Q replication environment to Version 9
Migrating a bidirectional or peer-to-peer Q replication environment to Version 9
Migrating an event publishing environment to Version 9
Migrating the Q replication and event publishing programs to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating the Q Capture program to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating the Q Apply program to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating the Replication Alert Monitor to Version 9 (z/OS)
Migrating Q replication and event publishing programs to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, and Windows)
Migrating the Q Capture program to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Migrating the Q Apply program to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Migrating the Replication Alert Monitor to Version 9 (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Migrating the SQL Capture program to Version 9 (z/OS)
Mainframe and midrange server access
Migrating to DB2 Connect Version 9
Migration essentials for DB2 Connect
Pre-migration tasks
Migrating DB2 Connect servers
Post-migration tasks
Installing
Release Notes
Database systems
Mounting the product CD (Linux and UNIX)
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
DB2 Setup Wizard national language support
Displaying the db2setup command in your national language
Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another language
Changing the DB2 interface language (Linux and UNIX)
Changing the DB2 interface language (Windows)
Reducing the size of your DB2 product installation image (Windows)
DB2 servers
DB2 installation methods
Installation requirements for DB2 database products
Disk and memory requirements
Java software support for DB2 products
Windows - installation requirements
Additional Windows requirements
DB2 services running on your system (Windows)
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 server products (Windows)
Setting up elevated privileges
Preparing the environment for a partitioned DB2 server (Windows)
Granting user rights (Windows)
DB2 system administrator group (Windows)
Fast communications manager (Windows)
AIX - installation requirements
HP-UX - installation requirements
Linux - installation requirements for DB2 servers (Linux)
Solaris Operating Environment - Installation requirements
Additional Linux and UNIX requirements
Multiple DB2 copies on one system (Linux and UNIX)
Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux and UNIX)
Fast communications manager (UNIX)
DB2 users and groups (Linux and UNIX)
Centralized user-management considerations (Linux and UNIX)
Preparing to install DB2 for Linux on zSeries
Creating group and user IDs for a DB2 database installation
Multiple CD installation (Linux and UNIX)
DB2 product installation on an NFS-mounted directory
Verifying port range availability on participating computers (Windows)
Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX)
Modifying kernel parameters (HP-UX)
Recommended kernel configuration parameters (HP-UX)
Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
Modifying kernel parameters (Solaris Operating Environment)
Additional partitioned database environment pre-installation tasks (Linux and UNIX)
Updating environment settings for a partitioned DB2 installation (AIX)
Setting up a working collective to distribute commands to ESE workstations (AIX)
Copying the contents of the DB2 product CD to your computer (Linux and UNIX)
Verifying port range availability on participating computers (UNIX)
Creating a DB2 home file system for a partitioned database environment
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
Verifying that NFS is running (UNIX)
Java software support for DB2 products
Installing DB2 servers (Windows)
Installing DB2 servers (Linux and UNIX)
Setting up a partitioned database environment
Verifying your installation
Using First Steps to verify the installation of DB2 servers (Linux and Windows)
Using the command line processor (CLP) to verify the installation
Verifying a partitioned database server installation (UNIX)
Verifying a partitioned database environment installation (Windows)
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Windows)
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Linux)
Post-installation tasks
Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups (Windows)
Upgrading your 32-bit DB2 instances to 64-bit instances (Windows)
Updating the node configuration file (UNIX)
DB2 node configuration file - db2nodes.cfg
Applying fix packs
Enabling communications between database partition servers (UNIX)
Enabling the execution of remote commands (Linux and UNIX)
Enabling Control Center administration (Linux)
Setting up notification and contact lists
DB2 Version 9 co-existence and migration with DB2 UDB Version 8 (Windows)
Using the Default DB2 Selection wizard
Applying DB2 licenses
Working with existing DB2 copies
DB2 clients
Methods for installing DB2 clients
Options for connecting to DB2 databases
DB2 Setup Wizard national language support
Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another language
Displaying the db2setup command in your national language
Disk and memory requirements
UNIX
AIX - installation requirements
HP-UX - installation requirements
Recommended kernel configuration parameters (HP-UX)
Modifying kernel parameters (HP-UX)
Linux - installation requirements for DB2 servers (Linux)
Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
Solaris Operating Environment - Installation requirements
Modifying kernel parameters (Solaris Operating Environment)
Windows
Windows - installation requirements
Alternative installation methods
Thin client topology
Thin client setup overview
Installing a DB2 Client or DB2 Connect Personal Edition on the code server
Making the code directory available to all thin workstations
Creating a thin client response file
Mapping a network drive from each thin client to the code server
Running the thnsetup command to enable thin clients
DB2 Runtime Client installation command line options
DB2 Runtime Client merge modules
Host connection requirements
Changing DB2 product editions
Moving between DB2 database products (Linux and UNIX)
Moving between DB2 database products (Windows)
DB2 extenders
Getting started with DB2 Spatial Extender
Setting up and installing Spatial Extender
System requirements for installing Spatial Extender
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for Windows
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for AIX
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for HP-UX
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for Solaris Operating Environment
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for Linux
Creating the DB2 Spatial Extender instance environment
Verifying the Spatial Extender installation
Post-Installation considerations
Downloading ArcExplorer for DB2
Accessing geocoder reference data
Net Search Extender
Installing Net Search Extender in the DB2 client/server environment
Installation system requirements
Installation overview for a partitioned DB2 server (AIX only)
Installation on UNIX
Installation on Windows
Directory names and file names
Installing the Outside In libraries
Installation verification
Installation verification on UNIX
Installation verification on Windows
Uninstalling Net Search Extender
Uninstalling Net Search Extender on UNIX
Uninstalling Net Search Extender on Windows
Configuring Net Search Extender for high availability (HA)
DB2 Query Patroller
Installation environment overview
Installing Query Patroller (Linux and UNIX)
Installing with the DB2 Setup wizard
Query Patroller server
Verifying the installation of Query Patroller server
Query Patroller client tools
Installing Query Patroller manually
Installing a DB2 product manually
Installing a DB2 product using the db2_install script
Installing Query Patroller (Windows)
Installing Query Patroller with the DB2 Setup wizard
Installing Query Patroller server
Installing the Query Patroller client tools
Configuring the client and server connection
Configuring a client to Query Patroller server connection using the CLP
Cataloging the TCP/IP node on the DB2 client
Cataloging a database using the CLP
Testing the client to server connection using the CLP
Response file installation
Response file considerations
Creating a response file using the DB2 Setup wizard
UNIX
Creating a response file using the sample response file
Installing DB2 using a response file
Installing database partition servers using a response file (UNIX)
Response file installation error codes
Windows
Making the DB2 files available for a response file installation
Setting up shared access to a directory
Creating and editing a response file
Installing a DB2 product using a response file
Uninstalling a DB2 product using a response file
Microsoft Systems Management Server (SMS)
Importing the DB2 install file
Creating the SMS package on the SMS server
Distributing the DB2 installation package across your network
Distributing DB2 Version 9 using SMS
Configuring remote access to a server database
Configuring db2cli.ini for a response file installation
Response file generator
db2rspgn - Response File Generator
Response file installation error codes
Installing with batch files
Available sample response files
Response file keywords
Embedding the DB2 installation image (Linux and UNIX)
Exporting and importing a profile
Stopping DB2 processes during an interactive installation (Windows)
Stopping DB2 processes during a response file installation
Managing licenses
DB2 license files
Applying DB2 licenses
Registering a license key using the License Center
Registering a license key using the db2licm command
Upgrading your DB2 license
Checking license compliance
License Center overview
Changing licenses and policies
Viewing licensing information
Viewing concurrent users policy information
Viewing authorized user infraction information
Viewing and resetting compliance details
Removing licenses
Manually installing DB2 products
Installing with the db2_install script (Linux and UNIX)
Multiple DB2 copies on one system (Linux and UNIX)
Manually installing payload files (Linux and UNIX)
Creating required users for a DB2 server installation in a partitioned database environment
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
Verifying access to the registry on the instance-owning computer (Windows)
Setting up DB2 servers after manual installation
Creating group and user IDs for a DB2 database installation
Creating a DB2 Administration Server
Creating an instance using db2icrt
Creating links for DB2 files
Updating the services file on the server for TCP/IP communications
Configuring TCP/IP communications for a DB2 instance
DB2 Web applications
DB2 Web Tools
DB2 Web Command Center
DB2 Heath Command Center
Deploying on DB2 Embedded Application Server
Deploying on WebSphere application servers
Troubleshooting deployment
Uninstalling from the DB2 Embedded Application Server
Uninstalling from the WebSphere application server
DB2WebServices application
Deploying
Undeploying
DB2 Embedded Application Server
Installing
Starting or stopping the server
Uninstalling the DB2 Embedded Application Server
Uninstalling
DB2 (Linux and UNIX)
Stopping the DB2 administration server
Stopping DB2 instances
Uninstalling fix packs
Removing DB2 instances
Removing DB2 products using the db2_deinstall command
Removing the DB2 administration server
DB2 (Windows)
Uninstalling the DB2 Embedded Application Server
Information integration
Planning to install WebSphere Information Integration products
Planning overview
Hardware and software requirements
Data source requirements
Supported data sources
Prerequisites for installing relational wrappers
Installing ODBC drivers
Installing the ODBC driver for 32-bit systems
Installing the ODBC driver for 64-bit systems
Upgrading the ODBC driver
Installing the DataDirect Technologies Connect ODBC driver (UNIX and Linux)
Installation scenarios
Installation planning worksheet
Enabling federated access to DB2 and Informix data sources
Enabling federated access to the DB2 family of data sources
Enabling federated access to Informix data sources
Installing WebSphere Information Integration
Installation process
Editing the Oracle 9i genclntsh script and creating the libclntsh file before installation (HP-UX, Linux, and Solaris)
Installing WebSphere Information Integration products (Windows)
Installing WebSphere Information Integration products (UNIX and Linux)
Silent installation
Confirming and registering the Microsoft SQL Server Client Version 2000 driver (Windows)
Editing the Oracle 9i genclntsh script and creating the libclntsh file after installation (HP-UX, Linux, and Solaris)
Editing the Oracle 10g genclntsh script and creating the libclntsh file after you install WebSphere Information Integration products (HP-UX and Linux)
Updating WebSphere Information Integration documentation
Adding relational wrappers, nonrelational wrappers, and user-defined functions
Installing fix packs
Installing the wrapper development kit
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system where DB2 is installed (Windows)
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system with DB2 installed (UNIX)
Troubleshooting
Registering the product license keys
Enabling error logging for the installation wizard
Troubleshooting errors when selecting TEXT data from an Informix nickname
Removing WebSphere Information Integration from your environment
Removing WebSphere Information Integration products
Removing the product licensing
Removing wrappers and life sciences user-defined functions (Windows)
Removing wrappers and user-defined functions (UNIX and Linux)
Mainframe and midrange server access
DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition
AIX
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
HP-UX
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Linux
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Solaris
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Windows
Installation requirements
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 server products (Windows)
LDAP: Extending the directory schema
Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect
DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Typical steps for installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Linux
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Solaris
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition (Solaris)
Windows
Installation requirements
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 Connect Personal Edition
LDAP: Extending the directory schema
Installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Installing without Administrator authority
DB2 Connect license keys
Using the License Center
Registering DB2 Connect license keys
Setting the license type
Using the db2licm command
Registering DB2 Connect license keys
Setting the license type
Server requirements for client connections
DB2 Information Center
Deleting a Firefox or Netscape browser profile
Installing the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (Linux)
Installing the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (Windows)
DB2 Information Center installation options
Updating the DB2 Information Center
Release Notes
Database systems
Mounting the product CD (Linux and UNIX)
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
DB2 Setup Wizard national language support
Displaying the db2setup command in your national language
Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another language
Changing the DB2 interface language (Linux and UNIX)
Changing the DB2 interface language (Windows)
Reducing the size of your DB2 product installation image (Windows)
DB2 servers
DB2 installation methods
Installation requirements for DB2 database products
Disk and memory requirements
Java software support for DB2 products
Windows - installation requirements
Additional Windows requirements
DB2 services running on your system (Windows)
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 server products (Windows)
Setting up elevated privileges
Preparing the environment for a partitioned DB2 server (Windows)
Granting user rights (Windows)
DB2 system administrator group (Windows)
Fast communications manager (Windows)
AIX - installation requirements
HP-UX - installation requirements
Linux - installation requirements for DB2 servers (Linux)
Solaris Operating Environment - Installation requirements
Additional Linux and UNIX requirements
Multiple DB2 copies on one system (Linux and UNIX)
Listing DB2 products installed on your system (Linux and UNIX)
Fast communications manager (UNIX)
DB2 users and groups (Linux and UNIX)
Centralized user-management considerations (Linux and UNIX)
Preparing to install DB2 for Linux on zSeries
Creating group and user IDs for a DB2 database installation
Multiple CD installation (Linux and UNIX)
DB2 product installation on an NFS-mounted directory
Verifying port range availability on participating computers (Windows)
Kernel parameters (Linux and UNIX)
Modifying kernel parameters (HP-UX)
Recommended kernel configuration parameters (HP-UX)
Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
Modifying kernel parameters (Solaris Operating Environment)
Additional partitioned database environment pre-installation tasks (Linux and UNIX)
Updating environment settings for a partitioned DB2 installation (AIX)
Setting up a working collective to distribute commands to ESE workstations (AIX)
Copying the contents of the DB2 product CD to your computer (Linux and UNIX)
Verifying port range availability on participating computers (UNIX)
Creating a DB2 home file system for a partitioned database environment
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
Verifying that NFS is running (UNIX)
Java software support for DB2 products
Installing DB2 servers (Windows)
Installing DB2 servers (Linux and UNIX)
Setting up a partitioned database environment
Verifying your installation
Using First Steps to verify the installation of DB2 servers (Linux and Windows)
Using the command line processor (CLP) to verify the installation
Verifying a partitioned database server installation (UNIX)
Verifying a partitioned database environment installation (Windows)
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Windows)
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Linux)
Post-installation tasks
Adding your user ID to the DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS user groups (Windows)
Upgrading your 32-bit DB2 instances to 64-bit instances (Windows)
Updating the node configuration file (UNIX)
DB2 node configuration file - db2nodes.cfg
Applying fix packs
Enabling communications between database partition servers (UNIX)
Enabling the execution of remote commands (Linux and UNIX)
Enabling Control Center administration (Linux)
Setting up notification and contact lists
DB2 Version 9 co-existence and migration with DB2 UDB Version 8 (Windows)
Using the Default DB2 Selection wizard
Applying DB2 licenses
Working with existing DB2 copies
DB2 clients
Methods for installing DB2 clients
Options for connecting to DB2 databases
DB2 Setup Wizard national language support
Language identifiers for running the DB2 Setup wizard in another language
Displaying the db2setup command in your national language
Disk and memory requirements
UNIX
AIX - installation requirements
HP-UX - installation requirements
Recommended kernel configuration parameters (HP-UX)
Modifying kernel parameters (HP-UX)
Linux - installation requirements for DB2 servers (Linux)
Modifying kernel parameters (Linux)
Solaris Operating Environment - Installation requirements
Modifying kernel parameters (Solaris Operating Environment)
Windows
Windows - installation requirements
Alternative installation methods
Thin client topology
Thin client setup overview
Installing a DB2 Client or DB2 Connect Personal Edition on the code server
Making the code directory available to all thin workstations
Creating a thin client response file
Mapping a network drive from each thin client to the code server
Running the thnsetup command to enable thin clients
DB2 Runtime Client installation command line options
DB2 Runtime Client merge modules
Host connection requirements
Changing DB2 product editions
Moving between DB2 database products (Linux and UNIX)
Moving between DB2 database products (Windows)
DB2 extenders
Getting started with DB2 Spatial Extender
Setting up and installing Spatial Extender
System requirements for installing Spatial Extender
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for Windows
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for AIX
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for HP-UX
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for Solaris Operating Environment
Installing DB2 Spatial Extender for Linux
Creating the DB2 Spatial Extender instance environment
Verifying the Spatial Extender installation
Post-Installation considerations
Downloading ArcExplorer for DB2
Accessing geocoder reference data
Net Search Extender
Installing Net Search Extender in the DB2 client/server environment
Installation system requirements
Installation overview for a partitioned DB2 server (AIX only)
Installation on UNIX
Installation on Windows
Directory names and file names
Installing the Outside In libraries
Installation verification
Installation verification on UNIX
Installation verification on Windows
Uninstalling Net Search Extender
Uninstalling Net Search Extender on UNIX
Uninstalling Net Search Extender on Windows
Configuring Net Search Extender for high availability (HA)
DB2 Query Patroller
Installation environment overview
Installing Query Patroller (Linux and UNIX)
Installing with the DB2 Setup wizard
Query Patroller server
Verifying the installation of Query Patroller server
Query Patroller client tools
Installing Query Patroller manually
Installing a DB2 product manually
Installing a DB2 product using the db2_install script
Installing Query Patroller (Windows)
Installing Query Patroller with the DB2 Setup wizard
Installing Query Patroller server
Installing the Query Patroller client tools
Configuring the client and server connection
Configuring a client to Query Patroller server connection using the CLP
Cataloging the TCP/IP node on the DB2 client
Cataloging a database using the CLP
Testing the client to server connection using the CLP
Response file installation
Response file considerations
Creating a response file using the DB2 Setup wizard
UNIX
Creating a response file using the sample response file
Installing DB2 using a response file
Installing database partition servers using a response file (UNIX)
Response file installation error codes
Windows
Making the DB2 files available for a response file installation
Setting up shared access to a directory
Creating and editing a response file
Installing a DB2 product using a response file
Uninstalling a DB2 product using a response file
Microsoft Systems Management Server (SMS)
Importing the DB2 install file
Creating the SMS package on the SMS server
Distributing the DB2 installation package across your network
Distributing DB2 Version 9 using SMS
Configuring remote access to a server database
Configuring db2cli.ini for a response file installation
Response file generator
db2rspgn - Response File Generator
Response file installation error codes
Installing with batch files
Available sample response files
Response file keywords
Embedding the DB2 installation image (Linux and UNIX)
Exporting and importing a profile
Stopping DB2 processes during an interactive installation (Windows)
Stopping DB2 processes during a response file installation
Managing licenses
DB2 license files
Applying DB2 licenses
Registering a license key using the License Center
Registering a license key using the db2licm command
Upgrading your DB2 license
Checking license compliance
License Center overview
Changing licenses and policies
Viewing licensing information
Viewing concurrent users policy information
Viewing authorized user infraction information
Viewing and resetting compliance details
Removing licenses
Manually installing DB2 products
Installing with the db2_install script (Linux and UNIX)
Multiple DB2 copies on one system (Linux and UNIX)
Manually installing payload files (Linux and UNIX)
Creating required users for a DB2 server installation in a partitioned database environment
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
Verifying access to the registry on the instance-owning computer (Windows)
Setting up DB2 servers after manual installation
Creating group and user IDs for a DB2 database installation
Creating a DB2 Administration Server
Creating an instance using db2icrt
Creating links for DB2 files
Updating the services file on the server for TCP/IP communications
Configuring TCP/IP communications for a DB2 instance
DB2 Web applications
DB2 Web Tools
DB2 Web Command Center
DB2 Heath Command Center
Deploying on DB2 Embedded Application Server
Deploying on WebSphere application servers
Troubleshooting deployment
Uninstalling from the DB2 Embedded Application Server
Uninstalling from the WebSphere application server
DB2WebServices application
Deploying
Undeploying
DB2 Embedded Application Server
Installing
Starting or stopping the server
Uninstalling the DB2 Embedded Application Server
Uninstalling
DB2 (Linux and UNIX)
Stopping the DB2 administration server
Stopping DB2 instances
Uninstalling fix packs
Removing DB2 instances
Removing DB2 products using the db2_deinstall command
Removing the DB2 administration server
DB2 (Windows)
Uninstalling the DB2 Embedded Application Server
Information integration
Planning to install WebSphere Information Integration products
Planning overview
Hardware and software requirements
Data source requirements
Supported data sources
Prerequisites for installing relational wrappers
Installing ODBC drivers
Installing the ODBC driver for 32-bit systems
Installing the ODBC driver for 64-bit systems
Upgrading the ODBC driver
Installing the DataDirect Technologies Connect ODBC driver (UNIX and Linux)
Installation scenarios
Installation planning worksheet
Enabling federated access to DB2 and Informix data sources
Enabling federated access to the DB2 family of data sources
Enabling federated access to Informix data sources
Installing WebSphere Information Integration
Installation process
Editing the Oracle 9i genclntsh script and creating the libclntsh file before installation (HP-UX, Linux, and Solaris)
Installing WebSphere Information Integration products (Windows)
Installing WebSphere Information Integration products (UNIX and Linux)
Silent installation
Confirming and registering the Microsoft SQL Server Client Version 2000 driver (Windows)
Editing the Oracle 9i genclntsh script and creating the libclntsh file after installation (HP-UX, Linux, and Solaris)
Editing the Oracle 10g genclntsh script and creating the libclntsh file after you install WebSphere Information Integration products (HP-UX and Linux)
Updating WebSphere Information Integration documentation
Adding relational wrappers, nonrelational wrappers, and user-defined functions
Installing fix packs
Installing the wrapper development kit
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system where DB2 is installed (Windows)
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system with DB2 installed (UNIX)
Troubleshooting
Registering the product license keys
Enabling error logging for the installation wizard
Troubleshooting errors when selecting TEXT data from an Informix nickname
Removing WebSphere Information Integration from your environment
Removing WebSphere Information Integration products
Removing the product licensing
Removing wrappers and life sciences user-defined functions (Windows)
Removing wrappers and user-defined functions (UNIX and Linux)
Mainframe and midrange server access
DB2 Connect Enterprise Edition
AIX
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
HP-UX
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Linux
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Solaris
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Windows
Installation requirements
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 server products (Windows)
LDAP: Extending the directory schema
Non-Administrator installation of DB2 Connect
DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Typical steps for installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Linux
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Solaris
Installation requirements
Mounting CD-ROMs
Installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition (Solaris)
Windows
Installation requirements
Required user accounts for installation of DB2 Connect Personal Edition
LDAP: Extending the directory schema
Installing DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Installing without Administrator authority
DB2 Connect license keys
Using the License Center
Registering DB2 Connect license keys
Setting the license type
Using the db2licm command
Registering DB2 Connect license keys
Setting the license type
Server requirements for client connections
DB2 Information Center
Deleting a Firefox or Netscape browser profile
Installing the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (Linux)
Installing the DB2 Information Center using the DB2 Setup wizard (Windows)
DB2 Information Center installation options
Updating the DB2 Information Center
Configuring
Database systems
Client-to-server communications
Communication protocols supported
Configuring Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) support in the DB2 client
Configuring client-to-server connections using the Configuration Assistant (CA)
Manually
Cataloging databases using discovery
Client profile method
Creating a client profile
Using a client profile
Testing database connections
LDAP considerations
Adding database connections with the CLP
Named pipe connections
Named Pipes worksheet
Cataloging the node
TCP/IP connections
TCP/IP worksheet
Updating hosts and services files for TCP/IP connections
Cataloging the node
Cataloging the database
Worksheet for cataloging a database
Testing the client-to-server connection using the CLP
Configuring communication protocols for a DB2 instance
Configuring Named Pipes communications for a DB2 instance
Configuring Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) support in a DB2 instance
Configuring TCP/IP communications for a DB2 instance
Updating the services file on the server for TCP/IP communications
Updating the database manager configuration file on the server for TCP/IP communications
Setting communication protocols for a DB2 instance
DB2 server communications configuration using the Control Center
Configuring Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) directory services
Overview
Security considerations in an LDAP environment
LDAP object classes and attributes used by DB2
Extending the LDAP directory schema with DB2 object classes and attributes
Supported LDAP client and server configurations
LDAP support and DB2 Connect
Registering host databases in LDAP
IBM SecureWay Directory Server
Netscape LDAP directory support and attribute definitions
Sun One Directory Server
Windows Active Directory
Support for Active Directory
Configuring DB2 to use Active Directory
Security considerations
DB2 objects
Enabling LDAP support after installation is complete
Configuring DB2 in the IBM LDAP environment
Registering LDAP entries
Registering DB2 servers
Cataloging a node alias for ATTACH
Registering databases
Deregistering LDAP entries
Deregistering the DB2 server
Deregistering the database from the LDAP directory
Configuring LDAP users
Creating an LDAP user
Configuring the LDAP user for DB2 applications
Setting DB2 registry variables at the user level in the LDAP environment
Disabling LDAP support
Update the protocol information for the DB2 server
Rerouting LDAP clients to another server
Attaching to a remote server in the LDAP environment
Refreshing LDAP entries in local database and node directories
Searching the LDAP directory partitions or domains
Configuring XA transaction managers
Resource manager setup
IBM WebSphere Application Server
IBM TXSeries CICS
BEA Tuxedo
Configuration Assistant overview
Systems
Removing a system
Instance nodes
Removing an instance node
Instance configurations
Configuring communication protocols for a local DB2 instance
Configuring communication protocols for a remote DB2 instance
Databases
Removing a database
Changing a password
Removing CLI keywords
Data sources
Removing a data source
Bind options
Removing bind options
Profiles
Exporting a configuration profile using the Configuration Assistant
Importing a configuration profile
Registry variables
Removing DB2 registry variables
Configuration parameters
Configuring parameters dynamically
Application development environment
DB2 Client
Database manager instances
DB2 supported servers
Setting up the application development environment
Statically and dynamically linking libraries
Rebuilding DB2 routine shared libraries
Updating the database manager configuration file
Setting up the CLI environment
Setting up the UNIX application development environment
UNIX environment variable settings
CLI
Setting up the UNIX ODBC environment
Sample configurations
Setting up the UNIX Java environment
Setting up the Windows application development environment
Setting up the Windows CLI environment
Selecting a DB2 copy for Windows CLI applications
Sample files
Creating the sample database
Creating the sample database on Host or AS/400 and iSeries servers
Cataloging the sample database
Binding the sample database utilities
Application behavior
Isolation levels
Specifying isolation levels
Configuring CLI/JDBC/ODBC/SQLJ behavior with db2cli.ini
Setting CLI environment, connection, and statement attributes
Automatic maintenance of your database
Automatic features enabled by default
Configuring automatic maintenance of your databases
Automatic statistics collection
Enabling automatic statistics collection
Enabling automatic table and index reorganization
Enabling automatic backup
Self tuning memory roadmap
Self-tuning memory
Enabling self-tuning memory
Disabling self-tuning memory
Determining which memory consumers are enabled for self tuning
Operational details and limitations
Self-tuning memory in partitioned database environments
Using self tuning memory in partitioned database environments
Query Patroller
Setting up Query Patroller server manually
Administering Query Patroller
Starting Query Patroller
Enabling Query Patroller to intercept queries
Stopping Query Patroller
Query processing by Query Patroller
Managing users
Administering operators
Operators
Query Patroller operator profiles
Creating operator profiles for users and groups
Suspending or restoring operator privileges for users and groups
Administering submitters
Submitters
Query Patroller submitter profiles
Configuring submitter profiles
Creating submitter profiles for users and groups
Setting submitter resource limits
Suspending or restoring submitter privileges for users and groups
Administering query submission preferences
Setting preferences for another submitter
Setting individual query submission preferences
Managing queries
Managed query status
Changing the status of queries using Query Patroller
Query Patroller variables
Viewing managed query details
Viewing the SQL of managed queries using Query Patroller
Result tables and result sets in Query Patroller
Viewing result tables using Query Patroller
Running held queries at a scheduled time
Scheduling the start time for running held queries
Cost estimation in Query Patroller
Definition of your query management policy
Query Patroller historical analysis
Query Patroller historical analysis interface
Enabling collection of historical data
Uses for historical analysis reports
Collecting historical data
Generating historical data
Determining when historical data was last generated
Viewing historical query details
Viewing index details
Managing space
Setting Query Patroller maintenance schedules for queries and result tables
Scheduling purges of managed queries and result tables
Scheduling purges of historical queries
Dropping result tables manually using Query Patroller
Removing orphaned result table aliases
Query Patroller system configuration
Setting query thresholds for the Query Patroller system
Updating the list of databases in Query Patroller
Enabling e-mail notification of Query Patroller submitters
Enabling collection of historical data
Query class configuration
Configuring query classes
Creating query classes for Query Patroller
Removing query classes for Query Patroller
Query Patroller query classes
Query Patroller thresholds
Using Query Patroller with other DB2 components
Methods for searching text
Searching for text using the SQL scalar search functions
Issuing a query
Searching and returning the number of matches found
Searching and returning the score of a found text document
Specifying SQL search arguments
Searching for terms in any sequence
Searching with the Boolean operators AND and OR
Searching with the Boolean operator NOT
Fuzzy search
Searching for parts of a term (character masking)
Searching for terms that already contain a masking character
Searching for terms in a fixed order
Searching for terms in the same sentence or paragraph
Searching for terms in sections of structured documents
Thesaurus search
Numeric attribute search
Free-text search
Additional search syntax examples
Searching for text using a stored procedure search
Searching for text using an SQL Table-Valued Function
Using the highlight function
Searching on more than one column
Using text search in outer joins
Performance considerations during search
User scenarios
Simple example with the SQL scalar search function
Simple example with cache usage and stored procedure search
Simple example with the SQL table-valued function
Using a thesaurus to expand search terms
The structure of a thesaurus
Predefined thesaurus relations
Defining your own relations
Creating and compiling a thesaurus
Creating a thesaurus definition file
Compiling a definition file into a thesaurus dictionary
Thesaurus support
Thesaurus supported CCSIDs
Messages returned by the thesaurus tool
Text Search Engine
Tokenization
Stop words
Languages supporting stop words
Configuration
Working with structured documents
Searching natively stored XML documents
Using the default document model
Using a customized document model
XQuery support
Structured document support
How a document model describes structured documents
An example of a document model
Document models
Text fields
Document attributes
Number attributes
Default document models
Defining a document model for structured plain-text documents
What happens when a GPP document is indexed
Defining a document model for HTML documents
Defining a document model for XML documents
Defining a document model for Outside In filtered documents
What happens when an Outside In document is indexed
Document model reference
DTD for document models
Semantics of locator (XPath) expressions
Limitations for text fields and document attributes
Outside In tag attribute values
Federated systems and data sources
Configuring a federated system
Federated systems - overview
The federated database system catalog
The SQL compiler
The query optimizer
Compensation
Pass-through sessions
Default wrapper names
Server definitions and server options
User mappings
Nicknames and data source objects
Valid data source objects
Nickname column options
Data type mappings
Function mappings
Index specifications
Federated stored procedures
Collating sequences
How collating sequences determine sort orders
Setting the local collating sequence to optimize queries
Security
Wrapper support for HTTP and SOCKS proxies and SSL
Encryption
Proxy servers
Checking the setup of the federated server
Confirming the link-edit of the wrapper library files (UNIX)
Checking the wrapper library files (UNIX)
Wrapper library files
Checking the link-edit message files (UNIX)
Manually linking the wrapper libraries to the data source client software
Checking the FEDERATED parameter
Creating a federated database
Federated database code sets and collating sequences
Federated database national language considerations
Collating sequences in a federated system
Configuring data sources
Data sources - overview
Plan the federated data source configuration
Federated object naming rules
Preserving case-sensitive values in a federated system
Update data source statistics
Choose the correct wrapper
Methods of accessing Excel data
Plan the user mappings
Plan the data type mappings
Plan the function mappings
Checklist for planning your federated system configuration
Overview of configuring access to data sources
Fast track to configuring your data sources
Adding data sources to a federated server using the DB2 Control Center
Configuring multiple federated servers to access data sources
Setting the data source environment variables
Restrictions for the db2dj.ini file
Applying environment variables in a multi-partition instance configuration
Registering wrappers for a data source
Registering server definitions for a data source
Registering user mappings for a data source
Registering nicknames for a data source
Specifying nickname columns for a nonrelational data source
Optional configuration steps
Configuring access to BioRS data sources
BioRS wrapper
Adding BioRS data sources to a federated server
Registering the custom functions for the BioRS wrapper
Custom functions for the BioRS wrapper
Registering the BioRS wrapper
BioRS wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
Registering the server definition for a BioRS data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a BioRS data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
Registering nicknames for BioRS data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the BioRS wrapper
Custom functions and BioRS queries
Equality operations in BioRS queries
Equijoin predicates for the BioRS wrapper
The BioRS AllText element
BioRS data source - Example queries
Optimizing BioRS wrapper performance
Guidelines for optimizing BioRS wrapper performance
BioRS statistical information
Determining BioRS databank cardinality statistics
Updating BioRS nickname cardinality statistics
Updating BioRS column cardinality statistics
Updating BioRS _ID_ column cardinality
Configuring access to BLAST data sources
BLAST wrapper
Adding BLAST data sources to a federated server
Verifying the versions of the BLAST server files
Configuring the BLAST daemon
BLAST daemon configuration file - Examples
Starting the BLAST daemon
db2blast_daemon command - options and examples
Registering the BLAST wrapper
BLAST wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the BLAST wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a BLAST data source (optional)
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - examples for the BLAST wrapper
Registering the server definition for a BLAST data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the BLAST wrapper
Registering nicknames for BLAST data sources
Definition line parsing
Fixed input columns for BLAST nicknames
BLAST search types and switches for fixed input columns
Fixed output columns for BLAST nicknames
CREATE NICKNAME statement - example for the BLAST wrapper
Querying BLAST data sources
Setting up TurboBlast to work with the BLAST wrapper
Construct BLAST SQL queries
BLAST data source – example queries
Guidelines for optimizing BLAST query performance
Configuring access to business application data sources
WebSphere Business Integration wrapper
Configuring the WebSphere Business Integration Adapters
Business object definitions
Configuration properties for business object definitions
WebSphere MQ message queues for the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper and the adapter
Adding business application data sources to a federated system
Registering the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper (DB2 command line)
WebSphere Business Integration wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for business application data sources (DB2 command line)
Registering nicknames for business application data sources
Registering nicknames for business application data sources (DB2 Control Center)
Identifying the required input columns in the business object before generating nickname definitions in the DB2 control center
Registering nicknames for business application data sources (DB2 command line)
CREATE NICKNAME statement – examples for the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper
Nicknames and XPATH expressions
The TEMPLATE option at the nickname and column levels
TEMPLATE option for the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper
Nickname requirements for result sets
Nickname options for business application data sources
Query restrictions for wrappers for business applications and Web services
Creating federated views for business application nicknames
Business application data sources – example queries
Configuring access to DB2 family data sources
Cataloging a node entry in the federated node directory
Cataloging the remote database in the federated server system database directory
Registering the DB2 wrapper
DB2 wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a DB2 data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the DB2 wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a DB2 data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the DB2 wrapper
Testing the connection to the DB2 data source server
Troubleshooting data source connection errors
Registering nicknames for DB2 tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the DB2 wrapper
Configuring access to Entrez data sources
Entrez Wrapper
Adding Entrez data sources to a federated server
Registering the custom functions for the Entrez wrapper
Custom functions for the Entrez wrapper
Registering the Entrez wrapper
Entrez wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - examples for the Entrez wrapper
Registering the server definition for Entrez data sources
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Entrez wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a Entrez data source (optional)
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Entrez wrapper
Access Entrez using a proxy server
Nicknames for the Entrez data sources
Nicknames for the Nucleotide database
Nicknames for the OMIM database
Nicknames for the PubMed database
Registering nicknames for Entrez data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the Entrez wrapper
Alternative names for the Entrez nicknames
Queries and custom functions for Entrez data sources
Query the Entrez databases using the custom functions
Relational predicates for the Entrez wrapper
Records returned from Entrez queries
Entrez data sources - Example queries
Fixed columns for the Nucleotide nicknames
Fixed columns for the OMIM nicknames
Fixed columns for PubMed nicknames
Configuring access to Excel data sources
Excel wrapper
Adding Excel data sources to a federated server
Registering the Excel wrapper
Excel wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for an Excel data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Excel wrapper
Registering nicknames for Excel data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the Excel wrapper
Excel data sources - example queries
Excel data source – sample scenario
File access control model for the Excel wrapper
Configuring access to HMMER data sources
HMMER wrapper
Adding HMMER data sources to a federated server
Verifying the version of the HMMER program executable
Configuring the HMMER daemon
HMMER daemon configuration file - examples
Starting the HMMER daemon
db2hmmer_daemon command - options and examples
Registering the HMMER wrapper
HMMER wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the HMMER wrapper
Registering the server definitions for a HMMER data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for HMMER wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a HMMER data source (optional)
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the HMMER wrapper
Registering nicknames for HMMER data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for HMMER wrapper
Fixed columns for HMMER nicknames
Fixed input columns for HMMER nicknames
Fixed output columns for HMMER nicknames
HMMER data source - complete example
Construct new HMMER queries with samples
Configuring access to Informix data sources
Setting up and testing the Informix client configuration file
Setting the Informix environment variables
Informix environment variables
Informix code page conversion
Registering the Informix wrapper
Informix wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for an Informix data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
Creating the user mappings for an Informix data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
Testing the connection to the Informix server
Troubleshooting data source connection errors
Performance tuning for the Informix wrapper
Registering nicknames for Informix tables, views, and synonyms
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
KEGG user-defined functions - overview
KEGG user-defined functions by functional category
Function arguments for the KEGG user-defined functions
Registering the KEGG user-defined functions
Pathway database functions
CompoundsByPathwyS user-defined function
CompoundsByPathwyT user-defined function
EnzymesByPathwyS user-defined function
EnzymesByPathwyT user-defined function
GenesByPathwyS user-defined function
GenesByPathwyT user-defined function
PathwysByCompndsS user-defined function
PathwysByCompndsT user-defined function
PathwysByEnzymesS user-defined function
PathwysByEnzymesT user-defined function
PathwysByGenesS user-defined function
PathwysByGenesT user-defined function
Sequence Similarity Database functions
Columns that are returned from SSDB database queries (table functions)
BestNbrsByGeneS user-defined function
BestNbrsByGeneT user-defined function
BstBstNbrsByGeneS user-defined function
BstBstNbrsByGeneT user-defined function
BtitS user-defined function
GenesByMotifsT user-defined function
MotifsByGenesS user-defined function
MotifsByGenesT user-defined function
ParalogsByGeneS user-defined function
ParalogsByGeneT user-defined function
RevBestNbrsByGeneS user-defined function
RevBestNbrsByGeneT user-defined function
Disabling the KEGG user-defined functions
Life sciences user-defined functions
Life sciences user-defined function library files
Life sciences user-defined functions by functional category
Registering life sciences user-defined functions
Disabling the life sciences user-defined functions
Back translation user-defined functions - overview
LSPep2AmbNuc user-defined function
LSPep2AmbNuc user-defined function - example
LSPep2ProbNuc user-defined function
LSPep2ProbNuc user-defined function - example
Defline parsing user-defined functions - overview
LSDeflineParse user-defined functions
LSDeflineParse user-defined function - examples
Generalized pattern matching user-defined functions - overview
LSPatternMatch user-defined function
LSPatternMatch user-defined function – example
LSPrositePattern user-defined function
LSPrositePattern user-defined function - example
GeneWise user-defined function - overview
Linking to GeneWise
LSGeneWise user-defined function
LSGeneWise user-defined function – example
Motif user-defined functions - overview
LSBarCode user-defined function
LSBarCode user-defined function - example
LSMultiMatch user-defined function
LSMultiMatch user-defined function - example
LSMultiMatch3 user-defined function
LSMultiMatch3 user-defined function – example
Reverse user-defined functions - overview
LSRevComp user-defined function
LSRevComp user-defined function - example
LSRevNuc user-defined function
LSRevNuc user-defined function - example
LSRevPep user-defined function
LSRevPep user-defined function - example
Translate user-defined functions - overview
LSNuc2Pep user-defined function
LSNuc2Pep user-defined function – example
LSTransAllFrames user-defined function
LSTransAllFrames user-defined function - example
Codon frequency table format
Codon frequency table - example
Translation table format
Translation table - example
Configuring access to Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Preparing the federated server to access Microsoft SQL Server data sources (Windows)
Preparing the federated server to access Microsoft SQL Server data sources (Linux, UNIX)
Setting the Microsoft SQL Server environment variables
Microsoft SQL Server environment variables
Registering the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Microsoft SQL Server wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a Microsoft SQL Server data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a Microsoft SQL Server data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Testing the connection to the Microsoft SQL Server remote server
Registering nicknames for Microsoft SQL Server tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Using ODBC tracing information to troubleshoot connections to Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Configuring access to ODBC data sources
Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Windows)
Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Linux, UNIX)
Registering the ODBC wrapper
ODBC wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
Accessing Excel data using the ODBC wrapper
Configuring ODBC access to WebSphere Classic Federation Server for z/OS data sources
Registering the ODBC wrapper
ODBC wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
Configuring access to OLE DB data sources
Registering the OLE DB wrapper
OLE DB wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for an OLE DB data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the OLE DB wrapper
Creating the user mappings for an OLE DB data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the OLE DB wrapper
Configuring access to Oracle data sources
Setting the Oracle environment variables
Oracle environment variables
Oracle code page conversion
Setting up and testing the Oracle client configuration file
Registering the Oracle wrapper
Oracle wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for an Oracle data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
Creating the user mappings for an Oracle data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
Testing the connection to the Oracle server
Troubleshooting connectivity problems with Oracle data sources
Registering nicknames for Oracle tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
Configuring access to scripts as data sources
Script wrapper overview
Adding scripts as data sources to a federated system
Registering the custom function for the script
Data types for the custom function for the script wrapper
Configuring the script daemon
Starting the script daemon
db2script_daemon command - options and examples
Registering the script wrapper
Script wrapper library file
Registering the server definition for a script as a data source (DB2 command line)
CREATE SERVER statement - examples for the script wrapper
Registering nicknames for scripts (DB2 command line)
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the script wrapper
Script wrapper nickname options
SQL queries with the script wrapper
Optimizing script wrapper performance
Configuring access to Sybase data sources
Sybase wrapper support for Adaptive Server Enterprise (ASE)
Setting the Sybase environment variables
Sybase environment variables
Setting up and testing the Sybase client configuration file (Windows)
Setting up and testing the Sybase client configuration file (UNIX)
Registering the Sybase wrapper
Sybase wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a Sybase data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a Sybase data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
Testing the connection to the Sybase server
Registering nicknames for Sybase tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
Troubleshooting the Sybase wrapper configuration
Problems loading the Sybase wrapper library
Missing SYBASE environment variable
Missing Sybase node name
Configuring access to table-structured file data sources
Table-structured files - overview
Attributes of table-structured files
Table-structured files wrapper
Adding table-structured file data sources to a federated server
Registering the table-structured file wrapper
Table-structured files wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for table-structured files
CREATE SERVER statement - example for the table-structured file wrapper
Registering nicknames for table-structured files
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for table-structured file wrapper
File access control model for the table-structured file wrapper
Guidelines for optimizing query performance for the table-structured file wrapper
Configuring access to Teradata data sources
Testing the connection to the Teradata server
Verifying that the Teradata library is enabled for run-time linking (AIX)
Setting the Teradata environment variables
Teradata environment variables
Verifying the character set on the Teradata server
Troubleshooting character sets for Teradata data sources
Registering the Teradata wrapper
Teradata wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a Teradata data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
Creating the user mapping for a Teradata data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
Testing the connection from the federated server to the Teradata server
Troubleshooting data source connection errors
Registering nicknames for Teradata tables and views
Teradata nicknames on federated servers
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
Troubleshooting the Teradata data source configuration
Enabling run-time linking for libcliv2.so (AIX)
Troubleshooting character sets for Teradata data sources
Troubleshooting UPDATE or DELETE operation errors on nicknames
Working with Teradata access logging
Configuring access to Web services data sources
Web services and the Web services wrapper
Registering the Web services wrapper
Web services wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for Web services data sources
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for Web services wrapper
Enabling security through the Web services wrapper
Registering nicknames for Web services data sources
Registering nicknames for Web services data sources (DB2 command line)
Registering nicknames for Web services data sources (DB2 Control Center)
CREATE NICKNAME statement – examples for the Web services wrapper
Nicknames and XPATH expressions
The TEMPLATE option at the nickname and column levels
The TEMPLATE option for the Web services wrapper
Creating federated views for Web services nicknames
Query restrictions for wrappers for business applications and Web services
Web services data sources – example queries
Configuring access to XML data sources
XML wrapper
Adding XML to a federated system
Registering the XML wrapper
XML wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the XML wrapper
Registering the server definition for an XML data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the XML wrapper
Access XML files using a proxy server
Nicknames for XML data sources
Data associations between nicknames and XML documents
The cost model facility for the XML wrapper
Namespaces for XML data sources
Registering nicknames for XML data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for XML wrapper
Queries for XML data sources
Creating federated views for the XML wrapper nicknames
CREATE VIEW statement - examples for the XML wrapper
Query optimization tips for the XML cost model facility
XML data source - example queries
Mapping functions and user-defined functions
Function mappings in a federated system
When to create your own function mappings
Why function mappings are important
How function mappings work in a federated system
Requirements for mapping user-defined functions (UDFs)
Function templates
Creating function templates
Providing function mapping overhead information to the query optimizer
Function mapping options that specify function overhead - examples
Updating overhead information
Specifying function names in a function mapping
Mapping functions with the same name
Mapping functions with different names
How to create function mappings
Creating a function mapping for a specific data source type
Creating a function mapping for a specific data source type and version
Creating a function mapping for all data source objects on a specific server
User-defined functions in applications
Disabling a default function mapping
Dropping a user-defined function mapping
Configuring for query optimization
Creating index specifications
Index specifications in a federated system
Creating index specifications for data source objects
Creating index specifications on tables that acquire new indexes
Creating index specifications on views
Creating index specifications on Informix synonyms
Cache tables
Creating cache tables
Modifying the settings for materialized query tables
Adding materialized query tables to a cache table
Routing queries to cache tables
Enabling and disabling the replication cache settings
Dropping materialized query tables from a cache table
Dropping cache tables
Replication and event publishing
Configuring SQL replication
Planning for SQL replication
Migration planning
Memory planning
Memory used by the Capture program
Memory used by the Apply program
Storage planning
Log impact for DB2 source servers
Log impact for target servers
Storage requirements of target tables and control tables
Space requirements for spill files for the Capture program
Space requirements for spill files for the Apply program
Space requirements for diagnostic log files (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Conflict detection planning
Non-DB2 relational source planning
Transaction throughput rates for Capture triggers
Log impact for non-DB2 relational source servers
Coexistence of preexisting triggers with Capture triggers
Locks for Oracle source servers
Code page translation planning
Replication for data between databases with compatible code pages
Configure national language support (NLS) for replication
Replication planning for DB2 UDB for z/OS
Performance tuning
Configuring servers for SQL replication
Connectivity requirements for SQL replication
Connecting to iSeries servers from Windows
Connecting to non-DB2 relational servers
Creating control tables for SQL replication
Creating control tables for SQL replication
Creating control tables (iSeries)
Creating control tables for non-DB2 relational sources
Creating multiple sets of Capture control tables
Capture control tables on multiple database partitions
Setting up the replication programs
Setting up the replication programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Setting environment variables for the replication programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Preparing the DB2 database to run the Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Capture program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Apply program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Binding the Apply program packages for Sybase sources
Creating SQL packages to use with remote systems (iSeries)
Creating SQL packages for the Apply program (iSeries)
Creating SQL packages for the Replication Analyzer (iSeries)
Granting privileges to the SQL packages (iSeries)
Setting up the replication programs (z/OS)
Capture for multiple database partitions
Setting up journals (iSeries)
Setting up journals for source tables (iSeries)
Managing journals and journal receivers (iSeries)
Specifying system management of journal receivers (iSeries)
Changing definitions of work management objects (iSeries)
Specifying user management of journal receivers (iSeries)
Delete journal receiver exit routine (iSeries)
Configuring Q replication and event publishing
Planning memory and storage requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Planning memory requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Memory used by the Q Capture program
Memory used by the Q Apply program
Memory for LOB data types for Q replication and event publishing
Planning storage requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Storage requirements for database logs for Q replication and event publishing
Storage for diagnostic files for Q replication and event publishing
Storage requirements for when the Q Capture program exceeds its memory limit
Storage requirements for traces for Q replication and event publishing
Data conversion for Q replication and event publishing
Data conversion for Q replication
Data conversion for event publishing
Setting up WebSphere MQ for Q replication and event publishing—Overview
WebSphere MQ objects required for Q replication and event publishing—Overview
WebSphere MQ objects required for unidirectional replication (remote)
WebSphere MQ objects required for unidirectional replication on the same system
WebSphere MQ objects required for event publishing
WebSphere MQ objects required for bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication (two remote servers)
WebSphere MQ objects required for peer-to-peer replication (three or more remote servers)
Required settings for WebSphere MQ objects
Sample commands for creating WebSphere MQ objects for Q replication and event publishing
Specifying a default model queue
Running the replication programs on a WebSphere MQ client
Validating WebSphere MQ objects for Q replication and event publishing
Sending test messages between queues in a replication queue map
Connectivity and authorization requirements for WebSphere MQ objects
Storage requirements for WebSphere MQ for Q replication and event publishing
WebSphere MQ message size
Queue depth considerations for large object (LOB) values
Queue manager clustering in Q replication and event publishing
Configuring servers for Q replication and event publishing
Connectivity requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Configuring databases for Q replication and event publishing (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Setting environment variables (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Configuring the source database to work with the Q Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Configuring the target database to work with the Q Apply program (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Q Capture program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Q Apply program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Replication Alert Monitor packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Configuring databases for Q replication and event publishing (z/OS)
Software prerequisites for the Replication Center
Creating control tables for the Q Capture and Q Apply programs
Mainframe and midrange server access
DB2 Universal Database for iSeries
DB2 Universal Database for OS/390 and z/OS
Host databases
Configuring TCP/IP
Configuring DB2 Universal Database for OS/390 and z/OS
DB2 for VSE & VM
DB2 Connect Sysplex support
Considerations for Sysplex exploitation
DB2 Sysplex exploitation
Configuration requirements
Configuring connections to mainframe and midrange servers
With the Configuration Assistant (CA)
With the command line processor (CLP)
Cataloging mainframe and midrange servers
Cataloging databases using discovery
Managing connections
Removing a mainframe and midrange server
Registering a license key using the db2licm command
Registering a license key using the License Center
Tools for administration and application development
Creating a database for the DB2 tools catalog
Setting up access to DB2 contextual help and documentation
Setting the location for accessing the DB2 Information Center
Setting startup and default options
Changing the fonts for menus and text
Filtering or pre-filtering objects in the display
Enabling health alert notification
Setting the default scheduling scheme
Setting Command Editor options
Setting IMS options
Documentation
Setting the location for accessing the DB2 Information Center
Setting up access to DB2 contextual help and documentation
Displaying topics in your preferred language
Using the DB2 database help
Setting up access to DB2 contextual help and documentation
Environment-specific information
Database systems
Client-to-server communications
Communication protocols supported
Configuring Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) support in the DB2 client
Configuring client-to-server connections using the Configuration Assistant (CA)
Manually
Cataloging databases using discovery
Client profile method
Creating a client profile
Using a client profile
Testing database connections
LDAP considerations
Adding database connections with the CLP
Named pipe connections
Named Pipes worksheet
Cataloging the node
TCP/IP connections
TCP/IP worksheet
Updating hosts and services files for TCP/IP connections
Cataloging the node
Cataloging the database
Worksheet for cataloging a database
Testing the client-to-server connection using the CLP
Configuring communication protocols for a DB2 instance
Configuring Named Pipes communications for a DB2 instance
Configuring Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) support in a DB2 instance
Configuring TCP/IP communications for a DB2 instance
Updating the services file on the server for TCP/IP communications
Updating the database manager configuration file on the server for TCP/IP communications
Setting communication protocols for a DB2 instance
DB2 server communications configuration using the Control Center
Configuring Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) directory services
Overview
Security considerations in an LDAP environment
LDAP object classes and attributes used by DB2
Extending the LDAP directory schema with DB2 object classes and attributes
Supported LDAP client and server configurations
LDAP support and DB2 Connect
Registering host databases in LDAP
IBM SecureWay Directory Server
Netscape LDAP directory support and attribute definitions
Sun One Directory Server
Windows Active Directory
Support for Active Directory
Configuring DB2 to use Active Directory
Security considerations
DB2 objects
Enabling LDAP support after installation is complete
Configuring DB2 in the IBM LDAP environment
Registering LDAP entries
Registering DB2 servers
Cataloging a node alias for ATTACH
Registering databases
Deregistering LDAP entries
Deregistering the DB2 server
Deregistering the database from the LDAP directory
Configuring LDAP users
Creating an LDAP user
Configuring the LDAP user for DB2 applications
Setting DB2 registry variables at the user level in the LDAP environment
Disabling LDAP support
Update the protocol information for the DB2 server
Rerouting LDAP clients to another server
Attaching to a remote server in the LDAP environment
Refreshing LDAP entries in local database and node directories
Searching the LDAP directory partitions or domains
Configuring XA transaction managers
Resource manager setup
IBM WebSphere Application Server
IBM TXSeries CICS
BEA Tuxedo
Configuration Assistant overview
Systems
Removing a system
Instance nodes
Removing an instance node
Instance configurations
Configuring communication protocols for a local DB2 instance
Configuring communication protocols for a remote DB2 instance
Databases
Removing a database
Changing a password
Removing CLI keywords
Data sources
Removing a data source
Bind options
Removing bind options
Profiles
Exporting a configuration profile using the Configuration Assistant
Importing a configuration profile
Registry variables
Removing DB2 registry variables
Configuration parameters
Configuring parameters dynamically
Application development environment
DB2 Client
Database manager instances
DB2 supported servers
Setting up the application development environment
Statically and dynamically linking libraries
Rebuilding DB2 routine shared libraries
Updating the database manager configuration file
Setting up the CLI environment
Setting up the UNIX application development environment
UNIX environment variable settings
CLI
Setting up the UNIX ODBC environment
Sample configurations
Setting up the UNIX Java environment
Setting up the Windows application development environment
Setting up the Windows CLI environment
Selecting a DB2 copy for Windows CLI applications
Sample files
Creating the sample database
Creating the sample database on Host or AS/400 and iSeries servers
Cataloging the sample database
Binding the sample database utilities
Application behavior
Isolation levels
Specifying isolation levels
Configuring CLI/JDBC/ODBC/SQLJ behavior with db2cli.ini
Setting CLI environment, connection, and statement attributes
Automatic maintenance of your database
Automatic features enabled by default
Configuring automatic maintenance of your databases
Automatic statistics collection
Enabling automatic statistics collection
Enabling automatic table and index reorganization
Enabling automatic backup
Self tuning memory roadmap
Self-tuning memory
Enabling self-tuning memory
Disabling self-tuning memory
Determining which memory consumers are enabled for self tuning
Operational details and limitations
Self-tuning memory in partitioned database environments
Using self tuning memory in partitioned database environments
Query Patroller
Setting up Query Patroller server manually
Administering Query Patroller
Starting Query Patroller
Enabling Query Patroller to intercept queries
Stopping Query Patroller
Query processing by Query Patroller
Managing users
Administering operators
Operators
Query Patroller operator profiles
Creating operator profiles for users and groups
Suspending or restoring operator privileges for users and groups
Administering submitters
Submitters
Query Patroller submitter profiles
Configuring submitter profiles
Creating submitter profiles for users and groups
Setting submitter resource limits
Suspending or restoring submitter privileges for users and groups
Administering query submission preferences
Setting preferences for another submitter
Setting individual query submission preferences
Managing queries
Managed query status
Changing the status of queries using Query Patroller
Query Patroller variables
Viewing managed query details
Viewing the SQL of managed queries using Query Patroller
Result tables and result sets in Query Patroller
Viewing result tables using Query Patroller
Running held queries at a scheduled time
Scheduling the start time for running held queries
Cost estimation in Query Patroller
Definition of your query management policy
Query Patroller historical analysis
Query Patroller historical analysis interface
Enabling collection of historical data
Uses for historical analysis reports
Collecting historical data
Generating historical data
Determining when historical data was last generated
Viewing historical query details
Viewing index details
Managing space
Setting Query Patroller maintenance schedules for queries and result tables
Scheduling purges of managed queries and result tables
Scheduling purges of historical queries
Dropping result tables manually using Query Patroller
Removing orphaned result table aliases
Query Patroller system configuration
Setting query thresholds for the Query Patroller system
Updating the list of databases in Query Patroller
Enabling e-mail notification of Query Patroller submitters
Enabling collection of historical data
Query class configuration
Configuring query classes
Creating query classes for Query Patroller
Removing query classes for Query Patroller
Query Patroller query classes
Query Patroller thresholds
Using Query Patroller with other DB2 components
Methods for searching text
Searching for text using the SQL scalar search functions
Issuing a query
Searching and returning the number of matches found
Searching and returning the score of a found text document
Specifying SQL search arguments
Searching for terms in any sequence
Searching with the Boolean operators AND and OR
Searching with the Boolean operator NOT
Fuzzy search
Searching for parts of a term (character masking)
Searching for terms that already contain a masking character
Searching for terms in a fixed order
Searching for terms in the same sentence or paragraph
Searching for terms in sections of structured documents
Thesaurus search
Numeric attribute search
Free-text search
Additional search syntax examples
Searching for text using a stored procedure search
Searching for text using an SQL Table-Valued Function
Using the highlight function
Searching on more than one column
Using text search in outer joins
Performance considerations during search
User scenarios
Simple example with the SQL scalar search function
Simple example with cache usage and stored procedure search
Simple example with the SQL table-valued function
Using a thesaurus to expand search terms
The structure of a thesaurus
Predefined thesaurus relations
Defining your own relations
Creating and compiling a thesaurus
Creating a thesaurus definition file
Compiling a definition file into a thesaurus dictionary
Thesaurus support
Thesaurus supported CCSIDs
Messages returned by the thesaurus tool
Text Search Engine
Tokenization
Stop words
Languages supporting stop words
Configuration
Working with structured documents
Searching natively stored XML documents
Using the default document model
Using a customized document model
XQuery support
Structured document support
How a document model describes structured documents
An example of a document model
Document models
Text fields
Document attributes
Number attributes
Default document models
Defining a document model for structured plain-text documents
What happens when a GPP document is indexed
Defining a document model for HTML documents
Defining a document model for XML documents
Defining a document model for Outside In filtered documents
What happens when an Outside In document is indexed
Document model reference
DTD for document models
Semantics of locator (XPath) expressions
Limitations for text fields and document attributes
Outside In tag attribute values
Federated systems and data sources
Configuring a federated system
Federated systems - overview
The federated database system catalog
The SQL compiler
The query optimizer
Compensation
Pass-through sessions
Default wrapper names
Server definitions and server options
User mappings
Nicknames and data source objects
Valid data source objects
Nickname column options
Data type mappings
Function mappings
Index specifications
Federated stored procedures
Collating sequences
How collating sequences determine sort orders
Setting the local collating sequence to optimize queries
Security
Wrapper support for HTTP and SOCKS proxies and SSL
Encryption
Proxy servers
Checking the setup of the federated server
Confirming the link-edit of the wrapper library files (UNIX)
Checking the wrapper library files (UNIX)
Wrapper library files
Checking the link-edit message files (UNIX)
Manually linking the wrapper libraries to the data source client software
Checking the FEDERATED parameter
Creating a federated database
Federated database code sets and collating sequences
Federated database national language considerations
Collating sequences in a federated system
Configuring data sources
Data sources - overview
Plan the federated data source configuration
Federated object naming rules
Preserving case-sensitive values in a federated system
Update data source statistics
Choose the correct wrapper
Methods of accessing Excel data
Plan the user mappings
Plan the data type mappings
Plan the function mappings
Checklist for planning your federated system configuration
Overview of configuring access to data sources
Fast track to configuring your data sources
Adding data sources to a federated server using the DB2 Control Center
Configuring multiple federated servers to access data sources
Setting the data source environment variables
Restrictions for the db2dj.ini file
Applying environment variables in a multi-partition instance configuration
Registering wrappers for a data source
Registering server definitions for a data source
Registering user mappings for a data source
Registering nicknames for a data source
Specifying nickname columns for a nonrelational data source
Optional configuration steps
Configuring access to BioRS data sources
BioRS wrapper
Adding BioRS data sources to a federated server
Registering the custom functions for the BioRS wrapper
Custom functions for the BioRS wrapper
Registering the BioRS wrapper
BioRS wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
Registering the server definition for a BioRS data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a BioRS data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the BioRS wrapper
Registering nicknames for BioRS data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the BioRS wrapper
Custom functions and BioRS queries
Equality operations in BioRS queries
Equijoin predicates for the BioRS wrapper
The BioRS AllText element
BioRS data source - Example queries
Optimizing BioRS wrapper performance
Guidelines for optimizing BioRS wrapper performance
BioRS statistical information
Determining BioRS databank cardinality statistics
Updating BioRS nickname cardinality statistics
Updating BioRS column cardinality statistics
Updating BioRS _ID_ column cardinality
Configuring access to BLAST data sources
BLAST wrapper
Adding BLAST data sources to a federated server
Verifying the versions of the BLAST server files
Configuring the BLAST daemon
BLAST daemon configuration file - Examples
Starting the BLAST daemon
db2blast_daemon command - options and examples
Registering the BLAST wrapper
BLAST wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the BLAST wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a BLAST data source (optional)
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - examples for the BLAST wrapper
Registering the server definition for a BLAST data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the BLAST wrapper
Registering nicknames for BLAST data sources
Definition line parsing
Fixed input columns for BLAST nicknames
BLAST search types and switches for fixed input columns
Fixed output columns for BLAST nicknames
CREATE NICKNAME statement - example for the BLAST wrapper
Querying BLAST data sources
Setting up TurboBlast to work with the BLAST wrapper
Construct BLAST SQL queries
BLAST data source – example queries
Guidelines for optimizing BLAST query performance
Configuring access to business application data sources
WebSphere Business Integration wrapper
Configuring the WebSphere Business Integration Adapters
Business object definitions
Configuration properties for business object definitions
WebSphere MQ message queues for the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper and the adapter
Adding business application data sources to a federated system
Registering the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper (DB2 command line)
WebSphere Business Integration wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for business application data sources (DB2 command line)
Registering nicknames for business application data sources
Registering nicknames for business application data sources (DB2 Control Center)
Identifying the required input columns in the business object before generating nickname definitions in the DB2 control center
Registering nicknames for business application data sources (DB2 command line)
CREATE NICKNAME statement – examples for the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper
Nicknames and XPATH expressions
The TEMPLATE option at the nickname and column levels
TEMPLATE option for the WebSphere Business Integration wrapper
Nickname requirements for result sets
Nickname options for business application data sources
Query restrictions for wrappers for business applications and Web services
Creating federated views for business application nicknames
Business application data sources – example queries
Configuring access to DB2 family data sources
Cataloging a node entry in the federated node directory
Cataloging the remote database in the federated server system database directory
Registering the DB2 wrapper
DB2 wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a DB2 data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the DB2 wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a DB2 data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the DB2 wrapper
Testing the connection to the DB2 data source server
Troubleshooting data source connection errors
Registering nicknames for DB2 tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the DB2 wrapper
Configuring access to Entrez data sources
Entrez Wrapper
Adding Entrez data sources to a federated server
Registering the custom functions for the Entrez wrapper
Custom functions for the Entrez wrapper
Registering the Entrez wrapper
Entrez wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - examples for the Entrez wrapper
Registering the server definition for Entrez data sources
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Entrez wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a Entrez data source (optional)
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Entrez wrapper
Access Entrez using a proxy server
Nicknames for the Entrez data sources
Nicknames for the Nucleotide database
Nicknames for the OMIM database
Nicknames for the PubMed database
Registering nicknames for Entrez data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the Entrez wrapper
Alternative names for the Entrez nicknames
Queries and custom functions for Entrez data sources
Query the Entrez databases using the custom functions
Relational predicates for the Entrez wrapper
Records returned from Entrez queries
Entrez data sources - Example queries
Fixed columns for the Nucleotide nicknames
Fixed columns for the OMIM nicknames
Fixed columns for PubMed nicknames
Configuring access to Excel data sources
Excel wrapper
Adding Excel data sources to a federated server
Registering the Excel wrapper
Excel wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for an Excel data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Excel wrapper
Registering nicknames for Excel data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the Excel wrapper
Excel data sources - example queries
Excel data source – sample scenario
File access control model for the Excel wrapper
Configuring access to HMMER data sources
HMMER wrapper
Adding HMMER data sources to a federated server
Verifying the version of the HMMER program executable
Configuring the HMMER daemon
HMMER daemon configuration file - examples
Starting the HMMER daemon
db2hmmer_daemon command - options and examples
Registering the HMMER wrapper
HMMER wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the HMMER wrapper
Registering the server definitions for a HMMER data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for HMMER wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a HMMER data source (optional)
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the HMMER wrapper
Registering nicknames for HMMER data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for HMMER wrapper
Fixed columns for HMMER nicknames
Fixed input columns for HMMER nicknames
Fixed output columns for HMMER nicknames
HMMER data source - complete example
Construct new HMMER queries with samples
Configuring access to Informix data sources
Setting up and testing the Informix client configuration file
Setting the Informix environment variables
Informix environment variables
Informix code page conversion
Registering the Informix wrapper
Informix wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for an Informix data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
Creating the user mappings for an Informix data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
Testing the connection to the Informix server
Troubleshooting data source connection errors
Performance tuning for the Informix wrapper
Registering nicknames for Informix tables, views, and synonyms
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Informix wrapper
KEGG user-defined functions - overview
KEGG user-defined functions by functional category
Function arguments for the KEGG user-defined functions
Registering the KEGG user-defined functions
Pathway database functions
CompoundsByPathwyS user-defined function
CompoundsByPathwyT user-defined function
EnzymesByPathwyS user-defined function
EnzymesByPathwyT user-defined function
GenesByPathwyS user-defined function
GenesByPathwyT user-defined function
PathwysByCompndsS user-defined function
PathwysByCompndsT user-defined function
PathwysByEnzymesS user-defined function
PathwysByEnzymesT user-defined function
PathwysByGenesS user-defined function
PathwysByGenesT user-defined function
Sequence Similarity Database functions
Columns that are returned from SSDB database queries (table functions)
BestNbrsByGeneS user-defined function
BestNbrsByGeneT user-defined function
BstBstNbrsByGeneS user-defined function
BstBstNbrsByGeneT user-defined function
BtitS user-defined function
GenesByMotifsT user-defined function
MotifsByGenesS user-defined function
MotifsByGenesT user-defined function
ParalogsByGeneS user-defined function
ParalogsByGeneT user-defined function
RevBestNbrsByGeneS user-defined function
RevBestNbrsByGeneT user-defined function
Disabling the KEGG user-defined functions
Life sciences user-defined functions
Life sciences user-defined function library files
Life sciences user-defined functions by functional category
Registering life sciences user-defined functions
Disabling the life sciences user-defined functions
Back translation user-defined functions - overview
LSPep2AmbNuc user-defined function
LSPep2AmbNuc user-defined function - example
LSPep2ProbNuc user-defined function
LSPep2ProbNuc user-defined function - example
Defline parsing user-defined functions - overview
LSDeflineParse user-defined functions
LSDeflineParse user-defined function - examples
Generalized pattern matching user-defined functions - overview
LSPatternMatch user-defined function
LSPatternMatch user-defined function – example
LSPrositePattern user-defined function
LSPrositePattern user-defined function - example
GeneWise user-defined function - overview
Linking to GeneWise
LSGeneWise user-defined function
LSGeneWise user-defined function – example
Motif user-defined functions - overview
LSBarCode user-defined function
LSBarCode user-defined function - example
LSMultiMatch user-defined function
LSMultiMatch user-defined function - example
LSMultiMatch3 user-defined function
LSMultiMatch3 user-defined function – example
Reverse user-defined functions - overview
LSRevComp user-defined function
LSRevComp user-defined function - example
LSRevNuc user-defined function
LSRevNuc user-defined function - example
LSRevPep user-defined function
LSRevPep user-defined function - example
Translate user-defined functions - overview
LSNuc2Pep user-defined function
LSNuc2Pep user-defined function – example
LSTransAllFrames user-defined function
LSTransAllFrames user-defined function - example
Codon frequency table format
Codon frequency table - example
Translation table format
Translation table - example
Configuring access to Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Preparing the federated server to access Microsoft SQL Server data sources (Windows)
Preparing the federated server to access Microsoft SQL Server data sources (Linux, UNIX)
Setting the Microsoft SQL Server environment variables
Microsoft SQL Server environment variables
Registering the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Microsoft SQL Server wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a Microsoft SQL Server data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a Microsoft SQL Server data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Testing the connection to the Microsoft SQL Server remote server
Registering nicknames for Microsoft SQL Server tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Microsoft SQL Server wrapper
Using ODBC tracing information to troubleshoot connections to Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Configuring access to ODBC data sources
Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Windows)
Preparing the federated server to access data sources through ODBC (Linux, UNIX)
Registering the ODBC wrapper
ODBC wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
Accessing Excel data using the ODBC wrapper
Configuring ODBC access to WebSphere Classic Federation Server for z/OS data sources
Registering the ODBC wrapper
ODBC wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Registering the server definitions for an ODBC data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples of the ODBC wrapper
Creating a user mapping for an ODBC data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Testing the connection to the ODBC data source server
Registering nicknames for ODBC data source tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the ODBC wrapper
Optimizing ODBC wrapper performance with the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
db2fedsvrcfg command syntax - ODBC tuning utility
Test table definitions for the ODBC tuning utility (db2fedsvrcfg)
Configuring access to OLE DB data sources
Registering the OLE DB wrapper
OLE DB wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for an OLE DB data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the OLE DB wrapper
Creating the user mappings for an OLE DB data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the OLE DB wrapper
Configuring access to Oracle data sources
Setting the Oracle environment variables
Oracle environment variables
Oracle code page conversion
Setting up and testing the Oracle client configuration file
Registering the Oracle wrapper
Oracle wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for an Oracle data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
Creating the user mappings for an Oracle data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
Testing the connection to the Oracle server
Troubleshooting connectivity problems with Oracle data sources
Registering nicknames for Oracle tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Oracle wrapper
Configuring access to scripts as data sources
Script wrapper overview
Adding scripts as data sources to a federated system
Registering the custom function for the script
Data types for the custom function for the script wrapper
Configuring the script daemon
Starting the script daemon
db2script_daemon command - options and examples
Registering the script wrapper
Script wrapper library file
Registering the server definition for a script as a data source (DB2 command line)
CREATE SERVER statement - examples for the script wrapper
Registering nicknames for scripts (DB2 command line)
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for the script wrapper
Script wrapper nickname options
SQL queries with the script wrapper
Optimizing script wrapper performance
Configuring access to Sybase data sources
Sybase wrapper support for Adaptive Server Enterprise (ASE)
Setting the Sybase environment variables
Sybase environment variables
Setting up and testing the Sybase client configuration file (Windows)
Setting up and testing the Sybase client configuration file (UNIX)
Registering the Sybase wrapper
Sybase wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a Sybase data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
Creating the user mappings for a Sybase data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
Testing the connection to the Sybase server
Registering nicknames for Sybase tables and views
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Sybase wrapper
Troubleshooting the Sybase wrapper configuration
Problems loading the Sybase wrapper library
Missing SYBASE environment variable
Missing Sybase node name
Configuring access to table-structured file data sources
Table-structured files - overview
Attributes of table-structured files
Table-structured files wrapper
Adding table-structured file data sources to a federated server
Registering the table-structured file wrapper
Table-structured files wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for table-structured files
CREATE SERVER statement - example for the table-structured file wrapper
Registering nicknames for table-structured files
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for table-structured file wrapper
File access control model for the table-structured file wrapper
Guidelines for optimizing query performance for the table-structured file wrapper
Configuring access to Teradata data sources
Testing the connection to the Teradata server
Verifying that the Teradata library is enabled for run-time linking (AIX)
Setting the Teradata environment variables
Teradata environment variables
Verifying the character set on the Teradata server
Troubleshooting character sets for Teradata data sources
Registering the Teradata wrapper
Teradata wrapper library files
Registering the server definitions for a Teradata data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
Creating the user mapping for a Teradata data source
CREATE USER MAPPING statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
Testing the connection from the federated server to the Teradata server
Troubleshooting data source connection errors
Registering nicknames for Teradata tables and views
Teradata nicknames on federated servers
CREATE NICKNAME statement - Examples for the Teradata wrapper
Troubleshooting the Teradata data source configuration
Enabling run-time linking for libcliv2.so (AIX)
Troubleshooting character sets for Teradata data sources
Troubleshooting UPDATE or DELETE operation errors on nicknames
Working with Teradata access logging
Configuring access to Web services data sources
Web services and the Web services wrapper
Registering the Web services wrapper
Web services wrapper library files
Registering the server definition for Web services data sources
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for Web services wrapper
Enabling security through the Web services wrapper
Registering nicknames for Web services data sources
Registering nicknames for Web services data sources (DB2 command line)
Registering nicknames for Web services data sources (DB2 Control Center)
CREATE NICKNAME statement – examples for the Web services wrapper
Nicknames and XPATH expressions
The TEMPLATE option at the nickname and column levels
The TEMPLATE option for the Web services wrapper
Creating federated views for Web services nicknames
Query restrictions for wrappers for business applications and Web services
Web services data sources – example queries
Configuring access to XML data sources
XML wrapper
Adding XML to a federated system
Registering the XML wrapper
XML wrapper library files
CREATE WRAPPER statement - Examples for the XML wrapper
Registering the server definition for an XML data source
CREATE SERVER statement - Examples for the XML wrapper
Access XML files using a proxy server
Nicknames for XML data sources
Data associations between nicknames and XML documents
The cost model facility for the XML wrapper
Namespaces for XML data sources
Registering nicknames for XML data sources
CREATE NICKNAME statement - examples for XML wrapper
Queries for XML data sources
Creating federated views for the XML wrapper nicknames
CREATE VIEW statement - examples for the XML wrapper
Query optimization tips for the XML cost model facility
XML data source - example queries
Mapping functions and user-defined functions
Function mappings in a federated system
When to create your own function mappings
Why function mappings are important
How function mappings work in a federated system
Requirements for mapping user-defined functions (UDFs)
Function templates
Creating function templates
Providing function mapping overhead information to the query optimizer
Function mapping options that specify function overhead - examples
Updating overhead information
Specifying function names in a function mapping
Mapping functions with the same name
Mapping functions with different names
How to create function mappings
Creating a function mapping for a specific data source type
Creating a function mapping for a specific data source type and version
Creating a function mapping for all data source objects on a specific server
User-defined functions in applications
Disabling a default function mapping
Dropping a user-defined function mapping
Configuring for query optimization
Creating index specifications
Index specifications in a federated system
Creating index specifications for data source objects
Creating index specifications on tables that acquire new indexes
Creating index specifications on views
Creating index specifications on Informix synonyms
Cache tables
Creating cache tables
Modifying the settings for materialized query tables
Adding materialized query tables to a cache table
Routing queries to cache tables
Enabling and disabling the replication cache settings
Dropping materialized query tables from a cache table
Dropping cache tables
Replication and event publishing
Configuring SQL replication
Planning for SQL replication
Migration planning
Memory planning
Memory used by the Capture program
Memory used by the Apply program
Storage planning
Log impact for DB2 source servers
Log impact for target servers
Storage requirements of target tables and control tables
Space requirements for spill files for the Capture program
Space requirements for spill files for the Apply program
Space requirements for diagnostic log files (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Conflict detection planning
Non-DB2 relational source planning
Transaction throughput rates for Capture triggers
Log impact for non-DB2 relational source servers
Coexistence of preexisting triggers with Capture triggers
Locks for Oracle source servers
Code page translation planning
Replication for data between databases with compatible code pages
Configure national language support (NLS) for replication
Replication planning for DB2 UDB for z/OS
Performance tuning
Configuring servers for SQL replication
Connectivity requirements for SQL replication
Connecting to iSeries servers from Windows
Connecting to non-DB2 relational servers
Creating control tables for SQL replication
Creating control tables for SQL replication
Creating control tables (iSeries)
Creating control tables for non-DB2 relational sources
Creating multiple sets of Capture control tables
Capture control tables on multiple database partitions
Setting up the replication programs
Setting up the replication programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Setting environment variables for the replication programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Preparing the DB2 database to run the Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Capture program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Apply program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Binding the Apply program packages for Sybase sources
Creating SQL packages to use with remote systems (iSeries)
Creating SQL packages for the Apply program (iSeries)
Creating SQL packages for the Replication Analyzer (iSeries)
Granting privileges to the SQL packages (iSeries)
Setting up the replication programs (z/OS)
Capture for multiple database partitions
Setting up journals (iSeries)
Setting up journals for source tables (iSeries)
Managing journals and journal receivers (iSeries)
Specifying system management of journal receivers (iSeries)
Changing definitions of work management objects (iSeries)
Specifying user management of journal receivers (iSeries)
Delete journal receiver exit routine (iSeries)
Configuring Q replication and event publishing
Planning memory and storage requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Planning memory requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Memory used by the Q Capture program
Memory used by the Q Apply program
Memory for LOB data types for Q replication and event publishing
Planning storage requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Storage requirements for database logs for Q replication and event publishing
Storage for diagnostic files for Q replication and event publishing
Storage requirements for when the Q Capture program exceeds its memory limit
Storage requirements for traces for Q replication and event publishing
Data conversion for Q replication and event publishing
Data conversion for Q replication
Data conversion for event publishing
Setting up WebSphere MQ for Q replication and event publishing—Overview
WebSphere MQ objects required for Q replication and event publishing—Overview
WebSphere MQ objects required for unidirectional replication (remote)
WebSphere MQ objects required for unidirectional replication on the same system
WebSphere MQ objects required for event publishing
WebSphere MQ objects required for bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication (two remote servers)
WebSphere MQ objects required for peer-to-peer replication (three or more remote servers)
Required settings for WebSphere MQ objects
Sample commands for creating WebSphere MQ objects for Q replication and event publishing
Specifying a default model queue
Running the replication programs on a WebSphere MQ client
Validating WebSphere MQ objects for Q replication and event publishing
Sending test messages between queues in a replication queue map
Connectivity and authorization requirements for WebSphere MQ objects
Storage requirements for WebSphere MQ for Q replication and event publishing
WebSphere MQ message size
Queue depth considerations for large object (LOB) values
Queue manager clustering in Q replication and event publishing
Configuring servers for Q replication and event publishing
Connectivity requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Configuring databases for Q replication and event publishing (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Setting environment variables (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Configuring the source database to work with the Q Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Configuring the target database to work with the Q Apply program (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Q Capture program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Q Apply program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Optional: Binding the Replication Alert Monitor packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Configuring databases for Q replication and event publishing (z/OS)
Software prerequisites for the Replication Center
Creating control tables for the Q Capture and Q Apply programs
Mainframe and midrange server access
DB2 Universal Database for iSeries
DB2 Universal Database for OS/390 and z/OS
Host databases
Configuring TCP/IP
Configuring DB2 Universal Database for OS/390 and z/OS
DB2 for VSE & VM
DB2 Connect Sysplex support
Considerations for Sysplex exploitation
DB2 Sysplex exploitation
Configuration requirements
Configuring connections to mainframe and midrange servers
With the Configuration Assistant (CA)
With the command line processor (CLP)
Cataloging mainframe and midrange servers
Cataloging databases using discovery
Managing connections
Removing a mainframe and midrange server
Registering a license key using the db2licm command
Registering a license key using the License Center
Tools for administration and application development
Creating a database for the DB2 tools catalog
Setting up access to DB2 contextual help and documentation
Setting the location for accessing the DB2 Information Center
Setting startup and default options
Changing the fonts for menus and text
Filtering or pre-filtering objects in the display
Enabling health alert notification
Setting the default scheduling scheme
Setting Command Editor options
Setting IMS options
Documentation
Setting the location for accessing the DB2 Information Center
Setting up access to DB2 contextual help and documentation
Displaying topics in your preferred language
Using the DB2 database help
Setting up access to DB2 contextual help and documentation
Environment-specific information
Designing
Database systems
Relational databases
Distributed relational databases
Database agents
Structured Query Language (SQL)
DB2 administration server (DAS)
First failure data capture (FFDC)
Creating instances
Connections
Database agents
Database objects
Databases
Schemas
Database partitions
Data partitions
Tables
Views
Table or view aliases
Catalog views
Catalog views
Parallel database systems
Parallelism
Database partition and processor environments
Automatic maintenance
Online maintenance
Offline maintenance
Maintenance windows
Automatic features enabled by default
Automatic database backup
Automatic statistics collection
Automatic statistics profiling
Storage used by automatic statistics collection and profiling
Automatic reorganization
Monitoring and notification for automatic features
Table objects
Tables
Indexes
Constraints
Keys
Foreign key clause
Triggers
Interaction of triggers and constraints
Units of work
Isolation levels
Backup
Recovery log files
Recovery history files
Accessing the history file using the LIST_HISTORY table function
Rollforward pending states
Automatic client reroute
Storage objects
Database directories and files
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Windows)
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Linux)
Table space design
Buffer pool management
Thresholds
Data security
Users and groups
Authentication
Authorization
Authorities and privileges
Roles in a Query Patroller environment
Operators
Submitters
Logical database design
What to record in a database
Database relationships
Column definitions
Primary keys
Identity columns
Normalization
Constraints
Triggers
Interaction of triggers and constraints
Physical database design
Database directories and files
Space requirements for database objects
System catalog tables
User table data
Long field data
Large object data
Indexes
Log files
Temporary tables
Data organization schemes
Database partitioning feature
Table partitioning
Multidimensional clustering tables
Data organization schemes in DB2 and Informix databases
Database partition groups
Database partition group design
Database partitions across multiple database partitions
Distribution maps
Distribution keys
Table collocation
Partition compatibility
Replicated materialized query tables
Table space design
System managed space
Database managed space
Adding and extending containers
Dropping and reducing containers
DMS device considerations
Table space maps
DMS device considerations
Comparison of SMS and DMS table spaces
Table space disk I/O
Workload considerations
Extent size
Table spaces and buffer pools
Table spaces and database partition groups
Temporary table space design
Temporary tables in SMS table spaces
Catalog table space design
Optimizing table space performance on RAID devices
Considerations when choosing table spaces for tables
SYSTOOLSPACE and SYSTOOLSTMPSPACE table spaces
Storage management view
Tables
Table design
Range-clustered tables
Out-of-range record key values
Locks
Examples
How the SQL compiler works with range-clustered tables
Guidelines for use
Multidimensional clustering (MDC)
Multidimensional clustering tables
Comparison of regular and MDC tables
Choosing MDC table dimensions
Creating MDC tables
Table partitioning and multidimensional clustered tables
Partitioned tables
Data organization schemes in DB2 and Informix databases
Data partitions
Table partitioning keys
Table partitioning and multidimensional clustered tables
Locking behavior on partitioned tables
Migrating existing tables and views to partitioned tables
Optimization strategies for partitioned tables
Large object behavior in partitioned tables
Large object behavior in partitioned tables
Designing distributed databases
Updating a single database in a transaction
Using multiple databases in a single transaction
Updating a single database in a multi-database transaction
Updating multiple databases in a transaction
DB2 transaction manager
DB2 transaction manager configuration
Updating a database from a mainframe or midrange server
Two-phase commit
Error recovery during two-phase commit
Designing for XA-compliant transaction managers
xa_open string formats
Updating data on mainframe or midrange database servers
Manually resolving indoubt transactions
Heuristic APIs
Security considerations for XA transaction managers
XA function supported by DB2
XA interface problem determination
Resolving xa_end transactions
Configuring XA transaction managers
Resource manager setup
IBM WebSphere Application Server
IBM TXSeries CICS
BEA Tuxedo
National language versions
Supported territory codes and code pages
Locale names for SQL and XQuery
Date and time formats by territory code
Enabling and disabling euro symbol support
Character-conversion guidelines
Conversion table files for euro-enabled code pages
Conversion tables for code pages 923 and 924
Choosing a language for your database
Displaying Indic characters in the DB2 GUI tools
Installing additional Asian fonts (Linux)
Enabling bidirectional support
Bidirectional-specific CCSIDs
Bidirectional support with DB2 Connect
Collating sequences
Collating Thai characters
Unicode character encoding
Unicode implementation
Unicode handling of data types
Creating a Unicode database
Converting non-Unicode databases to Unicode
Unicode literals
String comparisons in a Unicode database
Code page 1394 and Unicode conversion
CCSID 943 alternative Unicode conversion tables
CCSID 943 Microsoft replacement conversion tables
CCSID 954 alternative Unicode conversion tables
CCSID 954 Microsoft replacement conversion tables
CCSID 5026 alternative Unicode conversion tables
Replacing the Unicode conversion table for coded character set identifier (CCSID) 5026 with the Microsoft conversion table
CCSID 5035 alternative Unicode conversion tables
Replacing the Unicode conversion table for coded character set identifier (CCSID) 5035 with the Microsoft conversion table
CCSID 5039 alternative Unicode conversion tables
CCSID 5039 Microsoft replacement conversion tables
Unicode Collation Algorithm based collation names
Business intelligence
Database systems
Relational databases
Distributed relational databases
Database agents
Structured Query Language (SQL)
DB2 administration server (DAS)
First failure data capture (FFDC)
Creating instances
Connections
Database agents
Database objects
Databases
Schemas
Database partitions
Data partitions
Tables
Views
Table or view aliases
Catalog views
Catalog views
Parallel database systems
Parallelism
Database partition and processor environments
Automatic maintenance
Online maintenance
Offline maintenance
Maintenance windows
Automatic features enabled by default
Automatic database backup
Automatic statistics collection
Automatic statistics profiling
Storage used by automatic statistics collection and profiling
Automatic reorganization
Monitoring and notification for automatic features
Table objects
Tables
Indexes
Constraints
Keys
Foreign key clause
Triggers
Interaction of triggers and constraints
Units of work
Isolation levels
Backup
Recovery log files
Recovery history files
Accessing the history file using the LIST_HISTORY table function
Rollforward pending states
Automatic client reroute
Storage objects
Database directories and files
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Windows)
Directory structure for your DB2 database product (Linux)
Table space design
Buffer pool management
Thresholds
Data security
Users and groups
Authentication
Authorization
Authorities and privileges
Roles in a Query Patroller environment
Operators
Submitters
Logical database design
What to record in a database
Database relationships
Column definitions
Primary keys
Identity columns
Normalization
Constraints
Triggers
Interaction of triggers and constraints
Physical database design
Database directories and files
Space requirements for database objects
System catalog tables
User table data
Long field data
Large object data
Indexes
Log files
Temporary tables
Data organization schemes
Database partitioning feature
Table partitioning
Multidimensional clustering tables
Data organization schemes in DB2 and Informix databases
Database partition groups
Database partition group design
Database partitions across multiple database partitions
Distribution maps
Distribution keys
Table collocation
Partition compatibility
Replicated materialized query tables
Table space design
System managed space
Database managed space
Adding and extending containers
Dropping and reducing containers
DMS device considerations
Table space maps
DMS device considerations
Comparison of SMS and DMS table spaces
Table space disk I/O
Workload considerations
Extent size
Table spaces and buffer pools
Table spaces and database partition groups
Temporary table space design
Temporary tables in SMS table spaces
Catalog table space design
Optimizing table space performance on RAID devices
Considerations when choosing table spaces for tables
SYSTOOLSPACE and SYSTOOLSTMPSPACE table spaces
Storage management view
Tables
Table design
Range-clustered tables
Out-of-range record key values
Locks
Examples
How the SQL compiler works with range-clustered tables
Guidelines for use
Multidimensional clustering (MDC)
Multidimensional clustering tables
Comparison of regular and MDC tables
Choosing MDC table dimensions
Creating MDC tables
Table partitioning and multidimensional clustered tables
Partitioned tables
Data organization schemes in DB2 and Informix databases
Data partitions
Table partitioning keys
Table partitioning and multidimensional clustered tables
Locking behavior on partitioned tables
Migrating existing tables and views to partitioned tables
Optimization strategies for partitioned tables
Large object behavior in partitioned tables
Large object behavior in partitioned tables
Designing distributed databases
Updating a single database in a transaction
Using multiple databases in a single transaction
Updating a single database in a multi-database transaction
Updating multiple databases in a transaction
DB2 transaction manager
DB2 transaction manager configuration
Updating a database from a mainframe or midrange server
Two-phase commit
Error recovery during two-phase commit
Designing for XA-compliant transaction managers
xa_open string formats
Updating data on mainframe or midrange database servers
Manually resolving indoubt transactions
Heuristic APIs
Security considerations for XA transaction managers
XA function supported by DB2
XA interface problem determination
Resolving xa_end transactions
Configuring XA transaction managers
Resource manager setup
IBM WebSphere Application Server
IBM TXSeries CICS
BEA Tuxedo
National language versions
Supported territory codes and code pages
Locale names for SQL and XQuery
Date and time formats by territory code
Enabling and disabling euro symbol support
Character-conversion guidelines
Conversion table files for euro-enabled code pages
Conversion tables for code pages 923 and 924
Choosing a language for your database
Displaying Indic characters in the DB2 GUI tools
Installing additional Asian fonts (Linux)
Enabling bidirectional support
Bidirectional-specific CCSIDs
Bidirectional support with DB2 Connect
Collating sequences
Collating Thai characters
Unicode character encoding
Unicode implementation
Unicode handling of data types
Creating a Unicode database
Converting non-Unicode databases to Unicode
Unicode literals
String comparisons in a Unicode database
Code page 1394 and Unicode conversion
CCSID 943 alternative Unicode conversion tables
CCSID 943 Microsoft replacement conversion tables
CCSID 954 alternative Unicode conversion tables
CCSID 954 Microsoft replacement conversion tables
CCSID 5026 alternative Unicode conversion tables
Replacing the Unicode conversion table for coded character set identifier (CCSID) 5026 with the Microsoft conversion table
CCSID 5035 alternative Unicode conversion tables
Replacing the Unicode conversion table for coded character set identifier (CCSID) 5035 with the Microsoft conversion table
CCSID 5039 alternative Unicode conversion tables
CCSID 5039 Microsoft replacement conversion tables
Unicode Collation Algorithm based collation names
Business intelligence
Administering
Database systems
Getting started
Database basics
Authorities
DB2 tools
Basic navigation concepts
Control Center
Command Editor
Configuration Assistant
Health Center
Journal
Replication Center
Task Center
Web Command Center
Web Health Center
Creating your own database using the Automatic Maintenance wizard
Reviewing your new database
Starting and stopping DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
Starting a DB2 instance (Linux, UNIX)
Starting a DB2 instance (Windows)
Stopping an instance on UNIX
Stopping an instance on Windows
Auto-starting DB2 instances
Administration tools
Control Center
Control Center Legend
DB2 toolbar
DB2 Help menu
DB2 Tools menu
DB2 secondary toolbar
Performing administrative tasks on ControlCenter objects
Shutting down the DB2 administration tools
Opening new Control Centers
Selecting and customizing Control Center views
Selecting your Control Center view
Custom folder
Deleting custom folders or objects in custom folders
Database unavailable status in the database details pane
Displaying objects in the object tree
Expanding and collapsing the object tree
Refreshing objects in the objects tree and details view
Obtaining Control Center diagnostic information
Performing administrative tasks on ControlCenter objects
Filtering or pre-filtering objects in the display
Finding objects in the contents pane
Finding service level information about the DB2 administration tools environment
Adding DB2 systems and IMSplexes, instances, and databases to the object tree
Adding DB2 federated system objects to the object tree
Adding DB2 for z/OS and OS/390 subsystems to the object tree
Displaying objects in the contents pane
Finding objects in the contents pane
Displaying table information in the contents pane
Getting help in the Control Center
Finding service level information about the DB2 administration tools environment
Using advisors, wizards, and launchpads to perform tasks quickly and easily
Introducing the plug-in architecture for the Control Center
Task Center
Command Editor
Executing commands and SQL statements
Tools for administration and application development
Setting Command Editor options
Setting a command statement termination character
Setting startup and default options
Setting the server administration tools startup property
Changing the fonts for menus and text
Setting the default scheduling scheme
Enabling or disabling notification using the Health Center Status Beacon
Setting DB2 UDB OS/390 and z/OS utility execution options
Setting IMS options
Setting up database systems
Cataloging database systems
Changing system names displayed in the Control Center
Multiple DB2 copies roadmap
Multiple instances on a Linux or UNIX operating system
Multiple DB2 copies on the same computer (Windows)
Setting the default instance when using multiple DB2 copies (Windows)
Changing the Default DB2 copy after installation (Windows)
Client connectivity using multiple DB2 copies (Windows)
Setting the DAS when running multiple DB2 copies
Managing DB2 copies (Windows)
Uninstalling DB2 copies (Linux, UNIX, and Windows)
Creating instances
Location of the instance directory
Multiple instances
Multiple instances on a Linux or UNIX operating system
Windows
Setting the DB2 environment (UNIX)
Automatically
Manually
Adding instances
Creating instances from the command line
Linux and UNIX
Windows
Adding instances
Adding a database partition to an instance using the Add Partitions wizard
Setting up a DB2 administration server (DAS)
Setting up the DAS to use the Configuration Assistant and the Control Center
Tools catalog database and DAS scheduler setup and configuration
DAS Java virtual machine setup
Notification and contact list setup and configuration.
Setting up the DAS to use the Configuration Assistant and the Control Center
Discovery of administration servers, instances, and databases
Discovering and hiding server instances and databases
Configuring the DAS on DB2 Enterprise Server Edition systems
Setting up the DAS
Creating databases
Creating a database for the DB2 tools catalog
Database configuration file
Generating recommendations for database configuration
System catalog tables
Naming rules
Naming conventions
DB2 object naming rules
Delimited identifiers and object names
User, user ID and group naming rules
User name and group name restrictions (Windows)
Password rules and maintenance
Federated database object naming rules
Schema name restrictions and recommendations
Maintaining password information
Naming rules in NLS environments
Naming rules in Unicode environments
Creating databases
Automatic storage databases
Restore database implications
Monitoring storage paths
Restrictions when using automatic storage
Adding an automatic storage path
Using a split mirror as a clone database
Binding utilities to the database
Binding applications and utilities (DB2 Connect)
Cataloging a database
Updating the directories with information about remote database server machines
Management of database server capacity
Creating database objects
Creating table spaces
Initial table spaces
Automatic resizing of table spaces
Creating table spaces without file system caching
Automatic storage table spaces
Temporary automatic storage table spaces
Regular and large automatic storage table spaces
Monitoring storage paths
Restrictions when using automatic storage
Creating system temporary table spaces
Creating user temporary table spaces
Attaching a direct disk access device
Setting up raw I/O (Linux)
Creating table spaces in database partition groups
Creating schemas
Grouping objects by schema
Setting a schema
Copying a schema
Restarting a failed copy schema operation
Creating tables
Creating a table using the Create Table wizard
Table creation
Using the ALTER TABLE statement to alter columns of a table
Space compression for tables
Space value compression
Data row compression
Large object (LOB) behavior in partitioned tables
Large object (LOB) column considerations
Business rules for data
Estimating space requirements for tables and indexes
Creating tables in multiple table spaces
Creating partitioned tables
Creating a new source table using db2look
Creating staging tables
Creating materialized query tables
Creating user-maintained materialized query tables
Creating user-defined temporary tables
Creating hierarchy tables or typed tables
Defining dimensions on a table
Altering a table
Making a table in no data movement mode fully accessible
Defining data partitions on partitioned tables
Defining ranges
Adding data partitions
Attaching a data partition
Detaching a data partition
Attributes of detached data partitions
Resolving a mismatch during an attach
Dropping a data partition
Creating columns
Adding columns to existing tables
Changing columns
Dropping columns
Defining a generated column on a new table
Defining an identity column on a new table
Ordering columns to minimize update logging
Creating indexes, index extensions, or index specifications
Guidelines
Tips
Options on the CREATE INDEX statement
Creating indexes
Creating a user-defined extended index type
Index maintenance
Index searching
Index exploitation
Defining an index extension
Constraints
Implications for utility operations
Defining unique constraints
Adding unique keys
Changing unique keys
Adding primary keys
Changing primary keys
Checking for constraint violations using SET INTEGRITY
Creating sequences
Sequences
Comparison of IDENTITY columns and sequences
Defining referential constraints
Foreign key clause
References clause
Adding foreign keys
Changing foreign keys
Dropping foreign keys
Defining table check constraints
Adding check constraints
Changing check constraints
Defining informational constraints
Creating triggers
Trigger dependencies
Updating view contents using triggers
Creating user-defined functions (UDF) or methods
Creating function mappings
Creating function templates
Creating user-defined types (UDT)
Creating user-defined distinct types
Source data types
Length limits for source data types
Creating user-defined structured types
Creating type mappings
Creating views
Creating typed views
Creating database aliases
Setting up partitioned database environments
Initial database partition groups
Creating a node configuration file
Adding database partition servers to an instance (Windows)
Setting up multiple logical nodes
Configuring multiple logical nodes
Enabling parallelism
Inter-partition query parallelism
Intra-partition parallelism for queries
Intra-partition parallelism for utilities
Enabling parallelism when creating indexes
Enabling parallelism for loading data
Enabling I/O parallelism when backing up a database or table space
Enabling I/O parallelism when restoring a database or table space
Adding database partitions using the Add Partitions launchpad
Adding a database partition to a running database system
Adding a database partition to a stopped database system on UNIX
Adding a database partition to a stopped database system on Windows
Adding database partitions in a partitioned database environment
Adding database partitions using the Add Partitions launchpad
Error recovery when adding database partitions
Creating database partition groups (formerly nodegroups)
Creating table spaces in database partition groups
Creating tables in partitioned database environments
Enabling communication between database partitions using fast communications manager (FCM) communications
Setting up database storage objects
Database directories
Local database directory
System database directory
Node directory
Changing database directory information
Buffer pools
Creating buffer pools
Creating buffer pools for partitioned databases
Setting environment variables and the profile registry
Declaring registry and environment variables
Aggregate registry variables
Setting environment variables (Linux and UNIX)
Setting environment variables (Windows)
Granting authorities and privileges to users and groups
Users
Database authorities
Privileges
Groups
Database authorities
Privileges
Maintaining database systems
Stopping, starting, and quiescing instances
Starting a DB2 instance (Linux, UNIX)
Starting a DB2 instance (Windows)
Stopping an instance on UNIX
Stopping an instance on Windows
Quiescing and unquiescing instances
Stopping, starting, and quiescing databases
Quiescing and unquiescing databases
Managing database systems
Automatic features enabled by default
Discovering and hiding server instances and databases
Cataloging database systems
Managing instances
Listing instances
Setting the current instance
Running multiple instances concurrently
Updating instances after the installation or removal of executables or components (Linux and UNIX)
Updating instance configuration
Linux and UNIX
Windows
Updating instances after the installation or removal of executables or components (Linux and UNIX)
Managing the database manager
Attaching to another instance of the database manager
Removing instances
Managing the DB2 administration server (DAS)
Starting and stopping the DAS
Listing the DAS
Reconfiguring the DAS
Updating the DAS configuration for discovery
Setting discovery parameters
Updating the DAS after installing DB2 updates (Linux and UNIX)
Removing the DAS
Managing databases
Database recovery log
Viewing the local or system database directory files
Changing node and database configuration files
Invoking the Configuration Advisor from the command line processor
Configuration Advisor sample output
Generating DDL statements for database objects
Altering a database
Statement dependencies when changing objects
Dropping databases
Space value compression
Data row compression
Altering table spaces
Renaming table spaces
Switching the state of a table space
Adding and changing containers in a DMS table space
Adding DMS containers
Modifying DMS containers
Automatic prefetch size adjustment after adding or dropping containers
Dropping user table spaces
Dropping system temporary table spaces
Dropping user temporary table spaces
Dropping a schema
Modifying tables
Space compression for existing tables
Quiescing tables
Copying tables
Renaming an existing table or index
Changing table attributes
Changing table properties
Altering tables using stored procedures
Updating table and view contents using the MERGE statement
Declaring a table volatile
Recovering inoperative summary tables
Modifying partitioned tables
Altering partitioned tables
Guidelines and restrictions on altering partitioned tables
Rotating data in a partitioned table
Examples of rolling in and rolling out partitioned table data
Modifying materialized query tables
Populating user-maintained materialized query tables
Altering materialized query table properties
Refreshing the data in a materialized query table
Deleting the contents of staging tables
Dropping materialized query or staging tables
Populating a typed table
Dropping tables
Dropping user-defined temporary tables
Modifying table objects
Modifying columns
Validating related objects
Showing related objects
Adding columns to existing tables
Modifying column definitions
Defining generated columns on existing tables
Altering identity columns
Modifying an identity column definition
Modifying the generated or identity property of a column
Removing rows from a table or view
Deleting and updating rows of a typed table
Managing indexes
Dropping indexes, index extensions, or index specifications
Modifying constraints
Modifying unique constraints
Adding unique constraints
Adding unique keys
Changing unique keys
Adding primary keys
Changing primary keys
Dropping unique constraints
Dropping primary keys
Modifying foreign constraints
Adding foreign keys
Changing foreign keys
Dropping foreign keys
Modifying check constraints
Adding table check constraints
Changing check constraints
Dropping table check constraints
Altering sequences
Dropping sequences
Modifying triggers
Dropping triggers
Dropping a user-defined function (UDF), function mapping, or method
Altering a user-defined structured type
Dropping a user-defined type (UDT) or type mapping
Altering or dropping views
Recovering inoperative views
Table or view aliases
Dropping aliases
Scenario: Changing the system clock
Maintaining the organization of your tables and indexes
Determining when to reorganize tables and indexes
Choosing a reorganization method
Offline table reorganization
Inplace Table Reorganization
Automatic reorganization
Reorganizing tables offline
Recovery of a classic reorganization
Improving the performance of classic table reorganization
Reorganizing tables online
Pausing and restarting an inplace table reorganization
Recovery of a failed inplace table reorganization
Locking and concurrency considerations for inplace table reorganization
Reorganizing indexes
Online index defragmentation
Monitoring a table reorganization
Monitoring the reorganization of a partitioned table
Costs of reorganization
Reducing the need to reorganize tables and indexes
Maintaining partitioned database environments
Listing database partition servers in an instance
Eliminating duplicate entries from a list of machines in a partitioned database environment
Specifying the list of computers in a partitioned database environment
Changing the database configuration across multiple database partitions
Adding a container to an SMS table space on a database partition
Maintaining database partitions
Managing database partitions
Changing database partitions (Windows)
Dropping database partitions
Dropping a database partition
Dropping database partitions from the instance using the Drop Partitions launchpad
Dropping database partitions (Windows)
Managing database partitions from the Control Center
Maintaining database partition groups
Altering database partition groups
Redistributing data in a database partition group
Defining and changing distribution keys
Defining distribution keys
Changing distribution keys
Issuing commands in a partitioned database environment
rah and db2_all commands overview
rah and db2_all command descriptions
Specifying the rah and db2_all commands
Running commands in parallel (Linux and UNIX)
Monitoring rah processes (Linux and UNIX)
Extension of the rah command to use tree logic (AIX and Solaris)
rah command prefix sequences
Controlling the rah command
Specifying which . files run with rah (Linux and UNIX)
Determining problems with rah (Linux and UNIX)
Managing storage
Setting up the storage management tool
Altering buffer pools
Identifying alternate servers with automatic client reroute
Description and setup
Description and setup (DB2 Connect)
Limitations
Identifying an alternate server for a database
Automatic client reroute configuration (DB2_MAX_CLIENT_CONNRETRIES and DB2_CONNRETRIES_INTERVAL)
Automatic client reroute connection failures
Automatic client reroute roadmap
Interaction between client connection timeout and client reroute
Examples
Task Center
Creating or editing a task
Scheduler
Success code sets
Selecting users and groups for new tasks
Changing the default notification message
Enabling scheduling settings in the task Center
Running tasks immediately
Scheduling a task
Managing contacts
Managing task categories
Managing saved schedules
Managing success code sets
Managing saved schedules
Viewing task, database, and message histories
Moving data
Overview
Data movement options
File formats
Export/import/load utility file formats
Delimited ASCII (DEL) file format
Example DEL file
DEL data type descriptions
Non-delimited ASCII (ASC) file format
Example ASC file
ASC data type descriptions
PC version of IXF file format
PC/IXF record types
PC/IXF data types
PC/IXF data type descriptions
General rules governing PC/IXF file import into databases
Data type-specific rules governing PC/IXF file import into databases
FORCEIN option
Differences between PC/IXF and Version 0 System/370 IXF
Worksheet File Format (WSF)
Delimiter restrictions for moving data
Differences between the import and load utility
Moving data between typed tables
Traverse order
Selection during data movement
Examples of moving data between typed tables
Bind files used by the export, import and load utilities
Export/import/load utility Unicode considerations
Exporting data - overview
Changes to previous export behavior introduced in DB2 Version 9.1
Privileges, authorities and authorization
Exporting data
LBAC-protected data export considerations
Using export with identity columns
Recreating an exported table
Exporting large objects (LOBS)
Export sessions - CLP examples
Importing data - overview
Changes to previous import behavior introduced in DB2 Version 9.1
Privileges, authorities, and authorization
Importing data
In a client/server environment
With buffered inserts
With identity columns
With generated columns
LBAC-protected data import considerations
To recreate an exported table
Importing large objects (LOBS)
Importing user-defined distinct types (UDTs)
Table locking during import
Character set and NLS considerations
Import sessions - CLP examples
Loading data - overview
Changes to Previous Load Behavior Introduced in DB2 V9.1
Changes to previous load behavior introduced in DB2 UDB Version 8
Privileges, authorities, and authorizations
Loading data
Loading data into a table using the Load wizard
Enabling read access during load operations
Restarting or Terminating an Allow Read Access Load Operation
Building indexes
Using load with identity columns
Using load with generated columns
Using load with partitioned tables
Moving data using the cursor file type
Moving data using a customized application (user exit)
Maintaining referential integrity
Pending states after a load operation
Table locking, table states and table space states
Checking for integrity violations
Load exception table
Restarting an interrupted load operation
Refreshing dependent immediate materialized query tables
Propagating dependent immediate staging tables
Multi-dimensional clustering considerations
Using the load copy location file
Load dump file
Load temporary files
Load utility log records
Optimizing load performance
Parallelism and loading
Character set and national language support
Load - CLP examples
Loading data in a partitioned database environment
Using load in a partitioned database environment
Monitoring a partitioned database load using the LOAD QUERY command
Restarting or terminating a load operation in a partitioned database environment
Partitioned database load configuration options
Example partitioned database load sessions
Migration and back-level compatibility
Loading data in a partitioned database environment - hints and tips
Moving data between systems
Moving data with DB2 Connect
IBM Replication tools by component
Data recovery
Developing a backup and recovery strategy
Deciding how often to back up
Storage considerations
Keeping related data together
Using different operating systems and hardware platforms
Crash recovery
Recovering damaged table spaces
Recovering table spaces in recoverable databases
Recovering table spaces in non-recoverable databases
Reducing the impact of media failure
Reducing the impact of transaction failure
Recovering from transaction failures in a partitioned database environment
Recovering from the failure of a database partition server
Recovering indoubt transactions on mainframe or midrange servers
... with DB2 syncpoint manager
... without DB2 syncpoint manager
Disaster recovery
Version recovery
Rollforward recovery
Incremental backup and recovery
Restoring from incremental backup images
Limitations to automatic incremental restore
Monitoring the progress of backup, restore and recovery operations
Recovery log files
Configuration parameters for database logging
Configuring database logging options
Configuring database logging without file system caching
Log mirroring
Reducing logging with the NOT LOGGED INITIALLY parameter
Managing log files
Log sequence numbers
Upper limits for log sequence number
Monitoring log sequence number growth
Determining the current log sequence number in a database
Calculating log sequence number growth rates
Resolving LSN limit-reached condition
Administration notification log files
Managing log files through log archiving
Log archiving using db2tapemgr
Archiving log files to tape
User exits for database recovery
User exit program calling format
Sample user exit programs
User exit error handling
Log file allocation and removal
Blocking transactions when the log directory file is full
On demand log archive
Including log files with a backup image
How to prevent losing log files
Recovery history files
Garbage collection
Understanding table space states
Optimizing recovery performance
Backup
Privileges, authorities, and authorization required to use backup
Using backup
Backing up data using the Backup wizard
Backing up to tape
Backing up to named pipes
Backing up partitioned tables using Tivoli Space Manager Hierarchical Storage Management
Backup sessions - CLP examples
Enabling automatic backup
Optimizing backup performance
Compatibility of online backup and other utilities
Recover
Privileges, authorities, and authorization required to recover databases
Using recover
Cross-node recovery with db2adutl
Restore
Privileges, authorities, and authorization required to restore databases
Restoring databases
Restoring data using the Restore wizard
Using incremental restore in a test and production environment
Performing a redirected restore operation
Redefine table space containers by restoring a database using an automatically generated script
Performing a redirected restore using an automatically generated script
Restoring to an existing database
Restoring to a new database
Optimizing restore performance
Redirected Restore sessions - CLP examples
Database rebuild
Choosing a target image for database rebuild
Restrictions for database rebuild
Rebuilding a database using selected table space images
Rebuilding selected table spaces
Rebuild and incremental backup images
Rebuild and table space containers
Rebuild and temporary table spaces
Rebuilding a partitioned database
Rebuild sessions - CLP examples
Rollforward
Privileges, authorities, and authorization
Using rollforward
Rolling forward changes in a table space
Recovering a dropped table
Using the load copy location file
Synchronizing clocks in a partitioned database system
Client/server timestamp conversion
Rollforward sessions - CLP examples
Data recovery with Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM)
Configuring a Tivoli Storage Manager client
Considerations for using Tivoli Storage Manager
High availability
High availability through log shipping
High availability through online split mirror and suspended i/o support
Using a split mirror as a clone database
Using a split mirror as a standby database
Using a split mirror as a backup image
Fault monitor facility for Linux and UNIX
High availability disaster recovery (HADR) overview
System requirements
Installation and storage requirements
Restrictions
Replicated operations for HADR
Non-replicated operations for HADR
Commands for HADR
Standby database states
Synchronization modes
High availability disaster recovery (HADR) management
Initializing HADR
Stopping HADR
Database configuration for HADR
Setting hadr_timeout and hadr_peer_window
Automatic client reroute and HADR
Index logging and HADR
Log archiving configuration for HADR
Cluster managers and HADR
Switching the database roles
HADR takeover during failover
Performing an HADR failover operation
Reintegrating a database after a takeover operation
Performing rolling updates and upgrades in a HADR environment
HADR database activation and deactivation
HADR performance
High Availability on Linux and AIX
High availability on AIX
High availability on the Windows operating system
High availability in the Solaris Operating Environment
High availability in the Solaris Operating Environment
High availability on Sun Cluster 3.0
High availability with VERITAS Cluster Server
Administering Query Patroller
Starting Query Patroller
Enabling Query Patroller to intercept queries
Stopping Query Patroller
Query processing by Query Patroller
Managing users
Administering operators
Operators
Query Patroller operator profiles
Creating operator profiles for users and groups
Suspending or restoring operator privileges for users and groups
Administering submitters
Submitters
Query Patroller submitter profiles
Configuring submitter profiles
Creating submitter profiles for users and groups
Setting submitter resource limits
Suspending or restoring submitter privileges for users and groups
Administering query submission preferences
Setting preferences for another submitter
Managing queries with Query Patroller
Managed query status
Changing the status of queries using Query Patroller
Viewing managed query details
Viewing the SQL of managed queries using Query Patroller
Viewing result tables using Query Patroller
Running held queries at a scheduled time
Scheduling the start time for running held queries
Query Patroller historical analysis
Query Patroller historical analysis interface
Enabling collection of historical data
Uses for historical analysis reports
Collecting historical data
Generating historical data
Determining when historical data was last generated
Viewing historical query details
Filtering tables for historical analysis using Query Patroller
Viewing index details
Managing space
Setting Query Patroller maintenance schedules for queries and result tables
Managing historical queries
Scheduling purges of managed queries and result tables
Scheduling purges of historical queries
Dropping result tables manually using Query Patroller
Administering Net Search Extender
Net Search Extender instance services
Starting and stopping Net Search Extender instance services
Net Search Extender locking services
Using the locking services
Viewing a lock snapshot
Update services
Using the DB2 control center
Starting and stopping Net Search Extender Instance Services from the DB2 Control Center
Enabling and disabling a database
Text index administration using the DB2 control center
Creating a text index using the DB2 control center
Name panel
Target panel
Text Properties panel
Update characteristics panel
Cache table panel
Determining cache utilization and cache size
Summary panel
Maintaining a text index using the DB2 control center
Altering a text index using the DB2 control center
Dropping a text index using the DB2 control center
Updating a text index using the DB2 control center
Showing index events using the DB2 control center
Activating a text index cache using the DB2 control center
Deactivating a text index cache using the DB2 control center
Showing index status using the DB2 control center
How to use DB2 Spatial Extender
How to use DB2 Spatial Extender
Interfaces to DB2 Spatial Extender and associated functionality
Tasks that you perform to set up DB2 Spatial Extender and create projects
DB2 Spatial Extender commands
Invoking commands for setting up DB2 Spatial Extender and developing projects
DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
When to use DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature and when to use DB2 Spatial Extender
Geodetic datums
Geodetic latitude and longitude
Geodesic distances
Geodetic regions
About geometries
Geometries
Properties of geometries
Type
Geometry coordinates
X and Y coordinates
Z coordinates
M coordinates
Interior, boundary, and exterior
Simple or non-simple
Closed
Empty or not empty
Minimum bounding rectangle (MBR)
Dimension
Spatial reference system identifier
Populating spatial columns
About importing and exporting spatial data
Importing spatial data
Importing shape data to a new or existing table
Importing SDE transfer data to a new or existing table
Exporting spatial data
Exporting data to a shapefile
Exporting data to an SDE transfer file
How to use a geocoder
Geocoders and geocoding
Setting up geocoding operations
Setting up a geocoder to run automatically
Running a geocoder in batch mode
Using indexes and views to access spatial data
Types of spatial indexes
Spatial grid indexes
Generation of spatial grid indexes
Use of spatial functions in a query
How a query uses a spatial grid index
Considerations for number of index levels and grid sizes
Number of grid levels
Grid cell sizes
Creating spatial grid indexes
CREATE INDEX statement for a spatial grid index
Tuning spatial grid indexes with the Index Advisor
Tuning spatial grid indexes with the Index Advisor—Overview
Determining grid sizes for a spatial grid index
Analyzing spatial grid index statistics
The gseidx command
Using views to access spatial columns
Analyzing and Generating spatial information
Environments for performing spatial analysis
Examples of how spatial functions operate
Functions that use indexes to optimize queries
Geodetic Indexes
Geodetic Voronoi indexes
Voronoi cell structures
Considerations for selecting an alternate Voronoi cell structure
Creating geodetic Voronoi indexes
CREATE INDEX statement for a geodetic Voronoi index
Voronoi cell structures supplied with DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
World, based on population density (Voronoi ID: 1)
United States (Voronoi ID: 2)
Canada (Voronoi ID: 3)
India (Voronoi ID: 4)
Japan (Voronoi ID: 5)
Africa (Voronoi ID: 6)
Australia (Voronoi ID: 7)
Europe (Voronoi ID: 8)
North America (Voronoi ID: 9)
South America (Voronoi ID: 10)
Mediterranean (Voronoi ID: 11)
World, uniform data distribution, medium resolution – dodeca04 (Voronoi ID: 12)
World, industrial nations – G7 nations (Voronoi ID: 13)
World, uniform data distribution, low resolution – isotype (Voronoi ID: 14)
Differences in using geodetic and spatial data
Minimum and maximum x and y attributes
Differences in working with flat-Earth and round-Earth representations
Line segments that cross the 180th meridian
Polygons that straddle the 180th meridian
Polygons that enclose a pole
Polygons that represent hemispheres, equatorial belts, and the whole Earth
Spatial functions supported by DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature stored procedures and catalog views
Datums supported by DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Geodetic spheroids
Spatial tasks from the DB2 Control Center
Altering a coordinate system
Creating a coordinate system
Creating a spatial column
Creating a spatial index
Running geocoding
Setting up geocoding
Altering a spatial reference system
Importing spatial data
Identifying DB2 Spatial Extender problems
How to interpret DB2 Spatial Extender messages
DB2 Spatial Extender stored procedure output parameters
DB2 Spatial Extender function messages
DB2 Spatial Extender CLP messages
DB2 Control Center messages
Tracing DB2 Spatial Extender problems with the db2trc command
The administration notification file
Administering XML Extender
XML Extender administration overview
Preparing to administer XML Extender
Administration tools for XML Extender
Setting up the administration wizard
dxxadm - XML Extender Administration command
Access and storage methods
When to use the XML column method
When to use the XML collection method
Managing data in XML columns
Planning for XML columns
XML columns as a storage and access method
Defining and enabling an XML column
Using indexes for XML column data
Storing XML data
Method for retrieving an XML document
Updating XML data
Methods for searching XML documents
Deleting XML documents
Limitations when invoking functions from Java Database (JDBC)
Managing data in XML collections
Planning for XML collections
XML collections as a storage and access method
Decomposing XML documents into DB2 data
Updating and deleting data in XML collections
Searching XML collections
Mapping schemes for XML collections
Requirements for using SQL mapping
Requirements for RDB_Node mapping
Stylesheets for an XML collection
Location paths
Location path syntax
Enabling XML collections
Disabling XML collections
Validating XML documents automatically
Enabling databases for XML
Creating an XML table
Storing a DTD in the repository table
XML Extender administration support tables
Enabling XML columns
Planning side tables
Indexing side tables
Composing and decomposing XML
Composing XML documents by using SQL mapping
Composing XML collections by using RDB_node mapping
Decomposing an XML collection by using RDB_node mapping
XML schemas
Advantages of using XML schemas instead of DTDs
XML schema complexType element
Data types, elements and attributes in schemas
Examples of an XML schema
Creating an HTML document using an XSLT stylesheet
XSLTransformToClob() stored procedure
XSLTransformToFile() stored procedure
Document access definition (DAD) files
Creating a DAD file for XML columns
DAD files for XML collections
DTD for the DAD file
Dynamically overriding values in the DAD file
Update functions in XML Extender
Validation functions
Federated systems
Modifying data source configurations
Altering a wrapper (DB2 Control Center)
Altering a wrapper - examples
Altering a wrapper (DB2 command line)
Altering server definitions and server options
Restrictions on altering server definitions
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 Control Center)
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 command line)
Altering all of the server definitions for a specific data source type
Using server options in server definitions (DB2 Control Center)
Changing server options temporarily for relational data sources
The hierarchy of server option settings
Using server options in server definitions (DB2 command line)
Altering a user mapping (DB2 Control Center)
Altering a user mapping (DB2 command line)
Altering a nickname (DB2 Control Center)
Restrictions on altering nicknames
Altering nickname column names (DB2 Control Center)
Altering nickname column names (DB2 command line)
Altering nickname options (DB2 Control Center)
Altering nickname options (DB2 command line)
Altering nickname column options (DB2 Control Center)
Altering nickname column options (DB2 command line)
Altering a nickname (DB2 command line)
Dropping a wrapper
Dropping a server definition
Dropping a user mapping
Dropping a nickname
Mapping data types
Data type mappings in a federated system
Data type mappings and the federated database global catalog
When to create alternative data type mappings
Data type mappings for nonrelational data sources
Forward and reverse data type mappings
Creating data type mappings
Creating a data type mapping for a data source data type – example
Creating a type mapping for a data source data type and version – example
Creating a type mapping for all data source objects on a server – example
Altering a local type for a data source object (DB2 Control Center)
Altering a local type for a data source object – examples
Altering a local type for a data source object (DB2 command line)
Altering LONG data types to VARCHAR data types
Developing federated procedures
Federated procedures
Restrictions on federated procedures
Overloaded procedures in federated systems
Creating federated procedures
Discovering data source procedures
Input and output parameters for federated procedures
CREATE PROCEDURE (Sourced) statement - examples
Granting or revoking authorizations to call federated procedures
Locating parameter information
Calling federated procedures
Authorization to call federated procedures
Altering or dropping federated procedures
Federated procedure troubleshooting
Creating and modifying remote tables by using transparent DDL
What is transparent DDL
Remote LOB columns and transparent DDL
Creating remote tables and transparent DDL
Creating new remote tables using transparent DDL
Creating new remote tables using transparent DDL - examples
Altering remote tables using transparent DDL
Dropping remote tables using transparent DDL
Managing transactions in a federated system
Understanding federated system transaction support
What is an update in a federated system?
What is an update transaction in a pass-through session?
Data sources that automatically commit DDL statements
User-defined functions that are pushed down to the data source for processing
Performing two-phase commit transactions
Two-phase commit for federated transactions
Planning for federated two-phase commit
Federated architecture for two-phase commit
Two-phase commit for federated transactions - examples
How federated two-phase commit transactions are processed
Enabling two-phase commit for federated transactions
Data source requirements and configuration for federated two-phase commit transactions
Configuring DRDA data sources
Configuring Oracle data sources
Configuring Informix data sources
Configuring Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Configuring Sybase data sources
Recovering from federated two-phase commit problems
Resynchronization for federated systems
Manually recovering indoubt transactions
Tracing distributed unit of work transaction states across data sources
Troubleshooting federated two-phase commit issues
Federated two-phase commit performance
Improving federated two-phase commit performance
Inserting, updating, and deleting data in a federated system
Authorization privileges for INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements
Federated system INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE restrictions
Unsupported data sources
Referential integrity in a federated system
INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements and large objects (LOBs)
Preserving statement atomicity in a federated system
Modifying data in a federated system
Inserting data into data source objects
Updating data in data source objects
Deleting data from data source objects
Assignment semantics in a federated system
Assignment semantics in a federated system - examples
Importing and exporting data for nicknames
Restrictions for importing data into nicknames
IMPORT command with nicknames - examples
Restrictions for exporting data using nicknames
Working with nicknames
Nicknames in a federated system
WITH HOLD syntax
Triggers
Accessing data with nicknames
The SQL statements you can use with nicknames
Accessing new data source objects
Creating nicknames for relational and nonrelational data sources
Accessing data sources using pass-through sessions
Accessing heterogeneous data through federated views
Creating federated views - examples
Creating a nickname on a nickname
Selecting data in a federated system
Selecting data in a federated system - examples
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames
Informational constraints on nicknames
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames (DB2 Control Center)
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames (DB2 command line)
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames - examples
Updating nickname statistics
Nickname statistics update facility - overview
Methods of retrieving nickname statistics
Retrieving nickname statistics
Retrieving statistics for multiple nicknames (DB2 Control Center)
Retrieving statistics for a single nickname (DB2 Control Center)
Retrieving nickname statistics from the command line - examples
Restrictions on HIGH2KEY and LOW2KEY statistics
Creating a DB2 tools catalog
Viewing the status of the updates to nickname statistics (DB2 Control Center)
Viewing the status of the updates to nickname statistics (DB2 command line)
SYSPROC.NNSTAT stored procedure
Error tolerance in nested table expressions
Specifying nested table expressions for error tolerance
Nested table expressions for error tolerance - example
Data source support for nested-table-expressions for error tolerance
Restrictions on nested-table-expressions for error tolerance
Setting up Unicode for federated systems
Unicode support for federated systems
Specifying the client code page for Unicode support of Microsoft SQL Server and ODBC data sources
Supported Unicode code pages for the MSSQL and ODBC wrapper CODEPAGE option
Specifying the file code page for Unicode support of table-structured file data sources
Specifying the file code page for Unicode support of table-structured file data sources - example
Errors when remote and federated code point sizes are different
Replication and event publishing
Administering SQL replication
Registering tables and views as SQL replication sources
Registering DB2 tables as sources
Registering non-DB2 relational tables as sources
Registration options for source tables
Registering a subset of columns (vertical subsetting)
Change-capture replication and full-refresh copying
After-image columns and before-image columns
Before-image prefix
Stop the Capture program on error
Options for how the Capture program stores updates
Preventing the recapture of changes (update-anywhere replication)
Masters with only one replica
Multiple replicas that are mutually exclusive partitions of the master
Masters that replicate changes to multiple replicas
Replicas that replicate changes to other replicas (multi-tier)
Options for conflict detection (update-anywhere replication)
Registering tables that use remote journaling (iSeries)
Using relative record numbers (RRN) instead of primary keys (iSeries)
How views behave as replication sources
Views over a single table
Views over a join of two or more tables
Registering views of tables as sources
Maintaining CCD tables as sources (IMS)
Subscribing to sources for SQL replication
Planning how to group sources and targets
Planning the number of subscription-set members
Planning the number of subscription sets per Apply qualifier
Creating subscription sets
Processing options for subscription sets
Specifying whether the subscription set is active
Specifying how many minutes worth of data the Apply program retrieves
Load options for target tables with referential integrity
Specifying how the Apply program replicates changes for subscription set members
Defining SQL statements or stored procedures for the subscription set
Options for scheduling replication of subscription sets
Scheduling the subscription set
Creating subscription-set members
Target table types
Read-only target tables
User copy and point-in-time targets
Base aggregate or change aggregate targets
CCD targets
Internal CCD targets
Defining middle tiers in a multi-tier configuration
Defining read-write targets (update-anywhere)
Using an existing table as the target table
Common properties for all target table types
Replicating a subset of source columns
Replicating a subset of source rows
How source columns map to target columns
Target key
How the Apply program updates the target key columns with the target-key change option
Replicating special data types in SQL replication
General data restrictions for replication
Large object data types
Subsetting data in an SQL replication environment
Subsetting data during registration
Subsetting source data using views
Defining triggers on CD tables to prevent specific rows from being captured
Subsetting data during subscription
Manipulating data in an SQL replication environment
Enhancing data using stored procedures or SQL statements
Mapping source and target columns that have different names
Creating computed columns
Naming rules for SQL replication objects
Operating the Capture program for SQL replication
Starting the Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows, and z/OS)
Starting the Capture program (iSeries)
Default operating parameters for the Capture program
Descriptions of Capture operating parameters
Methods of changing Capture parameters
Altering the behavior of a running Capture program
Changing saved operating parameters in the IBMSNAP_CAPPARMS table
Stopping the Capture program
Reinitializing Capture
Suspending the Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Resuming Capture (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Prompting a Capture program to ignore transactions
How the Capture program processes journal entry types for SQL replication (iSeries)
Operating the Apply program for SQL replication
Starting the Apply program (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Starting an Apply program (iSeries)
Default operating parameters for the Apply program
Descriptions of Apply operating parameters
Methods of changing Apply operating parameters
Changing saved Apply parameters in the IBMSNAP_APPPARMS table (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Stopping the Apply program
Modifying the ASNDONE exit routine (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Modifying the ASNDONE exit routine (iSeries)
Refreshing target tables using the ASNLOAD exit routine
Refreshing target tables with the ASNLOAD exit routine (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Refreshing target tables with the ASNLOAD exit routine (z/OS)
Customizing ASNLOAD exit behavior (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Using the IBMSNAP_SUBS_MEMBR table to set ASNLOAD options
Using the configuration file for ASNLOAD (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Refreshing target tables with the ASNLOAD exit routine (iSeries)
Operating the replication programs (z/OS)
Using system-started tasks to operate the replication programs
Using JCL to operate replication programs
Starting the Apply program on z/OS with JCL
Starting the Capture program on z/OS with JCL
Using MVS Automatic Restart Manager (ARM) to automatically restart replication
Migrating your replication environment to data-sharing mode (z/OS)
Replication services (Windows)
Description of Windows services for replication
Creating a replication service
Starting a replication service
Stopping a replication service
Viewing a list of replication services
Dropping a replication service
Scheduling SQL replication programs on various operating systems
Scheduling programs on Linux and UNIX operating systems
Scheduling programs on Windows operating systems
Scheduling programs on z/OS operating systems
Scheduling programs on the iSeries operating system
How the SQL replication components communicate
The Replication Center, ASNCLP, the Capture program or triggers, and the Apply program
The Capture program and the Apply program
The Capture triggers and the Apply program
The administration tools and the Replication Alert Monitor
The Replication Alert Monitor, the Capture program, and the Apply program
Changing an SQL replication environment
Registering new objects
Changing registration attributes for registered objects
Adding columns to source tables
Stop capturing changes for registered objects
Making registrations eligible for reactivation
Removing registrations
Changing Capture schemas
Creating new subscription sets
Adding new subscription-set members to existing subscription sets
Disabling subscription-set members from existing subscription sets
Enabling subscription-set members to existing subscription sets
Changing properties of subscription sets
Changing subscription set names
Splitting a subscription set
Merging subscription sets
Changing Apply qualifiers of subscription sets
Deactivating subscription sets
Removing subscription sets
Coordinating replication events with database application events
Setting an event END_SYNCHPOINT using the USER type signal
When to use the Capture CMD STOP signal
Coordinating a source table change with the Capture program
Setting a distributed recovery point
Performing a CAPSTART handshake signal outside of the Apply program
Performing a CAPSTOP signal
Adjusting for Daylight Savings Time (iSeries)
Options for promoting your replication configuration to another system
Maintaining a SQL replication environment
Maintaining source systems
Access to source tables and views
Source logs and journal receivers
Retaining log data (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Access to journal receivers (iSeries)
Considerations for managing compression dictionaries (z/OS)
Maintaining control tables
The RUNSTATS utility for SQL replication (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Rebinding packages and plans (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Reorganizing your control tables
Pruning dynamic control tables maintained by the Capture programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
CD and UOW table pruning
Recommendations for pruning other dynamic control tables
Preventing replication failures and recovering from errors
Preventing cold starts of the Capture program
Recovering from I/O errors and connectivity failures on your control tables
Retrieving lost source data
IBMSNAP_CAPMON and IBMSNAP_CAPTRACE table pruning
IBMSNAP_SIGNAL table pruning
Maintaining your target tables
Detecting and repairing differences between source and target tables
Table difference utility (asntdiff)
Table repair utility (asntrep)
Viewing reports about the SQL replication programs
Checking the status of replication programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Reviewing historical data for trends
Reviewing Capture program messages
Examining Capture program throughput
Displaying latency of data processed by the Capture program
Reviewing Apply program messages
Examining Apply program throughput
Displaying the average length of time taken to replicate transactions
Checking the status of the Capture and Apply journal jobs (iSeries)
Monitoring the progress of the Capture program (iSeries)
Customizing and running replication SQL scripts for SQL replication
Administering Q replication and event publishing
Q replication
Event publishing
Programs for Q replication and event publishing
Q Capture program
Q Apply program
Objects for Q replication and event publishing
Replication queue maps
Publishing queue maps
Q subscriptions
XML publications
Schemas for the Q Capture and Q Apply programs
Naming rules and guidelines for Q replication and event publishing—Overview
Naming rules for Q replication and event publishing objects
How lowercase object names are handled for Q replication and event publishing
Setting up Q replication
Setting up replication from sources to targets (unidirectional)
Unidirectional replication
Grouping replication queue maps and Q subscriptions
Creating replication queue maps
Creating Q subscriptions for unidirectional replication
Creating target object profiles
Creating Q subscriptions for unidirectional replication
Data distribution configurations (Q replication to SQL replication)
Creating a three-tier data distribution configuration (Q replication to SQL replication)
Migrating the first two tiers of a data distribution configuration from SQL replication to Q replication
Source columns for Q subscriptions (unidirectional replication)
How often the Q Capture program sends a message (unidirectional replication)
Search conditions to filter rows (unidirectional replication)
How source columns map to target columns (unidirectional replication)
Computed columns in Q replication
CCD tables as targets for Q replication
Before-image columns in Q replication
Index or key columns for targets (unidirectional replication)
Options for unexpected conditions in the target table (unidirectional replication)
Error options for Q replication
Q replication to federated targets
Setting up Q replication to federated targets
Configuring the federated server for Q replication
Creating federated objects for Q replication
Creating Q Apply control tables for federated Q replication
Creating Q subscriptions for federated Q replication
Using stored procedures to manipulate the data that is applied to targets for Q replication
Stored procedures for manipulating source data for Q replication
Writing stored procedures to manipulate source data for Q replication
Stored procedure parameter that identifies the type of operation for Q replication
Stored procedure parameter that identifies whether each source column was suppressed
Stored procedure parameters that identify the transaction for Q replication
Stored procedure parameters that map to source columns for Q replication
Setting up replication from sources to targets (multidirectional)
Bidirectional replication
Peer-to-peer replication
Bidirectional replication versus peer-to-peer replication
Creating Q subscriptions for bidirectional replication
Options for conflict detection (bidirectional replication)
Creating Q subscriptions for peer-to-peer replication
Creating Q subscriptions for peer-to-peer replication with two servers
Creating Q subscriptions for peer-to-peer replication with three or more servers
Starting bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication with two servers
Starting peer-to-peer replication with three or more servers
Stopping bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication with two servers
Stopping peer-to-peer replication with three or more servers
Options for loading target tables for Q replication
Recommendations for loading target tables for Q replication
Automatic load option for Q replication
Utilities used for automatic load option for Q replication
Automatic load considerations for z/OS
Specifying nicknames for the automatic load option for Q replication
Manually loading a target table
No load option for Q replication
Load options for different types of Q replication
Setting up publishing from sources (event publishing)
Grouping publishing queue maps and XML publications
Creating publishing queue maps
Creating XML publications—Overview
Creating XML publications
Source columns for XML publications
When the Q Capture program publishes a message for XML publications
Search conditions to filter rows in XML publications
Key columns for XML publications
Options for including unchanged columns in messages for XML publications
Before-image values in event publishing
Options for including before values in messages for XML publications
Changing a Q replication environment
Changing the properties of Q subscriptions
Adding columns to replicate (unidirectional replication)
Adding columns to replicate (bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication)
Changing properties of replication queue maps
Deleting Q subscriptions
Deleting replication queue maps
Dropping Q Capture or Q Apply control tables
Changing an event publishing environment
Changing properties of XML publications
Adding columns to existing XML publications
Deleting XML publications
Changing attributes of publishing queue maps
Deleting publishing queue maps
Dropping Q Capture control tables
Working with scripts and commands generated by the replication administration tools
Running and saving SQL scripts generated by the replication administration tools
Running and saving commands (Replication Center)
Considerations for replicating and publishing data types for Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for general data types for Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for large object (LOB) data types for Q replication and event publishing
Operating a Q Capture program
Starting a Q Capture program
Starting Q Capture from a known point in the DB2 log
Considerations for using the cold start mode
Specifying MQPUT retries for Q Capture when a queue is full
Parameters of a Q Capture program
Default values for Q Capture operating parameters
Descriptions of Q Capture parameters
Changing the Q Capture parameters
Methods of changing the Q Capture operating parameters
Dynamically changing parameters while a Q Capture program is running
Changing saved Q Capture parameters in the IBMQREP_CAPPARMS table
Stopping a Q Capture program
Prompting a Q Capture program to ignore transactions
Starting Q subscriptions
Stopping Q subscriptions
Operating a Q Apply program
Starting a Q Apply program
Parameters of a Q Apply program
Default values for Q Apply operating parameters
Descriptions of Q Apply parameters
Changing the Q Apply parameters
Dynamically changing parameters while a Q Apply program is running
Changing saved Q Apply parameters in the IBMQREP_APPLYPARMS table
Stopping a Q Apply program
Stopping a Q Apply program with a timestamp
Stopping message processing on a receive queue
Starting message processing on a receive queue
Viewing reports about the Q replication and event publishing programs
Checking the status of the Q replication and event publishing programs
Threads of the Q Capture, Q Apply, and Replication Alert Monitor programs
Historical and performance data for Q replication and event publishing programs
Latency
Exceptions
Using system services to operate the Q replication and event publishing programs
Operating the Q replication and event publishing programs with system services (z/OS)
Running the Q replication and event publishing programs by using JCL
Specifying the CAPTURE_PATH parameter (z/OS)
Starting the Q Capture program with JCL
Starting the Q Apply program with JCL
Starting the Replication Alert Monitor by using JCL
Running the Q replication and event publishing programs with JCL in batch mode
Working with running Q replication and event publishing programs by using MODIFY
Running the Q replication and event publishing programs with system-started tasks
The Automatic Restart Manager (ARM) recovery system
Setting up the Automatic Restart Manager (ARM) to restart Q replication and event publishing programs
Replication services (Windows)
Description of Windows services for replication
Creating a replication service
Starting a replication service
Stopping a replication service
Viewing a list of replication services
Dropping a replication service
Scheduling the replication programs
Scheduling the replication and event publishing programs (Linux, UNIX)
Scheduling the replication programs (Windows)
Scheduling the replication and event publishing programs (z/OS)
Detecting and repairing differences between source and target tables
Table difference utility (asntdiff)
Table repair utility (asntrep)
Maintaining a Q replication and event publishing environment
Considerations for maintaining Q replication and event publishing source systems
Maintaining source tables in a Q replication and event publishing environment
Retaining log files for Q replication and event publishing
Why you must retain log data for Q replication and event publishing
Determining the oldest log file that Q Capture needs (z/OS)
Determining the oldest log file that Q Capture needs (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Considerations for managing compression dictionaries in Q replication and event publishing (z/OS)
Maintaining control tables in Q replication and event publishing
Pruning control tables in Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for using the RUNSTATS utility on control tables for Q replication and event publishing
Reorganizing Q replication and event publishing control tables
When replication programs cannot connect to their DB2 server
Maintaining target tables in Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for rebinding packages and plans for Q replication and event publishing
Mainframe and midrange servers
Administering DB2 Connect systems
Overview
Access DB2 data from remote clients
Accessing DB2 data from the web using Java
Accessing host or iSeries DB2 data using DB2 Connect EE
Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers with DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect
Considerations for Sysplex exploitation
Conversion of character data
DB2 Client support for database application development
Host and iSeries support for DB2 Connect
Understanding the DB2 administration server
Administering instances and databases with the DB2 administration tools
Administration tools for host and iSeries databases
DB2 for z/OS health monitor overview
starting, stopping and refreshing the DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
Viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
Viewing health alert summaries
Viewing health alert objects
Distributed Relational Database Architecture (DRDA)
DRDA and data access
DB2 Connect and DRDA
Remote unit of work
Distributed requests
Updating database directories
System database directory values
Node directory values
DCS directory values
Directory customization worksheet
Defining multiple entries for the same database
Handling BiDi data
DB2 Connect and SQL statements
Multisite updates
Enabling Multisite Updates using the Control Center
Testing Multisite Update using the Control Center
Multisite update and sync point manager
Configuring DB2 Connect with an XA compliant transaction manager
DB2 Connect support for loosely coupled transactions
SQLCODE mapping
Turning off SQLCODE mapping
Tailoring the SQLCODE mapping
Administering DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 subsystems
Getting started with DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 objects
Adding DB2 for z/OS subsystems to the object tree
Tasks common to all DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 objects
Setting up privileges
Granting privileges to a new user ID
Changing privileges for an existing user ID
Granting table and view privileges to a new user ID
Changing table and view privileges for an existing user ID
Revoking privileges given by grantors
Customized object trees
Locating an object
Example of locating an object
Locating an object in the customized tree
Locating data sets
Adding a folder in the customized tree
Defining or viewing properties of a folder in the customized tree
Listing objects to search
Generating DDL
Generating a data definition statement for a database
Generating a data definition statement for a table space
Generating a data definition statement for a table
Generating a data definition statement for a schema
Generating a data definition statement for distinct types
Generating a data definition statement for user-defined functions
Generating a data definition statement for a stored procedure
Examples of data set allocation when generating a data definition statement
Administering DB2 objects
Subsystems
Connecting to a subsystem
Granting and revoking subsystem privileges
Setting archive values
Displaying an archive report
Displaying Rlimit status
Displaying the subsystem parameters
Setting the subsystem parameters
Working with threads
Displaying thread status
Displaying thread output
About the thread output display
Canceling threads
Displaying utilities status
Logging off the system
Creating or editing a cloning session
JCL Instructions for the Create Cloning Session and Edit Cloning Session wizard
Listing, editing and removing cloning sessions
Starting a DB2 Subsystem
Stopping a DB2 Subsystem
Creating JCL
Creating or changing an object maintenance policy
Listing, changing, and removing policies
Creating or changing health alert contacts
Updating the SMTP Server for object policy maintenance
Instructions for viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
Instructions for executing the generated object maintenance JCL
Modifying the utility execution options for object maintenance
Adding or changing a table space work set for the REORG utility
Creating an object maintenance policy like another
Set Current SQLID
Connecting to a DB2 for z/OS subsystem
Buffer pools
Granting and revoking bufferpool privileges
Displaying buffer pool status
Defining or allocating a buffer pool
Altering a buffer pool
Views
Granting and revoking view privileges
Creating a view
Altering a view
Catalog tables
Granting and revoking catalog privileges
Querying the catalog for index and table space information
Specifying search criteria
Storage groups
Granting and revoking storage group privileges
Creating a storage group
Altering a storage group
Displaying storage space
Aliases
Creating an alias
Altering alias properties
Synonyms
Creating a synonym
Application objects
Collections
Granting and revoking collection privileges
Packages and Plans
Binding a plan
Rebinding a plan
Rebinding all plans
Binding a package
Rebinding a package
Rebinding a trigger package
Freeing a plan
Freeing a package
Granting and revoking package privileges
Granting and revoking plan privileges
Distinct types
Creating a distinct type
User defined functions
Granting and revoking User Defined Function (UDF) privileges
Granting and revoking User-defined Data Type (UDT) privileges
Creating a user defined function (sourced)
Creating a user defined function (external scalar)
Creating a user defined function (external table)
Altering a user defined function (external scalar)
Altering a user defined function (external table)
Procedures
Granting and revoking procedure privileges
Creating a stored procedure
Specifying general properties
Specifying workload manager and security properties
Specifying language options and parameters
Adding or changing parameters to a stored procedure
Specifying built-in data type characteristics
Specifying distinct data type characteristics
Specifying an external name
Altering a stored procedure
Displaying reports about stored procedures
DB users
Creating DB users
Changing DB users
Removing DB users
Schemas
Granting and revoking schema privileges
Removing privileges to schemas
Creating schemas
Copying a schema
Restarting a copy schema operation
Triggers
Creating a trigger
Adding or changing a comment on a trigger
Viewing a trigger definition
Locations
Displaying location status
Displaying location properties
Datasets
Listing data sets
Displaying data set members
Displaying generation data sets
Renaming a data set or data set member
Deleting a data set or data set member
Editing data sets
Viewing or Editing data sets
Building JCL
Dataset templates
Creating and changing data set templates
Building a data set name template
Changing a data set name template
Changing a utility ID template
Displaying or changing data set template defaults
Utility procedures and object lists
Creating and changing utility procedures
Modifying the current utility execution options
Creating and changing object lists
Using concurrent copy on an object list
Using copy on an object list
Using copy to copy on an object list
Using merge copy on an object list
Using quiesce on an object list
Checking index consistency on an object list
Reporting on table spaces in an object list
Reporting on indexes in an object list
Running table space statistics on an object list
Running index statistics on an object list
Using modify recovery on an object list
Rebuilding indexes in an object list
Recovering to current or logpoint on an object list
Reorganizing table spaces in an object list
Using Modify Statistics on an object list
Databases
Granting and revoking database privileges
Creating a database
Starting databases
Displaying database status
Altering a database
Stopping databases
Table spaces
Granting and revoking table space privileges
Creating a table space
Altering a table space
Checking data in table spaces
Checking a LOB table space
Copying table spaces
Copying a table space concurrently
Copying a table space
Copying a table space - Concurrent Copy
Merge copying a table space
Copying an image copy of a table space (CopyToCopy)
Displaying table space status
Displaying reports about indexes
Displaying partition or data set details
Adding or changing table information for loading data
Adding partition information in target tables
Loading data into tables of a table space
Unloading table spaces
Unloading object lists
Modifying recovery for a table space
Changing a field
Adding or changing partition management
Quiescing a table space
Quiescing a table space set
Recovering table spaces
Recovering a table space to a current state
Recovering table spaces to a point on the log
Recovering a table space or index to an image copy
Recovering a table space or index to a page
Adding or changing space information for recovery
Reorganizing table spaces
Updating Table Space Statistics
Tables
Granting and revoking table privileges
Creating a table
Creating an auxiliary table
Creating a global temporary table
Showing table column definitions
Altering a table
Managing table partitions
Creating a table in the customized Control Center
Renaming a table
Unloading tables
Indexes
Creating an index
Checking index consistency
Collecting correlation statistics
Adding partition management
Changing partition management
Reorganizing index spaces in an object list
Copying an index concurrently
Copying an image copy of an index (CopyToCopy)
Copying an index
Altering an index
Dropping an index, table, or table space
Rebuilding an index
Reorganizing an index
Displaying reports about indexes
Running index statistics
Reporting index information
Recovering indexes
Reorganizing indexes using a Utility Procedure
Tasks common to index and table space objects
Starting indexes and table spaces
Stopping indexes and table spaces
Recovering indexes within table spaces
Recovering a table space or an index to the current state
Recovering table spaces or indexes to a point on the log
Modifying statistics on table spaces and indexes
Managing an IMSplex
About IMS
About IMSplexes
IMS commands
Entering IMS commands
Creating and using IMS command shortcuts
IMS areas
Online reorganizations
IMS groups
IMS results
Using the tabs in IMS Results
Reordering columns in IMS Results
Comparing results
Highlighting differences in the command results table
Running commands from the results
Exporting IMS results
Results for commands
Status for QUERY MEMBER TYPE(IMS) command
Results and attributes values for QUERY MEMBER
Results and attributes values for QUERY STRUCTURE
Results for QUERY TRAN
Results for UPDATE TRAN
QUERY OLC results
Return, reason, and completion codes for QUERY OLC
OLREORG results
QUERY OLREORG results
TERMINATE OLREORG results
QUERY AREA results
UPDATE AREA results
Query database results
Update database results
Update data group results
Database systems
Getting started
Database basics
Authorities
DB2 tools
Basic navigation concepts
Control Center
Command Editor
Configuration Assistant
Health Center
Journal
Replication Center
Task Center
Web Command Center
Web Health Center
Creating your own database using the Automatic Maintenance wizard
Reviewing your new database
Starting and stopping DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
Starting a DB2 instance (Linux, UNIX)
Starting a DB2 instance (Windows)
Stopping an instance on UNIX
Stopping an instance on Windows
Auto-starting DB2 instances
Administration tools
Control Center
Control Center Legend
DB2 toolbar
DB2 Help menu
DB2 Tools menu
DB2 secondary toolbar
Performing administrative tasks on ControlCenter objects
Shutting down the DB2 administration tools
Opening new Control Centers
Selecting and customizing Control Center views
Selecting your Control Center view
Custom folder
Deleting custom folders or objects in custom folders
Database unavailable status in the database details pane
Displaying objects in the object tree
Expanding and collapsing the object tree
Refreshing objects in the objects tree and details view
Obtaining Control Center diagnostic information
Performing administrative tasks on ControlCenter objects
Filtering or pre-filtering objects in the display
Finding objects in the contents pane
Finding service level information about the DB2 administration tools environment
Adding DB2 systems and IMSplexes, instances, and databases to the object tree
Adding DB2 federated system objects to the object tree
Adding DB2 for z/OS and OS/390 subsystems to the object tree
Displaying objects in the contents pane
Finding objects in the contents pane
Displaying table information in the contents pane
Getting help in the Control Center
Finding service level information about the DB2 administration tools environment
Using advisors, wizards, and launchpads to perform tasks quickly and easily
Introducing the plug-in architecture for the Control Center
Task Center
Command Editor
Executing commands and SQL statements
Tools for administration and application development
Setting Command Editor options
Setting a command statement termination character
Setting startup and default options
Setting the server administration tools startup property
Changing the fonts for menus and text
Setting the default scheduling scheme
Enabling or disabling notification using the Health Center Status Beacon
Setting DB2 UDB OS/390 and z/OS utility execution options
Setting IMS options
Setting up database systems
Cataloging database systems
Changing system names displayed in the Control Center
Multiple DB2 copies roadmap
Multiple instances on a Linux or UNIX operating system
Multiple DB2 copies on the same computer (Windows)
Setting the default instance when using multiple DB2 copies (Windows)
Changing the Default DB2 copy after installation (Windows)
Client connectivity using multiple DB2 copies (Windows)
Setting the DAS when running multiple DB2 copies
Managing DB2 copies (Windows)
Uninstalling DB2 copies (Linux, UNIX, and Windows)
Creating instances
Location of the instance directory
Multiple instances
Multiple instances on a Linux or UNIX operating system
Windows
Setting the DB2 environment (UNIX)
Automatically
Manually
Adding instances
Creating instances from the command line
Linux and UNIX
Windows
Adding instances
Adding a database partition to an instance using the Add Partitions wizard
Setting up a DB2 administration server (DAS)
Setting up the DAS to use the Configuration Assistant and the Control Center
Tools catalog database and DAS scheduler setup and configuration
DAS Java virtual machine setup
Notification and contact list setup and configuration.
Setting up the DAS to use the Configuration Assistant and the Control Center
Discovery of administration servers, instances, and databases
Discovering and hiding server instances and databases
Configuring the DAS on DB2 Enterprise Server Edition systems
Setting up the DAS
Creating databases
Creating a database for the DB2 tools catalog
Database configuration file
Generating recommendations for database configuration
System catalog tables
Naming rules
Naming conventions
DB2 object naming rules
Delimited identifiers and object names
User, user ID and group naming rules
User name and group name restrictions (Windows)
Password rules and maintenance
Federated database object naming rules
Schema name restrictions and recommendations
Maintaining password information
Naming rules in NLS environments
Naming rules in Unicode environments
Creating databases
Automatic storage databases
Restore database implications
Monitoring storage paths
Restrictions when using automatic storage
Adding an automatic storage path
Using a split mirror as a clone database
Binding utilities to the database
Binding applications and utilities (DB2 Connect)
Cataloging a database
Updating the directories with information about remote database server machines
Management of database server capacity
Creating database objects
Creating table spaces
Initial table spaces
Automatic resizing of table spaces
Creating table spaces without file system caching
Automatic storage table spaces
Temporary automatic storage table spaces
Regular and large automatic storage table spaces
Monitoring storage paths
Restrictions when using automatic storage
Creating system temporary table spaces
Creating user temporary table spaces
Attaching a direct disk access device
Setting up raw I/O (Linux)
Creating table spaces in database partition groups
Creating schemas
Grouping objects by schema
Setting a schema
Copying a schema
Restarting a failed copy schema operation
Creating tables
Creating a table using the Create Table wizard
Table creation
Using the ALTER TABLE statement to alter columns of a table
Space compression for tables
Space value compression
Data row compression
Large object (LOB) behavior in partitioned tables
Large object (LOB) column considerations
Business rules for data
Estimating space requirements for tables and indexes
Creating tables in multiple table spaces
Creating partitioned tables
Creating a new source table using db2look
Creating staging tables
Creating materialized query tables
Creating user-maintained materialized query tables
Creating user-defined temporary tables
Creating hierarchy tables or typed tables
Defining dimensions on a table
Altering a table
Making a table in no data movement mode fully accessible
Defining data partitions on partitioned tables
Defining ranges
Adding data partitions
Attaching a data partition
Detaching a data partition
Attributes of detached data partitions
Resolving a mismatch during an attach
Dropping a data partition
Creating columns
Adding columns to existing tables
Changing columns
Dropping columns
Defining a generated column on a new table
Defining an identity column on a new table
Ordering columns to minimize update logging
Creating indexes, index extensions, or index specifications
Guidelines
Tips
Options on the CREATE INDEX statement
Creating indexes
Creating a user-defined extended index type
Index maintenance
Index searching
Index exploitation
Defining an index extension
Constraints
Implications for utility operations
Defining unique constraints
Adding unique keys
Changing unique keys
Adding primary keys
Changing primary keys
Checking for constraint violations using SET INTEGRITY
Creating sequences
Sequences
Comparison of IDENTITY columns and sequences
Defining referential constraints
Foreign key clause
References clause
Adding foreign keys
Changing foreign keys
Dropping foreign keys
Defining table check constraints
Adding check constraints
Changing check constraints
Defining informational constraints
Creating triggers
Trigger dependencies
Updating view contents using triggers
Creating user-defined functions (UDF) or methods
Creating function mappings
Creating function templates
Creating user-defined types (UDT)
Creating user-defined distinct types
Source data types
Length limits for source data types
Creating user-defined structured types
Creating type mappings
Creating views
Creating typed views
Creating database aliases
Setting up partitioned database environments
Initial database partition groups
Creating a node configuration file
Adding database partition servers to an instance (Windows)
Setting up multiple logical nodes
Configuring multiple logical nodes
Enabling parallelism
Inter-partition query parallelism
Intra-partition parallelism for queries
Intra-partition parallelism for utilities
Enabling parallelism when creating indexes
Enabling parallelism for loading data
Enabling I/O parallelism when backing up a database or table space
Enabling I/O parallelism when restoring a database or table space
Adding database partitions using the Add Partitions launchpad
Adding a database partition to a running database system
Adding a database partition to a stopped database system on UNIX
Adding a database partition to a stopped database system on Windows
Adding database partitions in a partitioned database environment
Adding database partitions using the Add Partitions launchpad
Error recovery when adding database partitions
Creating database partition groups (formerly nodegroups)
Creating table spaces in database partition groups
Creating tables in partitioned database environments
Enabling communication between database partitions using fast communications manager (FCM) communications
Setting up database storage objects
Database directories
Local database directory
System database directory
Node directory
Changing database directory information
Buffer pools
Creating buffer pools
Creating buffer pools for partitioned databases
Setting environment variables and the profile registry
Declaring registry and environment variables
Aggregate registry variables
Setting environment variables (Linux and UNIX)
Setting environment variables (Windows)
Granting authorities and privileges to users and groups
Users
Database authorities
Privileges
Groups
Database authorities
Privileges
Maintaining database systems
Stopping, starting, and quiescing instances
Starting a DB2 instance (Linux, UNIX)
Starting a DB2 instance (Windows)
Stopping an instance on UNIX
Stopping an instance on Windows
Quiescing and unquiescing instances
Stopping, starting, and quiescing databases
Quiescing and unquiescing databases
Managing database systems
Automatic features enabled by default
Discovering and hiding server instances and databases
Cataloging database systems
Managing instances
Listing instances
Setting the current instance
Running multiple instances concurrently
Updating instances after the installation or removal of executables or components (Linux and UNIX)
Updating instance configuration
Linux and UNIX
Windows
Updating instances after the installation or removal of executables or components (Linux and UNIX)
Managing the database manager
Attaching to another instance of the database manager
Removing instances
Managing the DB2 administration server (DAS)
Starting and stopping the DAS
Listing the DAS
Reconfiguring the DAS
Updating the DAS configuration for discovery
Setting discovery parameters
Updating the DAS after installing DB2 updates (Linux and UNIX)
Removing the DAS
Managing databases
Database recovery log
Viewing the local or system database directory files
Changing node and database configuration files
Invoking the Configuration Advisor from the command line processor
Configuration Advisor sample output
Generating DDL statements for database objects
Altering a database
Statement dependencies when changing objects
Dropping databases
Space value compression
Data row compression
Altering table spaces
Renaming table spaces
Switching the state of a table space
Adding and changing containers in a DMS table space
Adding DMS containers
Modifying DMS containers
Automatic prefetch size adjustment after adding or dropping containers
Dropping user table spaces
Dropping system temporary table spaces
Dropping user temporary table spaces
Dropping a schema
Modifying tables
Space compression for existing tables
Quiescing tables
Copying tables
Renaming an existing table or index
Changing table attributes
Changing table properties
Altering tables using stored procedures
Updating table and view contents using the MERGE statement
Declaring a table volatile
Recovering inoperative summary tables
Modifying partitioned tables
Altering partitioned tables
Guidelines and restrictions on altering partitioned tables
Rotating data in a partitioned table
Examples of rolling in and rolling out partitioned table data
Modifying materialized query tables
Populating user-maintained materialized query tables
Altering materialized query table properties
Refreshing the data in a materialized query table
Deleting the contents of staging tables
Dropping materialized query or staging tables
Populating a typed table
Dropping tables
Dropping user-defined temporary tables
Modifying table objects
Modifying columns
Validating related objects
Showing related objects
Adding columns to existing tables
Modifying column definitions
Defining generated columns on existing tables
Altering identity columns
Modifying an identity column definition
Modifying the generated or identity property of a column
Removing rows from a table or view
Deleting and updating rows of a typed table
Managing indexes
Dropping indexes, index extensions, or index specifications
Modifying constraints
Modifying unique constraints
Adding unique constraints
Adding unique keys
Changing unique keys
Adding primary keys
Changing primary keys
Dropping unique constraints
Dropping primary keys
Modifying foreign constraints
Adding foreign keys
Changing foreign keys
Dropping foreign keys
Modifying check constraints
Adding table check constraints
Changing check constraints
Dropping table check constraints
Altering sequences
Dropping sequences
Modifying triggers
Dropping triggers
Dropping a user-defined function (UDF), function mapping, or method
Altering a user-defined structured type
Dropping a user-defined type (UDT) or type mapping
Altering or dropping views
Recovering inoperative views
Table or view aliases
Dropping aliases
Scenario: Changing the system clock
Maintaining the organization of your tables and indexes
Determining when to reorganize tables and indexes
Choosing a reorganization method
Offline table reorganization
Inplace Table Reorganization
Automatic reorganization
Reorganizing tables offline
Recovery of a classic reorganization
Improving the performance of classic table reorganization
Reorganizing tables online
Pausing and restarting an inplace table reorganization
Recovery of a failed inplace table reorganization
Locking and concurrency considerations for inplace table reorganization
Reorganizing indexes
Online index defragmentation
Monitoring a table reorganization
Monitoring the reorganization of a partitioned table
Costs of reorganization
Reducing the need to reorganize tables and indexes
Maintaining partitioned database environments
Listing database partition servers in an instance
Eliminating duplicate entries from a list of machines in a partitioned database environment
Specifying the list of computers in a partitioned database environment
Changing the database configuration across multiple database partitions
Adding a container to an SMS table space on a database partition
Maintaining database partitions
Managing database partitions
Changing database partitions (Windows)
Dropping database partitions
Dropping a database partition
Dropping database partitions from the instance using the Drop Partitions launchpad
Dropping database partitions (Windows)
Managing database partitions from the Control Center
Maintaining database partition groups
Altering database partition groups
Redistributing data in a database partition group
Defining and changing distribution keys
Defining distribution keys
Changing distribution keys
Issuing commands in a partitioned database environment
rah and db2_all commands overview
rah and db2_all command descriptions
Specifying the rah and db2_all commands
Running commands in parallel (Linux and UNIX)
Monitoring rah processes (Linux and UNIX)
Extension of the rah command to use tree logic (AIX and Solaris)
rah command prefix sequences
Controlling the rah command
Specifying which . files run with rah (Linux and UNIX)
Determining problems with rah (Linux and UNIX)
Managing storage
Setting up the storage management tool
Altering buffer pools
Identifying alternate servers with automatic client reroute
Description and setup
Description and setup (DB2 Connect)
Limitations
Identifying an alternate server for a database
Automatic client reroute configuration (DB2_MAX_CLIENT_CONNRETRIES and DB2_CONNRETRIES_INTERVAL)
Automatic client reroute connection failures
Automatic client reroute roadmap
Interaction between client connection timeout and client reroute
Examples
Task Center
Creating or editing a task
Scheduler
Success code sets
Selecting users and groups for new tasks
Changing the default notification message
Enabling scheduling settings in the task Center
Running tasks immediately
Scheduling a task
Managing contacts
Managing task categories
Managing saved schedules
Managing success code sets
Managing saved schedules
Viewing task, database, and message histories
Moving data
Overview
Data movement options
File formats
Export/import/load utility file formats
Delimited ASCII (DEL) file format
Example DEL file
DEL data type descriptions
Non-delimited ASCII (ASC) file format
Example ASC file
ASC data type descriptions
PC version of IXF file format
PC/IXF record types
PC/IXF data types
PC/IXF data type descriptions
General rules governing PC/IXF file import into databases
Data type-specific rules governing PC/IXF file import into databases
FORCEIN option
Differences between PC/IXF and Version 0 System/370 IXF
Worksheet File Format (WSF)
Delimiter restrictions for moving data
Differences between the import and load utility
Moving data between typed tables
Traverse order
Selection during data movement
Examples of moving data between typed tables
Bind files used by the export, import and load utilities
Export/import/load utility Unicode considerations
Exporting data - overview
Changes to previous export behavior introduced in DB2 Version 9.1
Privileges, authorities and authorization
Exporting data
LBAC-protected data export considerations
Using export with identity columns
Recreating an exported table
Exporting large objects (LOBS)
Export sessions - CLP examples
Importing data - overview
Changes to previous import behavior introduced in DB2 Version 9.1
Privileges, authorities, and authorization
Importing data
In a client/server environment
With buffered inserts
With identity columns
With generated columns
LBAC-protected data import considerations
To recreate an exported table
Importing large objects (LOBS)
Importing user-defined distinct types (UDTs)
Table locking during import
Character set and NLS considerations
Import sessions - CLP examples
Loading data - overview
Changes to Previous Load Behavior Introduced in DB2 V9.1
Changes to previous load behavior introduced in DB2 UDB Version 8
Privileges, authorities, and authorizations
Loading data
Loading data into a table using the Load wizard
Enabling read access during load operations
Restarting or Terminating an Allow Read Access Load Operation
Building indexes
Using load with identity columns
Using load with generated columns
Using load with partitioned tables
Moving data using the cursor file type
Moving data using a customized application (user exit)
Maintaining referential integrity
Pending states after a load operation
Table locking, table states and table space states
Checking for integrity violations
Load exception table
Restarting an interrupted load operation
Refreshing dependent immediate materialized query tables
Propagating dependent immediate staging tables
Multi-dimensional clustering considerations
Using the load copy location file
Load dump file
Load temporary files
Load utility log records
Optimizing load performance
Parallelism and loading
Character set and national language support
Load - CLP examples
Loading data in a partitioned database environment
Using load in a partitioned database environment
Monitoring a partitioned database load using the LOAD QUERY command
Restarting or terminating a load operation in a partitioned database environment
Partitioned database load configuration options
Example partitioned database load sessions
Migration and back-level compatibility
Loading data in a partitioned database environment - hints and tips
Moving data between systems
Moving data with DB2 Connect
IBM Replication tools by component
Data recovery
Developing a backup and recovery strategy
Deciding how often to back up
Storage considerations
Keeping related data together
Using different operating systems and hardware platforms
Crash recovery
Recovering damaged table spaces
Recovering table spaces in recoverable databases
Recovering table spaces in non-recoverable databases
Reducing the impact of media failure
Reducing the impact of transaction failure
Recovering from transaction failures in a partitioned database environment
Recovering from the failure of a database partition server
Recovering indoubt transactions on mainframe or midrange servers
... with DB2 syncpoint manager
... without DB2 syncpoint manager
Disaster recovery
Version recovery
Rollforward recovery
Incremental backup and recovery
Restoring from incremental backup images
Limitations to automatic incremental restore
Monitoring the progress of backup, restore and recovery operations
Recovery log files
Configuration parameters for database logging
Configuring database logging options
Configuring database logging without file system caching
Log mirroring
Reducing logging with the NOT LOGGED INITIALLY parameter
Managing log files
Log sequence numbers
Upper limits for log sequence number
Monitoring log sequence number growth
Determining the current log sequence number in a database
Calculating log sequence number growth rates
Resolving LSN limit-reached condition
Administration notification log files
Managing log files through log archiving
Log archiving using db2tapemgr
Archiving log files to tape
User exits for database recovery
User exit program calling format
Sample user exit programs
User exit error handling
Log file allocation and removal
Blocking transactions when the log directory file is full
On demand log archive
Including log files with a backup image
How to prevent losing log files
Recovery history files
Garbage collection
Understanding table space states
Optimizing recovery performance
Backup
Privileges, authorities, and authorization required to use backup
Using backup
Backing up data using the Backup wizard
Backing up to tape
Backing up to named pipes
Backing up partitioned tables using Tivoli Space Manager Hierarchical Storage Management
Backup sessions - CLP examples
Enabling automatic backup
Optimizing backup performance
Compatibility of online backup and other utilities
Recover
Privileges, authorities, and authorization required to recover databases
Using recover
Cross-node recovery with db2adutl
Restore
Privileges, authorities, and authorization required to restore databases
Restoring databases
Restoring data using the Restore wizard
Using incremental restore in a test and production environment
Performing a redirected restore operation
Redefine table space containers by restoring a database using an automatically generated script
Performing a redirected restore using an automatically generated script
Restoring to an existing database
Restoring to a new database
Optimizing restore performance
Redirected Restore sessions - CLP examples
Database rebuild
Choosing a target image for database rebuild
Restrictions for database rebuild
Rebuilding a database using selected table space images
Rebuilding selected table spaces
Rebuild and incremental backup images
Rebuild and table space containers
Rebuild and temporary table spaces
Rebuilding a partitioned database
Rebuild sessions - CLP examples
Rollforward
Privileges, authorities, and authorization
Using rollforward
Rolling forward changes in a table space
Recovering a dropped table
Using the load copy location file
Synchronizing clocks in a partitioned database system
Client/server timestamp conversion
Rollforward sessions - CLP examples
Data recovery with Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM)
Configuring a Tivoli Storage Manager client
Considerations for using Tivoli Storage Manager
High availability
High availability through log shipping
High availability through online split mirror and suspended i/o support
Using a split mirror as a clone database
Using a split mirror as a standby database
Using a split mirror as a backup image
Fault monitor facility for Linux and UNIX
High availability disaster recovery (HADR) overview
System requirements
Installation and storage requirements
Restrictions
Replicated operations for HADR
Non-replicated operations for HADR
Commands for HADR
Standby database states
Synchronization modes
High availability disaster recovery (HADR) management
Initializing HADR
Stopping HADR
Database configuration for HADR
Setting hadr_timeout and hadr_peer_window
Automatic client reroute and HADR
Index logging and HADR
Log archiving configuration for HADR
Cluster managers and HADR
Switching the database roles
HADR takeover during failover
Performing an HADR failover operation
Reintegrating a database after a takeover operation
Performing rolling updates and upgrades in a HADR environment
HADR database activation and deactivation
HADR performance
High Availability on Linux and AIX
High availability on AIX
High availability on the Windows operating system
High availability in the Solaris Operating Environment
High availability in the Solaris Operating Environment
High availability on Sun Cluster 3.0
High availability with VERITAS Cluster Server
Administering Query Patroller
Starting Query Patroller
Enabling Query Patroller to intercept queries
Stopping Query Patroller
Query processing by Query Patroller
Managing users
Administering operators
Operators
Query Patroller operator profiles
Creating operator profiles for users and groups
Suspending or restoring operator privileges for users and groups
Administering submitters
Submitters
Query Patroller submitter profiles
Configuring submitter profiles
Creating submitter profiles for users and groups
Setting submitter resource limits
Suspending or restoring submitter privileges for users and groups
Administering query submission preferences
Setting preferences for another submitter
Managing queries with Query Patroller
Managed query status
Changing the status of queries using Query Patroller
Viewing managed query details
Viewing the SQL of managed queries using Query Patroller
Viewing result tables using Query Patroller
Running held queries at a scheduled time
Scheduling the start time for running held queries
Query Patroller historical analysis
Query Patroller historical analysis interface
Enabling collection of historical data
Uses for historical analysis reports
Collecting historical data
Generating historical data
Determining when historical data was last generated
Viewing historical query details
Filtering tables for historical analysis using Query Patroller
Viewing index details
Managing space
Setting Query Patroller maintenance schedules for queries and result tables
Managing historical queries
Scheduling purges of managed queries and result tables
Scheduling purges of historical queries
Dropping result tables manually using Query Patroller
Administering Net Search Extender
Net Search Extender instance services
Starting and stopping Net Search Extender instance services
Net Search Extender locking services
Using the locking services
Viewing a lock snapshot
Update services
Using the DB2 control center
Starting and stopping Net Search Extender Instance Services from the DB2 Control Center
Enabling and disabling a database
Text index administration using the DB2 control center
Creating a text index using the DB2 control center
Name panel
Target panel
Text Properties panel
Update characteristics panel
Cache table panel
Determining cache utilization and cache size
Summary panel
Maintaining a text index using the DB2 control center
Altering a text index using the DB2 control center
Dropping a text index using the DB2 control center
Updating a text index using the DB2 control center
Showing index events using the DB2 control center
Activating a text index cache using the DB2 control center
Deactivating a text index cache using the DB2 control center
Showing index status using the DB2 control center
How to use DB2 Spatial Extender
How to use DB2 Spatial Extender
Interfaces to DB2 Spatial Extender and associated functionality
Tasks that you perform to set up DB2 Spatial Extender and create projects
DB2 Spatial Extender commands
Invoking commands for setting up DB2 Spatial Extender and developing projects
DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
When to use DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature and when to use DB2 Spatial Extender
Geodetic datums
Geodetic latitude and longitude
Geodesic distances
Geodetic regions
About geometries
Geometries
Properties of geometries
Type
Geometry coordinates
X and Y coordinates
Z coordinates
M coordinates
Interior, boundary, and exterior
Simple or non-simple
Closed
Empty or not empty
Minimum bounding rectangle (MBR)
Dimension
Spatial reference system identifier
Populating spatial columns
About importing and exporting spatial data
Importing spatial data
Importing shape data to a new or existing table
Importing SDE transfer data to a new or existing table
Exporting spatial data
Exporting data to a shapefile
Exporting data to an SDE transfer file
How to use a geocoder
Geocoders and geocoding
Setting up geocoding operations
Setting up a geocoder to run automatically
Running a geocoder in batch mode
Using indexes and views to access spatial data
Types of spatial indexes
Spatial grid indexes
Generation of spatial grid indexes
Use of spatial functions in a query
How a query uses a spatial grid index
Considerations for number of index levels and grid sizes
Number of grid levels
Grid cell sizes
Creating spatial grid indexes
CREATE INDEX statement for a spatial grid index
Tuning spatial grid indexes with the Index Advisor
Tuning spatial grid indexes with the Index Advisor—Overview
Determining grid sizes for a spatial grid index
Analyzing spatial grid index statistics
The gseidx command
Using views to access spatial columns
Analyzing and Generating spatial information
Environments for performing spatial analysis
Examples of how spatial functions operate
Functions that use indexes to optimize queries
Geodetic Indexes
Geodetic Voronoi indexes
Voronoi cell structures
Considerations for selecting an alternate Voronoi cell structure
Creating geodetic Voronoi indexes
CREATE INDEX statement for a geodetic Voronoi index
Voronoi cell structures supplied with DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
World, based on population density (Voronoi ID: 1)
United States (Voronoi ID: 2)
Canada (Voronoi ID: 3)
India (Voronoi ID: 4)
Japan (Voronoi ID: 5)
Africa (Voronoi ID: 6)
Australia (Voronoi ID: 7)
Europe (Voronoi ID: 8)
North America (Voronoi ID: 9)
South America (Voronoi ID: 10)
Mediterranean (Voronoi ID: 11)
World, uniform data distribution, medium resolution – dodeca04 (Voronoi ID: 12)
World, industrial nations – G7 nations (Voronoi ID: 13)
World, uniform data distribution, low resolution – isotype (Voronoi ID: 14)
Differences in using geodetic and spatial data
Minimum and maximum x and y attributes
Differences in working with flat-Earth and round-Earth representations
Line segments that cross the 180th meridian
Polygons that straddle the 180th meridian
Polygons that enclose a pole
Polygons that represent hemispheres, equatorial belts, and the whole Earth
Spatial functions supported by DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature stored procedures and catalog views
Datums supported by DB2 Geodetic Data Management Feature
Geodetic spheroids
Spatial tasks from the DB2 Control Center
Altering a coordinate system
Creating a coordinate system
Creating a spatial column
Creating a spatial index
Running geocoding
Setting up geocoding
Altering a spatial reference system
Importing spatial data
Identifying DB2 Spatial Extender problems
How to interpret DB2 Spatial Extender messages
DB2 Spatial Extender stored procedure output parameters
DB2 Spatial Extender function messages
DB2 Spatial Extender CLP messages
DB2 Control Center messages
Tracing DB2 Spatial Extender problems with the db2trc command
The administration notification file
Administering XML Extender
XML Extender administration overview
Preparing to administer XML Extender
Administration tools for XML Extender
Setting up the administration wizard
dxxadm - XML Extender Administration command
Access and storage methods
When to use the XML column method
When to use the XML collection method
Managing data in XML columns
Planning for XML columns
XML columns as a storage and access method
Defining and enabling an XML column
Using indexes for XML column data
Storing XML data
Method for retrieving an XML document
Updating XML data
Methods for searching XML documents
Deleting XML documents
Limitations when invoking functions from Java Database (JDBC)
Managing data in XML collections
Planning for XML collections
XML collections as a storage and access method
Decomposing XML documents into DB2 data
Updating and deleting data in XML collections
Searching XML collections
Mapping schemes for XML collections
Requirements for using SQL mapping
Requirements for RDB_Node mapping
Stylesheets for an XML collection
Location paths
Location path syntax
Enabling XML collections
Disabling XML collections
Validating XML documents automatically
Enabling databases for XML
Creating an XML table
Storing a DTD in the repository table
XML Extender administration support tables
Enabling XML columns
Planning side tables
Indexing side tables
Composing and decomposing XML
Composing XML documents by using SQL mapping
Composing XML collections by using RDB_node mapping
Decomposing an XML collection by using RDB_node mapping
XML schemas
Advantages of using XML schemas instead of DTDs
XML schema complexType element
Data types, elements and attributes in schemas
Examples of an XML schema
Creating an HTML document using an XSLT stylesheet
XSLTransformToClob() stored procedure
XSLTransformToFile() stored procedure
Document access definition (DAD) files
Creating a DAD file for XML columns
DAD files for XML collections
DTD for the DAD file
Dynamically overriding values in the DAD file
Update functions in XML Extender
Validation functions
Federated systems
Modifying data source configurations
Altering a wrapper (DB2 Control Center)
Altering a wrapper - examples
Altering a wrapper (DB2 command line)
Altering server definitions and server options
Restrictions on altering server definitions
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 Control Center)
Altering the data source version in a server definition (DB2 command line)
Altering all of the server definitions for a specific data source type
Using server options in server definitions (DB2 Control Center)
Changing server options temporarily for relational data sources
The hierarchy of server option settings
Using server options in server definitions (DB2 command line)
Altering a user mapping (DB2 Control Center)
Altering a user mapping (DB2 command line)
Altering a nickname (DB2 Control Center)
Restrictions on altering nicknames
Altering nickname column names (DB2 Control Center)
Altering nickname column names (DB2 command line)
Altering nickname options (DB2 Control Center)
Altering nickname options (DB2 command line)
Altering nickname column options (DB2 Control Center)
Altering nickname column options (DB2 command line)
Altering a nickname (DB2 command line)
Dropping a wrapper
Dropping a server definition
Dropping a user mapping
Dropping a nickname
Mapping data types
Data type mappings in a federated system
Data type mappings and the federated database global catalog
When to create alternative data type mappings
Data type mappings for nonrelational data sources
Forward and reverse data type mappings
Creating data type mappings
Creating a data type mapping for a data source data type – example
Creating a type mapping for a data source data type and version – example
Creating a type mapping for all data source objects on a server – example
Altering a local type for a data source object (DB2 Control Center)
Altering a local type for a data source object – examples
Altering a local type for a data source object (DB2 command line)
Altering LONG data types to VARCHAR data types
Developing federated procedures
Federated procedures
Restrictions on federated procedures
Overloaded procedures in federated systems
Creating federated procedures
Discovering data source procedures
Input and output parameters for federated procedures
CREATE PROCEDURE (Sourced) statement - examples
Granting or revoking authorizations to call federated procedures
Locating parameter information
Calling federated procedures
Authorization to call federated procedures
Altering or dropping federated procedures
Federated procedure troubleshooting
Creating and modifying remote tables by using transparent DDL
What is transparent DDL
Remote LOB columns and transparent DDL
Creating remote tables and transparent DDL
Creating new remote tables using transparent DDL
Creating new remote tables using transparent DDL - examples
Altering remote tables using transparent DDL
Dropping remote tables using transparent DDL
Managing transactions in a federated system
Understanding federated system transaction support
What is an update in a federated system?
What is an update transaction in a pass-through session?
Data sources that automatically commit DDL statements
User-defined functions that are pushed down to the data source for processing
Performing two-phase commit transactions
Two-phase commit for federated transactions
Planning for federated two-phase commit
Federated architecture for two-phase commit
Two-phase commit for federated transactions - examples
How federated two-phase commit transactions are processed
Enabling two-phase commit for federated transactions
Data source requirements and configuration for federated two-phase commit transactions
Configuring DRDA data sources
Configuring Oracle data sources
Configuring Informix data sources
Configuring Microsoft SQL Server data sources
Configuring Sybase data sources
Recovering from federated two-phase commit problems
Resynchronization for federated systems
Manually recovering indoubt transactions
Tracing distributed unit of work transaction states across data sources
Troubleshooting federated two-phase commit issues
Federated two-phase commit performance
Improving federated two-phase commit performance
Inserting, updating, and deleting data in a federated system
Authorization privileges for INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements
Federated system INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE restrictions
Unsupported data sources
Referential integrity in a federated system
INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements and large objects (LOBs)
Preserving statement atomicity in a federated system
Modifying data in a federated system
Inserting data into data source objects
Updating data in data source objects
Deleting data from data source objects
Assignment semantics in a federated system
Assignment semantics in a federated system - examples
Importing and exporting data for nicknames
Restrictions for importing data into nicknames
IMPORT command with nicknames - examples
Restrictions for exporting data using nicknames
Working with nicknames
Nicknames in a federated system
WITH HOLD syntax
Triggers
Accessing data with nicknames
The SQL statements you can use with nicknames
Accessing new data source objects
Creating nicknames for relational and nonrelational data sources
Accessing data sources using pass-through sessions
Accessing heterogeneous data through federated views
Creating federated views - examples
Creating a nickname on a nickname
Selecting data in a federated system
Selecting data in a federated system - examples
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames
Informational constraints on nicknames
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames (DB2 Control Center)
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames (DB2 command line)
Specifying informational constraints on nicknames - examples
Updating nickname statistics
Nickname statistics update facility - overview
Methods of retrieving nickname statistics
Retrieving nickname statistics
Retrieving statistics for multiple nicknames (DB2 Control Center)
Retrieving statistics for a single nickname (DB2 Control Center)
Retrieving nickname statistics from the command line - examples
Restrictions on HIGH2KEY and LOW2KEY statistics
Creating a DB2 tools catalog
Viewing the status of the updates to nickname statistics (DB2 Control Center)
Viewing the status of the updates to nickname statistics (DB2 command line)
SYSPROC.NNSTAT stored procedure
Error tolerance in nested table expressions
Specifying nested table expressions for error tolerance
Nested table expressions for error tolerance - example
Data source support for nested-table-expressions for error tolerance
Restrictions on nested-table-expressions for error tolerance
Setting up Unicode for federated systems
Unicode support for federated systems
Specifying the client code page for Unicode support of Microsoft SQL Server and ODBC data sources
Supported Unicode code pages for the MSSQL and ODBC wrapper CODEPAGE option
Specifying the file code page for Unicode support of table-structured file data sources
Specifying the file code page for Unicode support of table-structured file data sources - example
Errors when remote and federated code point sizes are different
Replication and event publishing
Administering SQL replication
Registering tables and views as SQL replication sources
Registering DB2 tables as sources
Registering non-DB2 relational tables as sources
Registration options for source tables
Registering a subset of columns (vertical subsetting)
Change-capture replication and full-refresh copying
After-image columns and before-image columns
Before-image prefix
Stop the Capture program on error
Options for how the Capture program stores updates
Preventing the recapture of changes (update-anywhere replication)
Masters with only one replica
Multiple replicas that are mutually exclusive partitions of the master
Masters that replicate changes to multiple replicas
Replicas that replicate changes to other replicas (multi-tier)
Options for conflict detection (update-anywhere replication)
Registering tables that use remote journaling (iSeries)
Using relative record numbers (RRN) instead of primary keys (iSeries)
How views behave as replication sources
Views over a single table
Views over a join of two or more tables
Registering views of tables as sources
Maintaining CCD tables as sources (IMS)
Subscribing to sources for SQL replication
Planning how to group sources and targets
Planning the number of subscription-set members
Planning the number of subscription sets per Apply qualifier
Creating subscription sets
Processing options for subscription sets
Specifying whether the subscription set is active
Specifying how many minutes worth of data the Apply program retrieves
Load options for target tables with referential integrity
Specifying how the Apply program replicates changes for subscription set members
Defining SQL statements or stored procedures for the subscription set
Options for scheduling replication of subscription sets
Scheduling the subscription set
Creating subscription-set members
Target table types
Read-only target tables
User copy and point-in-time targets
Base aggregate or change aggregate targets
CCD targets
Internal CCD targets
Defining middle tiers in a multi-tier configuration
Defining read-write targets (update-anywhere)
Using an existing table as the target table
Common properties for all target table types
Replicating a subset of source columns
Replicating a subset of source rows
How source columns map to target columns
Target key
How the Apply program updates the target key columns with the target-key change option
Replicating special data types in SQL replication
General data restrictions for replication
Large object data types
Subsetting data in an SQL replication environment
Subsetting data during registration
Subsetting source data using views
Defining triggers on CD tables to prevent specific rows from being captured
Subsetting data during subscription
Manipulating data in an SQL replication environment
Enhancing data using stored procedures or SQL statements
Mapping source and target columns that have different names
Creating computed columns
Naming rules for SQL replication objects
Operating the Capture program for SQL replication
Starting the Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows, and z/OS)
Starting the Capture program (iSeries)
Default operating parameters for the Capture program
Descriptions of Capture operating parameters
Methods of changing Capture parameters
Altering the behavior of a running Capture program
Changing saved operating parameters in the IBMSNAP_CAPPARMS table
Stopping the Capture program
Reinitializing Capture
Suspending the Capture program (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Resuming Capture (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Prompting a Capture program to ignore transactions
How the Capture program processes journal entry types for SQL replication (iSeries)
Operating the Apply program for SQL replication
Starting the Apply program (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Starting an Apply program (iSeries)
Default operating parameters for the Apply program
Descriptions of Apply operating parameters
Methods of changing Apply operating parameters
Changing saved Apply parameters in the IBMSNAP_APPPARMS table (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Stopping the Apply program
Modifying the ASNDONE exit routine (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Modifying the ASNDONE exit routine (iSeries)
Refreshing target tables using the ASNLOAD exit routine
Refreshing target tables with the ASNLOAD exit routine (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Refreshing target tables with the ASNLOAD exit routine (z/OS)
Customizing ASNLOAD exit behavior (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Using the IBMSNAP_SUBS_MEMBR table to set ASNLOAD options
Using the configuration file for ASNLOAD (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Refreshing target tables with the ASNLOAD exit routine (iSeries)
Operating the replication programs (z/OS)
Using system-started tasks to operate the replication programs
Using JCL to operate replication programs
Starting the Apply program on z/OS with JCL
Starting the Capture program on z/OS with JCL
Using MVS Automatic Restart Manager (ARM) to automatically restart replication
Migrating your replication environment to data-sharing mode (z/OS)
Replication services (Windows)
Description of Windows services for replication
Creating a replication service
Starting a replication service
Stopping a replication service
Viewing a list of replication services
Dropping a replication service
Scheduling SQL replication programs on various operating systems
Scheduling programs on Linux and UNIX operating systems
Scheduling programs on Windows operating systems
Scheduling programs on z/OS operating systems
Scheduling programs on the iSeries operating system
How the SQL replication components communicate
The Replication Center, ASNCLP, the Capture program or triggers, and the Apply program
The Capture program and the Apply program
The Capture triggers and the Apply program
The administration tools and the Replication Alert Monitor
The Replication Alert Monitor, the Capture program, and the Apply program
Changing an SQL replication environment
Registering new objects
Changing registration attributes for registered objects
Adding columns to source tables
Stop capturing changes for registered objects
Making registrations eligible for reactivation
Removing registrations
Changing Capture schemas
Creating new subscription sets
Adding new subscription-set members to existing subscription sets
Disabling subscription-set members from existing subscription sets
Enabling subscription-set members to existing subscription sets
Changing properties of subscription sets
Changing subscription set names
Splitting a subscription set
Merging subscription sets
Changing Apply qualifiers of subscription sets
Deactivating subscription sets
Removing subscription sets
Coordinating replication events with database application events
Setting an event END_SYNCHPOINT using the USER type signal
When to use the Capture CMD STOP signal
Coordinating a source table change with the Capture program
Setting a distributed recovery point
Performing a CAPSTART handshake signal outside of the Apply program
Performing a CAPSTOP signal
Adjusting for Daylight Savings Time (iSeries)
Options for promoting your replication configuration to another system
Maintaining a SQL replication environment
Maintaining source systems
Access to source tables and views
Source logs and journal receivers
Retaining log data (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Access to journal receivers (iSeries)
Considerations for managing compression dictionaries (z/OS)
Maintaining control tables
The RUNSTATS utility for SQL replication (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Rebinding packages and plans (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Reorganizing your control tables
Pruning dynamic control tables maintained by the Capture programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
CD and UOW table pruning
Recommendations for pruning other dynamic control tables
Preventing replication failures and recovering from errors
Preventing cold starts of the Capture program
Recovering from I/O errors and connectivity failures on your control tables
Retrieving lost source data
IBMSNAP_CAPMON and IBMSNAP_CAPTRACE table pruning
IBMSNAP_SIGNAL table pruning
Maintaining your target tables
Detecting and repairing differences between source and target tables
Table difference utility (asntdiff)
Table repair utility (asntrep)
Viewing reports about the SQL replication programs
Checking the status of replication programs (Linux, UNIX, Windows, z/OS)
Reviewing historical data for trends
Reviewing Capture program messages
Examining Capture program throughput
Displaying latency of data processed by the Capture program
Reviewing Apply program messages
Examining Apply program throughput
Displaying the average length of time taken to replicate transactions
Checking the status of the Capture and Apply journal jobs (iSeries)
Monitoring the progress of the Capture program (iSeries)
Customizing and running replication SQL scripts for SQL replication
Administering Q replication and event publishing
Q replication
Event publishing
Programs for Q replication and event publishing
Q Capture program
Q Apply program
Objects for Q replication and event publishing
Replication queue maps
Publishing queue maps
Q subscriptions
XML publications
Schemas for the Q Capture and Q Apply programs
Naming rules and guidelines for Q replication and event publishing—Overview
Naming rules for Q replication and event publishing objects
How lowercase object names are handled for Q replication and event publishing
Setting up Q replication
Setting up replication from sources to targets (unidirectional)
Unidirectional replication
Grouping replication queue maps and Q subscriptions
Creating replication queue maps
Creating Q subscriptions for unidirectional replication
Creating target object profiles
Creating Q subscriptions for unidirectional replication
Data distribution configurations (Q replication to SQL replication)
Creating a three-tier data distribution configuration (Q replication to SQL replication)
Migrating the first two tiers of a data distribution configuration from SQL replication to Q replication
Source columns for Q subscriptions (unidirectional replication)
How often the Q Capture program sends a message (unidirectional replication)
Search conditions to filter rows (unidirectional replication)
How source columns map to target columns (unidirectional replication)
Computed columns in Q replication
CCD tables as targets for Q replication
Before-image columns in Q replication
Index or key columns for targets (unidirectional replication)
Options for unexpected conditions in the target table (unidirectional replication)
Error options for Q replication
Q replication to federated targets
Setting up Q replication to federated targets
Configuring the federated server for Q replication
Creating federated objects for Q replication
Creating Q Apply control tables for federated Q replication
Creating Q subscriptions for federated Q replication
Using stored procedures to manipulate the data that is applied to targets for Q replication
Stored procedures for manipulating source data for Q replication
Writing stored procedures to manipulate source data for Q replication
Stored procedure parameter that identifies the type of operation for Q replication
Stored procedure parameter that identifies whether each source column was suppressed
Stored procedure parameters that identify the transaction for Q replication
Stored procedure parameters that map to source columns for Q replication
Setting up replication from sources to targets (multidirectional)
Bidirectional replication
Peer-to-peer replication
Bidirectional replication versus peer-to-peer replication
Creating Q subscriptions for bidirectional replication
Options for conflict detection (bidirectional replication)
Creating Q subscriptions for peer-to-peer replication
Creating Q subscriptions for peer-to-peer replication with two servers
Creating Q subscriptions for peer-to-peer replication with three or more servers
Starting bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication with two servers
Starting peer-to-peer replication with three or more servers
Stopping bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication with two servers
Stopping peer-to-peer replication with three or more servers
Options for loading target tables for Q replication
Recommendations for loading target tables for Q replication
Automatic load option for Q replication
Utilities used for automatic load option for Q replication
Automatic load considerations for z/OS
Specifying nicknames for the automatic load option for Q replication
Manually loading a target table
No load option for Q replication
Load options for different types of Q replication
Setting up publishing from sources (event publishing)
Grouping publishing queue maps and XML publications
Creating publishing queue maps
Creating XML publications—Overview
Creating XML publications
Source columns for XML publications
When the Q Capture program publishes a message for XML publications
Search conditions to filter rows in XML publications
Key columns for XML publications
Options for including unchanged columns in messages for XML publications
Before-image values in event publishing
Options for including before values in messages for XML publications
Changing a Q replication environment
Changing the properties of Q subscriptions
Adding columns to replicate (unidirectional replication)
Adding columns to replicate (bidirectional or peer-to-peer replication)
Changing properties of replication queue maps
Deleting Q subscriptions
Deleting replication queue maps
Dropping Q Capture or Q Apply control tables
Changing an event publishing environment
Changing properties of XML publications
Adding columns to existing XML publications
Deleting XML publications
Changing attributes of publishing queue maps
Deleting publishing queue maps
Dropping Q Capture control tables
Working with scripts and commands generated by the replication administration tools
Running and saving SQL scripts generated by the replication administration tools
Running and saving commands (Replication Center)
Considerations for replicating and publishing data types for Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for general data types for Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for large object (LOB) data types for Q replication and event publishing
Operating a Q Capture program
Starting a Q Capture program
Starting Q Capture from a known point in the DB2 log
Considerations for using the cold start mode
Specifying MQPUT retries for Q Capture when a queue is full
Parameters of a Q Capture program
Default values for Q Capture operating parameters
Descriptions of Q Capture parameters
Changing the Q Capture parameters
Methods of changing the Q Capture operating parameters
Dynamically changing parameters while a Q Capture program is running
Changing saved Q Capture parameters in the IBMQREP_CAPPARMS table
Stopping a Q Capture program
Prompting a Q Capture program to ignore transactions
Starting Q subscriptions
Stopping Q subscriptions
Operating a Q Apply program
Starting a Q Apply program
Parameters of a Q Apply program
Default values for Q Apply operating parameters
Descriptions of Q Apply parameters
Changing the Q Apply parameters
Dynamically changing parameters while a Q Apply program is running
Changing saved Q Apply parameters in the IBMQREP_APPLYPARMS table
Stopping a Q Apply program
Stopping a Q Apply program with a timestamp
Stopping message processing on a receive queue
Starting message processing on a receive queue
Viewing reports about the Q replication and event publishing programs
Checking the status of the Q replication and event publishing programs
Threads of the Q Capture, Q Apply, and Replication Alert Monitor programs
Historical and performance data for Q replication and event publishing programs
Latency
Exceptions
Using system services to operate the Q replication and event publishing programs
Operating the Q replication and event publishing programs with system services (z/OS)
Running the Q replication and event publishing programs by using JCL
Specifying the CAPTURE_PATH parameter (z/OS)
Starting the Q Capture program with JCL
Starting the Q Apply program with JCL
Starting the Replication Alert Monitor by using JCL
Running the Q replication and event publishing programs with JCL in batch mode
Working with running Q replication and event publishing programs by using MODIFY
Running the Q replication and event publishing programs with system-started tasks
The Automatic Restart Manager (ARM) recovery system
Setting up the Automatic Restart Manager (ARM) to restart Q replication and event publishing programs
Replication services (Windows)
Description of Windows services for replication
Creating a replication service
Starting a replication service
Stopping a replication service
Viewing a list of replication services
Dropping a replication service
Scheduling the replication programs
Scheduling the replication and event publishing programs (Linux, UNIX)
Scheduling the replication programs (Windows)
Scheduling the replication and event publishing programs (z/OS)
Detecting and repairing differences between source and target tables
Table difference utility (asntdiff)
Table repair utility (asntrep)
Maintaining a Q replication and event publishing environment
Considerations for maintaining Q replication and event publishing source systems
Maintaining source tables in a Q replication and event publishing environment
Retaining log files for Q replication and event publishing
Why you must retain log data for Q replication and event publishing
Determining the oldest log file that Q Capture needs (z/OS)
Determining the oldest log file that Q Capture needs (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Considerations for managing compression dictionaries in Q replication and event publishing (z/OS)
Maintaining control tables in Q replication and event publishing
Pruning control tables in Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for using the RUNSTATS utility on control tables for Q replication and event publishing
Reorganizing Q replication and event publishing control tables
When replication programs cannot connect to their DB2 server
Maintaining target tables in Q replication and event publishing
Considerations for rebinding packages and plans for Q replication and event publishing
Mainframe and midrange servers
Administering DB2 Connect systems
Overview
Access DB2 data from remote clients
Accessing DB2 data from the web using Java
Accessing host or iSeries DB2 data using DB2 Connect EE
Direct access to mainframe and midrange servers with DB2 Connect Personal Edition
Binding database utilities on DB2 Connect
Considerations for Sysplex exploitation
Conversion of character data
DB2 Client support for database application development
Host and iSeries support for DB2 Connect
Understanding the DB2 administration server
Administering instances and databases with the DB2 administration tools
Administration tools for host and iSeries databases
DB2 for z/OS health monitor overview
starting, stopping and refreshing the DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
Viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
Viewing health alert summaries
Viewing health alert objects
Distributed Relational Database Architecture (DRDA)
DRDA and data access
DB2 Connect and DRDA
Remote unit of work
Distributed requests
Updating database directories
System database directory values
Node directory values
DCS directory values
Directory customization worksheet
Defining multiple entries for the same database
Handling BiDi data
DB2 Connect and SQL statements
Multisite updates
Enabling Multisite Updates using the Control Center
Testing Multisite Update using the Control Center
Multisite update and sync point manager
Configuring DB2 Connect with an XA compliant transaction manager
DB2 Connect support for loosely coupled transactions
SQLCODE mapping
Turning off SQLCODE mapping
Tailoring the SQLCODE mapping
Administering DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 subsystems
Getting started with DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 objects
Adding DB2 for z/OS subsystems to the object tree
Tasks common to all DB2 Universal Database for z/OS and OS/390 objects
Setting up privileges
Granting privileges to a new user ID
Changing privileges for an existing user ID
Granting table and view privileges to a new user ID
Changing table and view privileges for an existing user ID
Revoking privileges given by grantors
Customized object trees
Locating an object
Example of locating an object
Locating an object in the customized tree
Locating data sets
Adding a folder in the customized tree
Defining or viewing properties of a folder in the customized tree
Listing objects to search
Generating DDL
Generating a data definition statement for a database
Generating a data definition statement for a table space
Generating a data definition statement for a table
Generating a data definition statement for a schema
Generating a data definition statement for distinct types
Generating a data definition statement for user-defined functions
Generating a data definition statement for a stored procedure
Examples of data set allocation when generating a data definition statement
Administering DB2 objects
Subsystems
Connecting to a subsystem
Granting and revoking subsystem privileges
Setting archive values
Displaying an archive report
Displaying Rlimit status
Displaying the subsystem parameters
Setting the subsystem parameters
Working with threads
Displaying thread status
Displaying thread output
About the thread output display
Canceling threads
Displaying utilities status
Logging off the system
Creating or editing a cloning session
JCL Instructions for the Create Cloning Session and Edit Cloning Session wizard
Listing, editing and removing cloning sessions
Starting a DB2 Subsystem
Stopping a DB2 Subsystem
Creating JCL
Creating or changing an object maintenance policy
Listing, changing, and removing policies
Creating or changing health alert contacts
Updating the SMTP Server for object policy maintenance
Instructions for viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
Instructions for executing the generated object maintenance JCL
Modifying the utility execution options for object maintenance
Adding or changing a table space work set for the REORG utility
Creating an object maintenance policy like another
Set Current SQLID
Connecting to a DB2 for z/OS subsystem
Buffer pools
Granting and revoking bufferpool privileges
Displaying buffer pool status
Defining or allocating a buffer pool
Altering a buffer pool
Views
Granting and revoking view privileges
Creating a view
Altering a view
Catalog tables
Granting and revoking catalog privileges
Querying the catalog for index and table space information
Specifying search criteria
Storage groups
Granting and revoking storage group privileges
Creating a storage group
Altering a storage group
Displaying storage space
Aliases
Creating an alias
Altering alias properties
Synonyms
Creating a synonym
Application objects
Collections
Granting and revoking collection privileges
Packages and Plans
Binding a plan
Rebinding a plan
Rebinding all plans
Binding a package
Rebinding a package
Rebinding a trigger package
Freeing a plan
Freeing a package
Granting and revoking package privileges
Granting and revoking plan privileges
Distinct types
Creating a distinct type
User defined functions
Granting and revoking User Defined Function (UDF) privileges
Granting and revoking User-defined Data Type (UDT) privileges
Creating a user defined function (sourced)
Creating a user defined function (external scalar)
Creating a user defined function (external table)
Altering a user defined function (external scalar)
Altering a user defined function (external table)
Procedures
Granting and revoking procedure privileges
Creating a stored procedure
Specifying general properties
Specifying workload manager and security properties
Specifying language options and parameters
Adding or changing parameters to a stored procedure
Specifying built-in data type characteristics
Specifying distinct data type characteristics
Specifying an external name
Altering a stored procedure
Displaying reports about stored procedures
DB users
Creating DB users
Changing DB users
Removing DB users
Schemas
Granting and revoking schema privileges
Removing privileges to schemas
Creating schemas
Copying a schema
Restarting a copy schema operation
Triggers
Creating a trigger
Adding or changing a comment on a trigger
Viewing a trigger definition
Locations
Displaying location status
Displaying location properties
Datasets
Listing data sets
Displaying data set members
Displaying generation data sets
Renaming a data set or data set member
Deleting a data set or data set member
Editing data sets
Viewing or Editing data sets
Building JCL
Dataset templates
Creating and changing data set templates
Building a data set name template
Changing a data set name template
Changing a utility ID template
Displaying or changing data set template defaults
Utility procedures and object lists
Creating and changing utility procedures
Modifying the current utility execution options
Creating and changing object lists
Using concurrent copy on an object list
Using copy on an object list
Using copy to copy on an object list
Using merge copy on an object list
Using quiesce on an object list
Checking index consistency on an object list
Reporting on table spaces in an object list
Reporting on indexes in an object list
Running table space statistics on an object list
Running index statistics on an object list
Using modify recovery on an object list
Rebuilding indexes in an object list
Recovering to current or logpoint on an object list
Reorganizing table spaces in an object list
Using Modify Statistics on an object list
Databases
Granting and revoking database privileges
Creating a database
Starting databases
Displaying database status
Altering a database
Stopping databases
Table spaces
Granting and revoking table space privileges
Creating a table space
Altering a table space
Checking data in table spaces
Checking a LOB table space
Copying table spaces
Copying a table space concurrently
Copying a table space
Copying a table space - Concurrent Copy
Merge copying a table space
Copying an image copy of a table space (CopyToCopy)
Displaying table space status
Displaying reports about indexes
Displaying partition or data set details
Adding or changing table information for loading data
Adding partition information in target tables
Loading data into tables of a table space
Unloading table spaces
Unloading object lists
Modifying recovery for a table space
Changing a field
Adding or changing partition management
Quiescing a table space
Quiescing a table space set
Recovering table spaces
Recovering a table space to a current state
Recovering table spaces to a point on the log
Recovering a table space or index to an image copy
Recovering a table space or index to a page
Adding or changing space information for recovery
Reorganizing table spaces
Updating Table Space Statistics
Tables
Granting and revoking table privileges
Creating a table
Creating an auxiliary table
Creating a global temporary table
Showing table column definitions
Altering a table
Managing table partitions
Creating a table in the customized Control Center
Renaming a table
Unloading tables
Indexes
Creating an index
Checking index consistency
Collecting correlation statistics
Adding partition management
Changing partition management
Reorganizing index spaces in an object list
Copying an index concurrently
Copying an image copy of an index (CopyToCopy)
Copying an index
Altering an index
Dropping an index, table, or table space
Rebuilding an index
Reorganizing an index
Displaying reports about indexes
Running index statistics
Reporting index information
Recovering indexes
Reorganizing indexes using a Utility Procedure
Tasks common to index and table space objects
Starting indexes and table spaces
Stopping indexes and table spaces
Recovering indexes within table spaces
Recovering a table space or an index to the current state
Recovering table spaces or indexes to a point on the log
Modifying statistics on table spaces and indexes
Managing an IMSplex
About IMS
About IMSplexes
IMS commands
Entering IMS commands
Creating and using IMS command shortcuts
IMS areas
Online reorganizations
IMS groups
IMS results
Using the tabs in IMS Results
Reordering columns in IMS Results
Comparing results
Highlighting differences in the command results table
Running commands from the results
Exporting IMS results
Results for commands
Status for QUERY MEMBER TYPE(IMS) command
Results and attributes values for QUERY MEMBER
Results and attributes values for QUERY STRUCTURE
Results for QUERY TRAN
Results for UPDATE TRAN
QUERY OLC results
Return, reason, and completion codes for QUERY OLC
OLREORG results
QUERY OLREORG results
TERMINATE OLREORG results
QUERY AREA results
UPDATE AREA results
Query database results
Update database results
Update data group results
Monitoring
Database systems
Monitoring database systems
Comparison of DB2 Monitors
Monitoring HADR databases
Database system monitor data organization
Counter status and visibility
System monitor output: the self-describing data stream
Database system monitor memory requirements
About the database system monitor
Data elements
Event analyzer
System monitor switches
Setting monitor switches from the CLP
Setting monitor switches from a client application
Monitor switches self-describing data stream
Snapshot monitor
Access to system monitor data: SYSMON authority
Capturing database system snapshots using snapshot table functions in SQL queries (with direct access)
Capturing database system snapshot information to a file using the SNAP_WRITE_FILE stored procedure
Accessing database system snapshots using snapshot table functions in SQL queries (with file access)
Snapshot monitor SQL Administrative Views
Capturing a database snapshot from the CLP
Snapshot monitor CLP commands
Capturing a database snapshot from a client application
Snapshot monitor API request types
Snapshot monitor sample output
Subsection snapshots
Global snapshots on partitioned database systems
Snapshot monitor self-describing data stream
Monitoring events
Event types
Collecting information about database system events
Creating event monitors
Creating table event monitors
Event monitor table management
Client identification within transaction event monitors: Feature adoption reference
Creating an event monitor from the Control Center
Creating a file event monitor
Event monitor file management
Write-to-table and file event monitor buffering
Creating a pipe event monitor
Event monitor named pipe management
Creating an event monitor for partitioned databases
Viewing event monitor definitions
Starting an event monitor
Stopping an event monitor
Removing an event monitor
Event monitor output
Viewing event information
Formatting file or pipe event monitor output from a command line
Event records and their corresponding applications
Event monitor self-describing data stream
Transferring event monitor data between systems
When counting starts
Monitoring storage
Capturing a storage snapshot
Selecting a snapshot to view
Deleting a snapshot
Monitoring database activity
Monitoring scenarios
Identifying costly applications
Monitoring buffer pool efficiency
Setting up an activity monitor
Viewing application lock chains
Viewing lock details
Progress monitoring of the rollback process
Viewing memory performance using the Memory Visualizer
Working with the Memory Visualizer
Monitoring the status of utilities running on your system
Monitoring with db2top (interactive mode)
db2top configuration file
Monitoring database health
Health monitor overview
Health indicators
Health indicator process cycle
Enabling health alert notification
Monitoring with the Health Center
Investigating alert conditions
Viewing alert history
Enabling health alert notification
Monitoring database health
Health indicator data
Capturing database health snapshots
Using SQL table functions
Using the CLP
Using client applications
Health monitor sample output
Global health snapshots
Graphical tools for the health monitor
Retrieving health recommendations
Using SQL queries
Using the CLP
Using client applications
Resolving alerts using the Health Center
Applying configuration parameter updates using the Web Health Center
Configuring health indicators
Retrieving health indicator configuration using the CLP
Health indicator configuration updates using the CLP
Resetting health indicator configuration using the CLP
Configuring health indicators using a client application
Configuring health indicators using Health Center
Health monitor alert actions on combined states
Monitoring queries with Query Patroller
Viewing managed query details
Viewing historical query details
Monitoring database systems (Windows)
Introduction to Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
DB2 integration with WMI
Monitoring performance with the Windows performance monitor
Registering DB2 with the Windows performance monitor
Enabling remote access to DB2 performance information
Displaying DB2 and DB2 Connect performance values
Windows performance objects
Accessing remote DB2 performance information
Resetting DB2 performance values
Federated servers and nicknames
Health indicators for federated nicknames and servers
Activating the federated health indicators
Monitoring the health of federated nicknames and servers
Monitoring the health of federated nicknames and servers - example
Snapshot monitoring of federated systems - Overview
Monitoring federated queries
Snapshot monitoring of federated queries - example
Federated database systems monitor elements
Replication and event publishing
Monitoring replication with the Replication Alert Monitor
Replication Alert Monitor
Alert conditions and notifications for the Replication Alert Monitor
Alert conditions for the Replication Alert Monitor
E-mail notifications for replication alert conditions
Sending alerts to the z/OS console
The ASNMAIL exit routine for sending alerts in replication
Setting up the Replication Alert Monitor
Memory used by the Replication Alert Monitor
Authorization requirements for the Replication Alert Monitor
Optional: Binding the Replication Alert Monitor program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Creating control tables for the Replication Alert Monitor
Defining contact information for the Replication Alert Monitor
Creating monitors for replication or publishing
Selecting alert conditions for the Replication Alert Monitor
Changing alert conditions for the Replication Alert Monitor
Defining suspension periods for the Alert Monitor
Operating the Replication Alert Monitor
Starting monitors
Reinitializing monitors
Suspending and resuming a monitor
Ending a monitor suspension
Stopping monitors
Reviewing Monitor program messages
Parameters of the Replication Alert Monitor
Default values of Replication Alert Monitor parameters
Descriptions of the Replication Alert Monitor parameters
Changing runtime parameters for the Replication Alert Monitor
Specifying how often the Replication Alert Monitor runs
Specifying notification criteria for selected alert conditions
Specifying notification criteria for operational errors
Specifying prune intervals for data from the Replication Alert Monitor
Mainframe and midrange servers
Monitoring connections for remote clients
Monitoring performance using the Windows performance monitor
Using the GET SNAPSHOT commands
DCS application status
DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor overview
Starting, stopping and refreshing the DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
Viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
Viewing health alert summaries
Viewing health alert objects
Database systems
Monitoring database systems
Comparison of DB2 Monitors
Monitoring HADR databases
Database system monitor data organization
Counter status and visibility
System monitor output: the self-describing data stream
Database system monitor memory requirements
About the database system monitor
Data elements
Event analyzer
System monitor switches
Setting monitor switches from the CLP
Setting monitor switches from a client application
Monitor switches self-describing data stream
Snapshot monitor
Access to system monitor data: SYSMON authority
Capturing database system snapshots using snapshot table functions in SQL queries (with direct access)
Capturing database system snapshot information to a file using the SNAP_WRITE_FILE stored procedure
Accessing database system snapshots using snapshot table functions in SQL queries (with file access)
Snapshot monitor SQL Administrative Views
Capturing a database snapshot from the CLP
Snapshot monitor CLP commands
Capturing a database snapshot from a client application
Snapshot monitor API request types
Snapshot monitor sample output
Subsection snapshots
Global snapshots on partitioned database systems
Snapshot monitor self-describing data stream
Monitoring events
Event types
Collecting information about database system events
Creating event monitors
Creating table event monitors
Event monitor table management
Client identification within transaction event monitors: Feature adoption reference
Creating an event monitor from the Control Center
Creating a file event monitor
Event monitor file management
Write-to-table and file event monitor buffering
Creating a pipe event monitor
Event monitor named pipe management
Creating an event monitor for partitioned databases
Viewing event monitor definitions
Starting an event monitor
Stopping an event monitor
Removing an event monitor
Event monitor output
Viewing event information
Formatting file or pipe event monitor output from a command line
Event records and their corresponding applications
Event monitor self-describing data stream
Transferring event monitor data between systems
When counting starts
Monitoring storage
Capturing a storage snapshot
Selecting a snapshot to view
Deleting a snapshot
Monitoring database activity
Monitoring scenarios
Identifying costly applications
Monitoring buffer pool efficiency
Setting up an activity monitor
Viewing application lock chains
Viewing lock details
Progress monitoring of the rollback process
Viewing memory performance using the Memory Visualizer
Working with the Memory Visualizer
Monitoring the status of utilities running on your system
Monitoring with db2top (interactive mode)
db2top configuration file
Monitoring database health
Health monitor overview
Health indicators
Health indicator process cycle
Enabling health alert notification
Monitoring with the Health Center
Investigating alert conditions
Viewing alert history
Enabling health alert notification
Monitoring database health
Health indicator data
Capturing database health snapshots
Using SQL table functions
Using the CLP
Using client applications
Health monitor sample output
Global health snapshots
Graphical tools for the health monitor
Retrieving health recommendations
Using SQL queries
Using the CLP
Using client applications
Resolving alerts using the Health Center
Applying configuration parameter updates using the Web Health Center
Configuring health indicators
Retrieving health indicator configuration using the CLP
Health indicator configuration updates using the CLP
Resetting health indicator configuration using the CLP
Configuring health indicators using a client application
Configuring health indicators using Health Center
Health monitor alert actions on combined states
Monitoring queries with Query Patroller
Viewing managed query details
Viewing historical query details
Monitoring database systems (Windows)
Introduction to Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
DB2 integration with WMI
Monitoring performance with the Windows performance monitor
Registering DB2 with the Windows performance monitor
Enabling remote access to DB2 performance information
Displaying DB2 and DB2 Connect performance values
Windows performance objects
Accessing remote DB2 performance information
Resetting DB2 performance values
Federated servers and nicknames
Health indicators for federated nicknames and servers
Activating the federated health indicators
Monitoring the health of federated nicknames and servers
Monitoring the health of federated nicknames and servers - example
Snapshot monitoring of federated systems - Overview
Monitoring federated queries
Snapshot monitoring of federated queries - example
Federated database systems monitor elements
Replication and event publishing
Monitoring replication with the Replication Alert Monitor
Replication Alert Monitor
Alert conditions and notifications for the Replication Alert Monitor
Alert conditions for the Replication Alert Monitor
E-mail notifications for replication alert conditions
Sending alerts to the z/OS console
The ASNMAIL exit routine for sending alerts in replication
Setting up the Replication Alert Monitor
Memory used by the Replication Alert Monitor
Authorization requirements for the Replication Alert Monitor
Optional: Binding the Replication Alert Monitor program packages (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Creating control tables for the Replication Alert Monitor
Defining contact information for the Replication Alert Monitor
Creating monitors for replication or publishing
Selecting alert conditions for the Replication Alert Monitor
Changing alert conditions for the Replication Alert Monitor
Defining suspension periods for the Alert Monitor
Operating the Replication Alert Monitor
Starting monitors
Reinitializing monitors
Suspending and resuming a monitor
Ending a monitor suspension
Stopping monitors
Reviewing Monitor program messages
Parameters of the Replication Alert Monitor
Default values of Replication Alert Monitor parameters
Descriptions of the Replication Alert Monitor parameters
Changing runtime parameters for the Replication Alert Monitor
Specifying how often the Replication Alert Monitor runs
Specifying notification criteria for selected alert conditions
Specifying notification criteria for operational errors
Specifying prune intervals for data from the Replication Alert Monitor
Mainframe and midrange servers
Monitoring connections for remote clients
Monitoring performance using the Windows performance monitor
Using the GET SNAPSHOT commands
DCS application status
DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor overview
Starting, stopping and refreshing the DB2 UDB for z/OS health monitor
Viewing, submitting, and saving recommended actions
Viewing health alert summaries
Viewing health alert objects
Developing
Database objects
User-defined types
User-defined types
User-defined distinct types
Strong typing in user-defined distinct types
Creating distinct types
Creating tables with columns based on distinct types
Dropping user-defined types
Creating currency-based distinct types
Creating a distinct type for completed job application forms
Creating tables to track international sales
Creating a table to store completed job application forms
Manipulating distinct types
Manipulating distinct types
Casting between distinct types
Performing comparisons involving distinct types
Performing comparisons between distinct types and constants
Performing assignments involving distinct types in embedded SQL
Performing assignments involving distinct types in dynamic SQL
Performing assignments involving different distinct types
Performing UNION operations on distinctly typed columns
Defining sourced UDFs for distinct types
User-defined structured types
User-defined structured types
Creating structured types
Storing instances of structured types
Instantiability in structured types
Structured type hierarchies
Creating a structured type hierarchy
Defining behavior for structured types
Dynamic dispatch of methods
System-generated routines for structured types
Constructor functions for structured types
Mutator methods for structured types
Observer methods for structured types
Typed tables
Typed tables
Creating typed tables
Dropping typed tables
Substitutability in typed tables
Storing objects in typed table rows
Defining system-generated object identifiers
Defining constraints on object identifier columns
Reference types
Reference types
Relationships between objects in typed tables
Defining semantic relationships with references
Referential integrity versus scoped references
Typed views
Typed views
Creating typed views
Altering typed views
Dropping typed views
Issuing queries to dereference references
Issuing queries to dereference references
Returning objects of a particular type using ONLY
Restricting returned types using a TYPE predicate
Returning all possible types using OUTER
Storing structured type objects in table columns
Storing structured type objects in table columns
Inserting structured type attributes into columns
Defining and altering tables with structured type columns
Defining types with structured type attributes
Inserting rows that contain structured type values
Retrieving and modifying structured type values
Retrieving and modifying structured type values
Retrieving structured type attributes
Accessing the attributes of structured types
Modifying structured type attributes
Returning information about a structured type
Transform functions and transform groups
Transform functions and transform groups
Recommendations for naming transform groups
Specification of transform groups
Specification of transform groups
Specifying transform groups for external routines
Specifying transform groups for dynamic SQL
Specifying transform groups for static SQL
Host language program mappings with transform functions
Host language program mappings with transform functions
Function transforms
Implementing function transforms using SQL-bodied routines
Passing structured type parameters to external routines
Client transforms
Implementing client transforms using external UDFs
Implementing client transforms for binding in from a client using external UDFs
Data conversion considerations
Transform function requirements
Retrieving subtype data from DB2
Returning subtype data to DB2
Declaring structured type host variables
Declaring structured type host variables
Describing a structured type
Database applications
The DB2 development environment
DB2 supported development software
DB2 supported servers
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
Windows
DB2 Client
Supported APIs
Choosing an application programming interface
CLI versus embedded SQL
ADO .NET
DB2 .NET
ODBC .NET
OLE DB .NET
CLI and ODBC
Embedded SQL
JDBC and SQLJ
OLE DB
Perl
PHP
Supported programming languages
.NET languages
C
C++
COBOL
Fortran
Java
Perl
PHP
REXX
Supported transaction managers
Supported development tools
Setting up the application development environment
Operating systems
Setting up the UNIX application development environment
UNIX environment variable settings
Setting up the Windows application development environment
Statically and dynamically linking libraries
DB2 client
APIs
CLI
Java/SQLJ
Transaction managers
XA transaction managers
Running your own applications
ADO.NET
Supported .NET development software
DB2 integration in Visual Studio
32-bit and 64-bit support for DB2 .NET applications
DB2 .NET Data Provider
System requirements
Programming applications to use the DB2 .NET Data Provider
Generic coding with the ADO.NET common base classes
Connecting to a database
Connection pooling
Executing SQL statements
Reading result sets
Calling stored procedures
Building .NET applications
Building Visual Basic .NET applications
Building C# .NET applications
Visual Basic .NET application compile and link options
C# .NET application compile and link options
OLE DB .NET Data Provider
Restrictions
Hints and tips
Connection pooling
Time columns
ADORecordset objects
ODBC .NET Data Provider
Restrictions
CLI and ODBC
DB2 CLI versus ODBC
DB2 CLI and ODBC drivers
ODBC driver managers
unixODBC driver manager
Setting up the unixODBC Driver Manager
Microsoft ODBC driver manager
DataDirect ODBC driver manager
Initialization
Handles
Initialization and termination in CLI overview
Initializing CLI applications
Data types
String handling
Large objects
LOB locators
Direct file input and output
ODBC applications
Long data for bulk inserts and updates
User-defined types
Distinct types
Processing transactions
Allocating statement handles
Issuing SQL
Binding parameter markers
Individual values
Column-wise array input
Row-wise array input
Parameter diagnostics
Changing with offsets
Specifying values at execute time
Commit modes
When to call SQLEndTran()
Executing SQL
Deferred prepare
Preparing and executing SQL
Compound SQL
Cursors
Considerations
Result sets
Bookmarks
Rowset retrieval examples
Retrieving data
Column binding
Specifying rowsets
With scrollable cursors
With bookmarks
Bulk data
Array retrieval
Column-wise retrieval
Row-wise retrieval
Changing with offsets
Retrieval in pieces
LOB data with locators
Inserting data
Bulk data with bookmarks
Importing with CLI LOAD
Updating and deleting
Updating bulk data with bookmarks
Deleting bulk data with bookmarks
Calling procedures from CLI
Commit behavior
Data handling overview
Inserts and updates
Data retrieval
Default type handling
Creating static SQL
Mixed embedded SQL and DB2 CLI
CLI/ODBC/JDBC static profiling
Capture file
Freeing statement resources
Handle freeing
Terminating
Diagnostics and error handling
Diagnostics overview
CLI function return codes
SQLSTATES for DB2 CLI
Compound SQL return codes
Descriptors
Consistency checks
Allocating and freeing
Manipulation with handles
Manipulation without handles
CLI/ODBC/JDBC trace facility
Trace files
Querying system catalogs
Input arguments to catalog functions
Configuring DB2 CLI driver behavior
Setting CLI environment, connection, and statement attributes
Configuring CLI/JDBC/ODBC/SQLJ behavior with db2cli.ini
Programming hints and tips
Reduction of network flows
Building CLI multi-connection applications
Multisite updates (two phase commit)
DB2 as transaction manager
Process-based XA-compliant transaction program monitors
Asynchronous execution of CLI functions
Executing functions
Multithreaded CLI applications
Application model
Mixed applications
Unicode
Applications
Functions
Function calls to ODBC driver managers
Bind files and package names
Bind option limitations for CLI packages
Vendor escape clauses
CLI sample programs
Embedded SQL
Embedding SQL statements in a host language
Embedded SQL statements in C and C++ applications
Embedded SQL statements in FORTRAN applications
Embedded SQL statements in COBOL applications
Embedded SQL statements in REXX applications
Supported development software for embedded SQL applications
Setting up the embedded SQL development environment
Designing
Static SQL usage
Dynamic SQL usage
Authorization considerations
Static and dynamic SQL statement execution in embedded SQL applications
Embedded SQL dynamic statements
Determining when to execute SQL statements statically or dynamically in embedded SQL applications
Performance
32-bit and 64-bit support
Restrictions
Restrictions on using C and C++
Restrictions on using COBOL
Restrictions on using FORTRAN
Restrictions on using REXX
Recommendations
Concurrent transactions and multi-threaded database access
Recommendations for using multi-threads
Code page and country or region code considerations for multi-threaded UNIX applications
Troubleshooting multi-threaded applications
Programming
Source files
Application template in C
Include files and definitions
Include files for C and C++
Include files for COBOL
Include files for FORTRAN
Declaring the SQLCA for error handling
Error handling using the WHENEVER statement
Connecting to DB2 databases
Data types that map to SQL data types
Supported SQL data types in C and C++
Data types for procedures, functions, and methods in C and C++
SQL data type representation
Supported SQL data types in FORTRAN
Supported SQL data types in REXX
Host variables
Declaring host variables
Declaring host variables with the db2dclgn declaration generator
Column data types and host variables
Declaring XML host variables
Identifying XML values in an SQLDA
Identifying null SQL values with null indicator variables
Including SQLSTATE and SQLCODE host variables
Referencing host variables
Example: Referencing XML host variables
Host variables in C and C++
Host variable names in C and C++
Declare section for host variables in C and C++
Example: SQL declare section template for C and C++
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables in C and C++
Declaration of numeric host variables in C and C++
Declaration of fixed-length, null-terminated and variable-length character host variables in C and C++
Declaration of graphic host variables in C and C++
wchar_t and sqldbchar data types for graphic data in C and C++
WCHARTYPE precompiler option for graphic data in C and C++
Declaration of VARGRAPHIC type host variables in the structured form in C and C++
Declaration of GRAPHIC type host variables in single-graphic and null-terminated graphic forms in C and C++
Declaration of large object type host variables in C and C++
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in C and C++
Declaration of file reference type host variables in C and C++
Declaration of host variables as pointers in C and C++
Declaration of class data members as host variables in C and C++
Declaration of binary type host variables in C, C++ embedded SQL applications
Embedded SQL application support of BINARY and VARBINARY
Scope resolution and class member operators in C and C++
Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 Considerations in C and C++
Binary storage of variable values using the FOR BIT DATA clause in C and C++
Initialization of host variables in C and C++
Macro expansion and the DECLARE SECTION of C and C++
Host structure support in the declare section of C and C++
Null or truncation indicator variables and indicator tables in C and C++
Null terminated strings in C and C++
Host variables in COBOL
Host variable names in COBOL
Declare section for host variables in COBOL
Example: SQL declare section template for COBOL
BINARY/COMP-4 data types in COBOL
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE Variables in COBOL
Declaration of numeric host variables in COBOL
Declaration of fixed length and variable length character host variables in COBOL
Declaration of fixed length and variable length graphic host variables in COBOL
Declaration of large object type host variables in COBOL
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in COBOL
Declaration of file reference type host variables in COBOL
Grouping data items using REDEFINES in COBOL
Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 considerations for COBOL
Binary storage of variable values using the FOR BIT DATA clause in COBOL
Host structure support in the declare section of COBOL
Null-indicator variables and null or truncation indicator variable tables in COBOL
Host variables in FORTRAN
Host variable names in FORTRAN
Declare section for host variables in FORTRAN
Example: SQL declare section template for FORTRAN
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of numeric host variables FORTRAN
Declaration of fixed-length and variable length character host variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of large object type host variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of file reference type host variable in FORTRAN
Considerations for graphic (multi-byte) character sets in FORTRAN
Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 considerations for FORTAN
Null or truncation indicator variable tables in FORTRAN
Host variables in REXX
Host variable names in REXX
Host variable references in REXX
Predefined REXX variables
Considerations while programming REXX
Declaration of large object type host variables in REXX
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in REXX
Declaration of file reference type host variables in REXX
LOB host variable clearing in REXX
Null or truncation indicator variable tables in REXX
Executing XQuery expressions
Executing SQL statements
Comments
Executing static SQL statements
Retrieving host variable information from the SQLDA structure
Declaring the SQLDA structure in a dynamically executed SQL program
Preparing a dynamically executed SQL statement using the minimum SQLDA structure
Allocating an SQLDA structure with sufficient SQLVAR entries for a dynamically executed SQL program
Describing a SELECT statement in a dynamically executed SQL program
Acquiring storage to hold a row
Processing the cursor in a dynamically executed SQL program
Allocating an SQLDA structure for a dynamically executed SQL program
Transferring data in a dynamically executed SQL program using an SQLDA structure
Processing interactive SQL statements in dynamically executed SQL programs
Determination of statement type in dynamically executed SQL programs
Processing variable-list SELECT statements in dynamically executed SQL programs
Saving SQL requests from end users
Providing variable input to dynamically executed SQL using parameter markers
Example of a parameter markers in a dynamically executed SQL program
Calling stored procedures
Calling stored procedures in C and C++
Calling stored procedures from REXX
Reading and scrolling through results
Scrolling through previously retrieved data
Keeping a copy of the data
Retrieving data a second time
Row order differences between the first and second result table
Updating previously retrieved data
Selecting multiple rows using a cursor
Updating and deleting retrieved data in statically executed SQL Programs
Example of a fetch in a statically executed SQL program
Error message retrieval
Error information in the SQLCODE, SQLSTATE, and SQLWARN
Exit list routine considerations
Exception, signal, and interrupt handler considerations
Disconnecting
Building
Precompilation with the PRECOMPILE command
Precompilation of embedded SQL applications that access more than one database server
Embedded SQL application packages and access plans
Package schema qualification using CURRENT PACKAGE PATH special register
Precompiler generated timestamps
Errors and warnings from precompilation
Compilation and linkage of source files containing embedded SQL
Binding embedded SQL packages to a database with the BIND command
Effect of DYNAMICRULES bind option on dynamically executed SQL
Using special registers to control the statement compilation environment
Package recreation using the BIND command and an existing bind file
Rebinding existing packages with the REBIND command
Bind considerations
Advantages of deferred binding
Performance improvements when using REOPT option of the BIND command
Binding applications and utilities (DB2 Connect)
Package storage and maintenence
Package versioning
Resolution of unqualified table names
Building embedded SQL applications using the sample build script
Error-checking utilities
Building embedded SQL applications in C and C++
Compile and link options for C and C++
AIX C application compile and link options
AIX C++ embedded SQL and DB2 API applications compile and link option
HP-UX C application compile and link options
HP-UX C++ application compile and link options
Linux C application compile and link options
Linux C++ application compile and link options
Solaris C application compile and link options
Solaris C++ application compile and link options
Windows C and C++ application compile and link options
Building UNIX C applications
Building C or C++ applications on Windows
Building embedded SQL applications written in VisualAge C++ with configuration files
Building embedded SQL and DB2 API applications in C or C++ with configuration files
Building C and C++ multi-connection applications on Windows
Building embedded SQL applications in COBOL
Compile and link options for COBOL
AIX IBM COBOL application compile and link options
AIX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Linux Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Windows IBM COBOL application compile and link options
Windows Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
COBOL compiler configurations
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on AIX
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on Windows
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Windows
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Linux
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on AIX
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on HP-UX
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Solaris
Building IBM COBOL applications on AIX
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL applications
Building IBM COBOL applications on Windows
Building Micro Focus COBOL applications on Windows
Building and running embedded SQL applications written in REXX
Bind files for REXX
Building Object REXX applications on Windows
Building embedded SQL applications from the command line
Building embedded SQL applications in C or C++ (Windows)
Migrating
Deploying and running
Restrictions on linking to libdb2.so
Java
Supported drivers for JDBC and SQLJ
Setting up the DB2 JDBC and SQLJ development environment
Installing the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
DB2Binder utility
DB2LobTableCreator utility
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ configuration properties customization
Special setup for accessing DB2 for z/OS servers from Java programs
DB2T4XAIndoubtUtil for distributed transactions with DB2 UDB for OS/390 and z/OS Version 7 servers
Special setup for running Java routines in the HP-UX environment
JDBC application programming
Basic steps in writing a JDBC application
How JDBC applications connect to a data source
Connecting to a data source using the DriverManager interface with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
How DB2 applications connect to a data source using the DriverManager interface with the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
Connecting to a data source using the DataSource interface
How to determine which type of IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connectivity to use
JDBC connection objects
Creating and deploying DataSource objects
Java packages for JDBC support
Learning about a data source using DatabaseMetaData methods
DatabaseMetaData methods for identifying the type of data source
Variables in JDBC applications
JDBC interfaces for executing SQL
Creating and modifying DB2 objects using the Statement.executeUpdate method
Updating data in DB2 tables using the PreparedStatement.executeUpdate method
JDBC executeUpdate methods against a DB2 for z/OS server
Learning about parameters in a PreparedStatement using ParameterMetaData methods
Making batch updates in JDBC applications
Data retrieval in JDBC applications
Characteristics of a JDBC ResultSet under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Learning about a ResultSet using ResultSetMetaData methods
Retrieving data from DB2 tables using the Statement.executeQuery method
Retrieving data from DB2 using the PreparedStatement.executeQuery method
Making batch queries in JDBC applications
Specifying updatability, scrollability, and holdability for ResultSets in JDBC applications
Calling stored procedures using CallableStatement methods
Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in a JDBC application
LOBs in JDBC applications with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Java data types for retrieving or updating LOB column data in JDBC applications
ROWIDs in JDBC with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Distinct types in JDBC applications
Savepoints in JDBC applications
Retrieving identity column values in JDBC applications
Providing extended client information to the DB2 server with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
XML data in JDBC applications
XML column updates in JDBC applications
XML data retrieval in JDBC applications
Invocation of routines with XML parameters in Java applications
Java support for XML schema registration and removal
Transaction control in JDBC applications
Setting the isolation level for a JDBC transaction
Committing or rolling back JDBC transactions
Exceptions and warnings under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Handling an SQLException under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Handling an SQLWarning under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Retrieving information from a BatchUpdateException
Handling an SQLException under the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
Handling an SQLWarning under the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ client reroute support
Disconnecting from database servers in JDBC applications
SQLJ application programming
Basic steps in writing an SQLJ application
Connecting to a data source using SQLJ
SQLJ connection technique 1: JDBC DriverManager interface
SQLJ connection technique 2: JDBC DriverManager interface
SQLJ connection technique 3: JDBC DataSource interface
SQLJ connection technique 4: JDBC DataSource interface
SQLJ connection technique 5: Use a previously created connection
SQLJ connection technique 6: Use the default connection
Java packages for SQLJ support
Variables in SQLJ applications
Comments in an SQLJ application
SQL statements in an SQLJ application
Creating and modifying DB2 objects in an SQLJ application
Performing positioned UPDATE and DELETE operations in an SQLJ application
Iterators as passed variables for positioned UPDATE or DELETE operations in an SQLJ application
Making batch updates in SQLJ applications
How an SQLJ application retrieves data from DB2 tables
Using a named iterator in an SQLJ application
Using a positioned iterator in an SQLJ application
Multiple open iterators for the same SQL statement in an SQLJ application
Multiple open instances of an iterator in an SQLJ application
Using scrollable iterators in an SQLJ application
Calling stored procedures in an SQLJ application
Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in an SQLJ application
LOBs in SQLJ applications with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Java data types for retrieving or updating LOB column data in SQLJ applications
Using SQLJ and JDBC in the same application
Controlling the execution of SQL statements in SQLJ
ROWIDs in SQLJ with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Distinct types in SQLJ applications
Savepoints in SQLJ applications
XML data in SQLJ applications
XML column updates in SQLJ applications
XML data retrieval in SQLJ applications
XMLCAST in SQLJ applications
Transaction control in SQLJ applications
Setting the isolation level for an SQLJ transaction
Committing or rolling back SQLJ transactions
Handling SQL errors and warnings in SQLJ applications
Handling SQL errors in an SQLJ application
Handling SQL warnings in an SQLJ application
Closing the connection to a data source in an SQLJ application
Security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
User ID and password security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
User ID-only security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Encrypted password security, encrypted user ID security, or encrypted user ID and encrypted password security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Kerberos security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Use of alternative security mechanisms with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ trusted context support
IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ support for SSL
Configuring connections under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to use SSL
Configuring the Java Runtime Environment to use SSL
Security for preparing SQLJ applications with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Security under the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
Building Java database applications
Building JDBC applets
Building JDBC applications
Building JDBC routines
Building SQLJ applets
Building SQLJ applications
Java applet considerations
SQLJ application and applet options for UNIX
SQLJ application and applet options for Windows
Building SQL routines
SQLJ routine options for UNIX
SQLJ routine options for Windows
JDBC and SQLJ problem diagnosis with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Example of using configuration properties to start a JDBC trace
Example of a trace program under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition Overview
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition containers
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition Server
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition database requirements
Java Naming and Directory Interface (JNDI)
Java transaction management
Example of a distributed transaction that uses JTA methods
Enterprise Java Beans
JDBC and SQLJ connection pooling support
JDBC connection concentrator and Sysplex workload balancing
Example of enabling the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connection concentrator
Techniques for monitoring IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connection concentrator and Sysplex workload balancing
JDBC and SQLJ reference information
Data types that map to SQL data types in JDBC applications
Date, time, and timestamp values that can cause problems in JDBC and SQLJ applications
Properties for the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Driver support for JDBC APIs
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ support for SQL escape syntax
SQLJ statement reference information
SQLJ clause
SQLJ host-expression
SQLJ implements-clause
SQLJ with-clause
SQLJ connection-declaration-clause
SQLJ iterator-declaration-clause
SQLJ executable-clause
SQLJ context-clause
SQLJ statement-clause
SQLJ SET-TRANSACTION-clause
SQLJ assignment-clause
SQLJ iterator-conversion-clause
Interfaces and classes in the sqlj.runtime package
sqlj.runtime.ConnectionContext interface
sqlj.runtime.ForUpdate interface
sqlj.runtime.NamedIterator interface
sqlj.runtime.PositionedIterator interface
sqlj.runtime.ResultSetIterator interface
sqlj.runtime.Scrollable interface
sqlj.runtime.AsciiStream class
sqlj.runtime.BinaryStream class
sqlj.runtime.CharacterStream class
sqlj.runtime.ExecutionContext class
sqlj.runtime.SQLNullException class
sqlj.runtime.StreamWrapper class
sqlj.runtime.UnicodeStream class
Summary of IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ extensions to JDBC
DB2BaseDataSource class
DB2ClientRerouteServerList class
DB2Connection interface
DB2ConnectionPoolDataSource class
DB2Diagnosable interface
DB2ExceptionFormatter class
DB2JCCPlugin class
DB2PooledConnection class
DB2PreparedStatement interface
DB2ResultSetMetaData interface
DB2RowID interface
DB2SimpleDataSource class
DB2Sqlca class
DB2Statement interface
DB2SystemMonitor interface
DB2TraceManager class
DB2XADataSource class
DB2Xml interface
JDBC differences between the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ and other DB2 JDBC drivers
SQLJ differences between the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ and other DB2 JDBC drivers
Error codes issued by the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
SQLSTATEs issued by the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
How to find IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ version and environment information
Commands for SQLJ program preparation
sqlj - SQLJ translator
db2sqljcustomize - SQLJ profile customizer
db2sqljbind - SQLJ profile binder
db2sqljprint - SQLJ profile printer
OLE DB
Supported application types
OLE DB services
Supported thread model
Large object manipulation
Supported schema rowsets
OLE DB services automatically enabled by IBM OLE DB Provider
Data services
Supported cursor modes
Supported SQL data types
Data conversion for setting data from OLE DB types to DB2 types
Data conversion for setting data from DB2 types to OLE DB types
Restrictions
Support for OLE DB components and interfaces
Support for OLE DB properties
Connections to data sources
ADO applications
Connection string keywords
Connections to data sources with Visual Basic ADO applications
Updatable scrollable cursors
Limitations
IBM OLE DB Provider support for ADO methods and properties
C and C++ applications
Connections to data sources
COM+ distributed transactions
Enablement of COM+ support in DB2 Universal Database for C/C++ applications
Perl
Database connections
Fetching results
Parameter markers
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables
Restrictions
Example
Perl
PHP
Supported PHP software
Setting up the PHP environment
Setting up the PHP environment on Windows operating systems
Setting up the PHP environment on Linux and UNIX operating systems
Developing with ibm_db2
Connecting to a DB2 data source
Retrieving database metadata
Executing XQuery expressions
Executing SQL statements
Executing a single SQL statement
Preparing and executing SQL statements
Inserting large objects
Reading query result sets
Fetching result columns
Fetching result rows
Fetching large objects
Managing transactions
Handling DB2 errors and warning messages
Calling stored procedures
Calling stored procedures with OUT or INOUT parameters
Calling stored procedures that return multiple result sets
Developing with PDO
Connecting to a DB2 data source
Executing SQL statements
Executing a single SQL statement that returns no result sets
Executing a single SQL statement that returns a result set
Preparing and executing SQL statements
Inserting large objects
Reading query result sets
Fetching result columns
Fetching result rows
Fetching large objects
Managing transactions
Handling DB2 errors and warning messages
Calling stored procedures
Calling stored procedures with OUT or INOUT parameters
Calling stored procedures that return multiple result sets
Native XML data store overview
XML data type
Application programming language support
XML data encoding
Internal encoding background
Considerations
Input
Retrieval
Routine parameters
JDBC, SQLJ, and .NET applications
Scenarios
Input internally encoded
Input externally encoded
Retrieval with implicit serialization
Retrieval with explicit serialization
Tools that support XML
National language support
Collating sequences
Character comparisons
Case independent comparisons using the TRANSLATE function
EBCDIC and ASCII collating sequence sort order
Simulation of EBCDIC binary collation
Specified at database creation
Examples
Code pages and locales
Derivation of code page values
Derivation of locales
How DB2 derives locales
Application development considerations
SQL statements
Remote routines
Package names in mixed environments
Active code page for precompilation and binding
Active code page for application execution
Character conversion between code pages
When code page conversion occurs
Character substitutions during conversions
Supported conversions
Conversion expansion factor
DBCS character sets
Extended UNIX code (EUC) character sets
CLI, ODBC, JDBC, and SQLJ programs in DBCS environments
Japanese and Traditional Chinese EUC and UCS-2 code sets
Mixed EUC and double-byte clients and databases
Character conversion for Traditional Chinese users
Graphic data
Applications in mixed code set environments
Unequal code pages
Client-based parameter validation
DESCRIBE statement
Fixed-length and variable-length data
Code page conversion string-length overflow
Applications connected to unicode databases
DB2 extenders
Writing applications and using the sample program
Writing applications for DB2 Spatial Extender
Including the DB2 Spatial Extender header file in spatial applications
Calling DB2 Spatial Extender stored procedures from an application
The DB2 Spatial Extender sample program
Net Search Extender
Directory locations and index storage
Preventive Measures Against Net Search Extender Index File Corruption
Stored procedure search memory requirements
Memory requirements for AIX (64-bit)
Memory requirements for Windows (32-bit and 64-bit)
Memory requirements for Solaris (64-bit)
Memory requirements for Linux (32-bit and 64-bit)
Table, column, and index name considerations
Document formats and supported code pages
Outside In filtering software
User roles
Developing: creating and maintaining a text index
Enabling a database
Disabling a database
Creating a text index
Creating a text index on binary data types
Creating a text index on an unsupported data type
Creating a text index on a nickname with incremental index update using DB2 Replication
Creating a text index which the stored procedure search can use
Creating text indexes on views
Performance considerations for indexing
Maintaining text indexes
Updating and reorganizing a text index
Altering a text index
Clearing index events
Dropping a text index
Viewing text index status
Backing up and restoring indexes
Removing files from the /tmp directory
Building platform-independent applications
Java
Java sample programs
Java applet considerations
JDBC
Building JDBC applets
Building JDBC applications
Building JDBC routines
SQLJ
Building SQLJ applets
Building SQLJ applications
SQLJ application options for UNIX
SQLJ application options for Windows
Building SQLJ routines
SQLJ routine options for UNIX
SQLJ routine options for Windows
Command Line Processor (CLP)
Running CLP scripts
Calling stored procedures from the CLP
SQL procedures
Creating SQL procedures
Calling SQL procedures with client applications
Customizing precompile and bind options for SQL procedures
Backing up and restoring SQL procedures
Rebinding SQL procedures
Perl
PHP
Building platform-specific applications
UNIX
Building UNIX CLI applications
Building UNIX CLI multi-connection applications
Building UNIX CLI routines
Building UNIX C applications
Building UNIX C multi-connection applications
Building UNIX C routines
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL applications
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL routines
AIX
Important considerations
AIX export files for routines
AIX routines and the CREATE statement
Replacing an AIX shared library
Considerations for installing COBOL on AIX
CLI
AIX CLI application compile and link options
Building CLI applications with configuration files
AIX CLI routine compile and link options
Building CLI stored procedures with configuration files
IBM C
AIX C application compile and link options
AIX C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on AIX
VisualAge C++
VisualAge C++ configuration files
IBM COBOL Set for AIX
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on AIX
Building IBM COBOL applications on AIX
AIX IBM COBOL application compile and link options
Building IBM COBOL routines on AIX
AIX IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on AIX
AIX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
AIX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
REXX
Building REXX applications on AIX
HP-UX
CLI
CLI application compile and link options
CLI routine compile and link options
HP-UX C
HP-UX C application compile and link options
HP-UX C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on HP-UX
HP-UX C++
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on HP-UX
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Linux
CLI
CLI application compile and link options
CLI routine compile and link options
C
Linux C application compile and link options
Linux C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on Linux
C++
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Linux
Application compile and link options
Routine compile and link options
Solaris
CLI
CLI application compile and link options
CLI routine compile and link options
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Solaris
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Solaris C
Solaris C application compile and link options
Solaris C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on Solaris
Solaris C++
Windows operating systems
Object Linking and Embedding Database (OLE DB) table functions
Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
Microsoft Visual Basic
Building ADO applications with Visual Basic
Building loosely-coupled transactions with Visual Basic
Troubleshooting a Visual Basic loosely-coupled transaction project
Building RDO applications with Visual Basic
Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) automation with Visual Basic
.NET
Building C# .NET applications
C# .NET application compile and link options
Building Visual Basic .NET applications
Visual Basic .NET application compile and link options
Building Common Language Runtime (CLR) .NET routines
CLR .NET routine compile and link options
CLI
Building CLI applications
Building CLI multi-connection applications
CLI application compile and link options
Building CLI routines
CLI routine compile and link options
Microsoft Visual C++
IBM VisualAge COBOL
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on Windows
Building IBM COBOL applications on Windows
Windows IBM COBOL application compile and link options
Building IBM COBOL routines on Windows
Windows IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Windows
Building Micro Focus COBOL applications on Windows
Windows Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Building Micro Focus COBOL routines on Windows
Windows Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Object REXX
Building Object REXX applications on Windows
Federated applications
How client applications interact with data sources
Nicknames in your applications
Reference data source objects by nicknames in SQL statements
Nicknames in DDL statements
Data source statistics impact applications
Defining column options on nicknames
Setting the NUMERIC_STRING column option
Setting the VARCHAR_NO_TRAILING_BLANKS column option
Creating and using federated views
Creating federated views - examples
Application isolation levels for data integrity
Maintain data integrity with isolation levels
Statement level isolation in a federated system
Connection level isolation in a federated system
Federated large object support
Federated LOB support
LOB locators
Restrictions on LOBs
Performance considerations for LOB processing
Distributed requests
Distributed requests for querying data sources
Distributed requests for querying data sources - examples
Optimizing distributed requests with server options
Using pass-through sessions within applications
Querying data sources directly with pass-through
Federated pass-through considerations and restrictions
Pass-through sessions to Oracle data sources
Developing J2EE applications for federated systems
Developing federated applications
Developing federated application with Java technology
Advantages of enterprise beans in a federated system
Enterprise beans in a federated system
Creating and deploying a container-managed persistence bean
Examples of federated applications
Customer bid requests
Supplier quote requests
Developing connections to custom data sources
Wrapper development process
Wrapper development concepts
Purpose for developing a custom wrapper
A walk through a basic federated query
The wrapper module
How users add data sources to federated systems
Query processing for federated systems
Request-reply-compensate protocol
Manipulating requests and replies with handles
Example of Request-Reply-Compensate protocol
Default cost model for federated queries
Query execution for federated systems
Using passthrough with wrappers
Wrapper development kit
Installing the wrapper development kit
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system where DB2 is installed (Windows)
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system with DB2 installed (UNIX)
C++ wrapper SDK
Java wrapper SDK
Tools and samples for adding wrappers to the DB2 Control Center
Designing wrappers
Determining data source characteristics
Selection of APIs for the data source
Operations that are supported by the interface of the data source
Metadata at the data source
Relative cost of queries for the data source
Multiple instances of the data source
Client-server communication for the data source
Transaction models and distributed commit protocol for the data source
User authentication from the data source
Large object support from the data source
Mapping data sources to federated constructs
Designing for nicknames
Deciding on nickname and column options
Mapping queryable collections of source data to nicknames
Mapping hierarchical data structures to nicknames
Mapping data types from data sources to the federated database system
Modeling data source capabilities with function templates
Modeling data source capabilities using pseudo columns
Designing for wrappers
How wrappers work with options
Deciding on wrapper options
Defining the CREATE WRAPPER statement for the data source
Designing for servers
Deciding on server options
Defining the CREATE SERVER statement for the data source
Designing for user mappings
Deciding on user mapping options
Defining the CREATE USER MAPPING statement for the data source
Determining the SQL constructs that the data source can accept
Determining the head expressions that the data source can accept
Determining the predicates that the data source can accept
Determining the joins that the data source can accept
Determining the functions that the data source can accept
Designing for error handling
Developing and documenting wrappers
Overview of data flows
Federated query processing and the objects that are involved
Typical flow of a federated query
Life cycles of objects that are involved in federated queries
Control flows for processes
Control flow for registration
Control flow for initialization
Control flow for query planning
Control flow for query execution
Communication between wrappers and foreign servers
Developing with wrapper classes
Typical procedure for developing a wrapper
Implementations of subclasses and methods
Tips for developing wrappers
Trusted and fenced mode process environments
C++ Processing Environment
Java Processing Environment
Mapping parts of a wrapper to classes
Classes for coding wrappers
Classes for communications between wrappers and data sources
Wrapper classes
Unfenced_Generic_Wrapper class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_Wrapper class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Server classes
Unfenced_Generic_Server class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_Server class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Nickname classes
Unfenced_Generic_Nickname class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_Nickname class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
User classes
Unfenced_Generic_User class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_User class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Request class
Methods
Reply class
Advanced customization
Methods
Predicate list class
Methods
Request expression class
Methods
Request constant class
Methods
Request expression type class
Methods
Remote connection class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Remote query class
Runtime data classes
Runtime data class
Runtime data list class
Runtime data description classes
Runtime data description class
Runtime data description list class
Remote passthru class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Wrapper utilities class
Ensuring wrappers coexist with the environment
Using system services with wrappers
Memory management (C++ only)
Tokenization services (C++ only)
Making environment variables accessible to wrappers
C++ coding considerations
Wrapper portablilty
Documenting wrappers
Building, testing, and tracing wrappers
Compiling wrappers
Compiling wrappers (C++)
Compiling wrappers (Java)
Linking wrappers (C++ only)
Installing wrappers
Installing C++ wrappers
Installing Java wrappers
Adding data sources to the Control Center
Adding data sources to the DB2 Control Center
Installing the Develop XML Configuration File wizard
Creating XML configuration files
Installing XML configuration files
Supporting discovery in the DB2 Control Center
Testing wrappers
Using registration DLL statements to test wrappers
Testing wrappers with valid and invalid options
Tracing wrappers
Wrapper trace facility
Creating trace information from wrappers
Example of wrapper trace facility
Web services and federated Web applications
Overview of Web services application development
Web services and information integration
Web services components: provider and consumer
Web services fundamentals
SOAP binding
Web services description language
UDDI business registries
WSDL for UDDI registration
XML schema definitions
Preparing the Web services environment on the Web Application Server
Preparing the Web services environment in UNIX and Windows
Preparing the Web services environment in z/OS or OS/390
Preparing the Web services environment in iSeries
Application server for DB2
Installing the application server for DB2 in a federated server
Starting and stopping the application server for DB2
Installing Web services provider samples on the application server for DB2
Installing Web applications on the application server for DB2
Preparing to install the Web services provider
Installing WORF to work with WebSphere Application Server Version 5 or later for Windows and UNIX
Installing WORF on z/OS or OS/390
Installing the Web services provider software requirements for Apache Jakarta Tomcat on UNIX and Windows
Installing WORF on Apache Jakarta Tomcat
Installing the Web services provider software requirements for Apache Jakarta Tomcat on iSeries
Web services provider software requirements for OS/390 and z/OS
Install the Web services provider examples
Installing and deploying WORF examples on WebSphere Application Server Version 4.0.4 for z/OS or OS/390
Deploying WORF examples on WebSphere Application Server Version 5.1 or later for Windows and UNIX
Installing and deploying the WORF examples in iSeries
Installing and deploying the WORF examples on Apache Jakarta Tomcat
Migrating Web services to WebSphere Federation Server Version 9.1
Migrating Web applications to work with WebSphere Federation Server Version 9.1
Introduction to using DB2 as a Web services provider – WORF
Web services provider features
Resource-based deployment
Web services automatic reloading
Accessing the Web service with GET, POST, and SOAP bindings
WSDL from a DADX file
Web services documentation
Web services that exist from Web services provider
Creating a Web services provider from a database
Defining a group of Web services
Defining the web.xml and group.properties files
Defining the web.xml file
Elements required in the web.xml file
Defining the group.properties file
Parameters for the group.properties file
Sample servlet for iSeries
Definition of a DADX file
Defining the Web service with the document access definition extension file
Syntax of the DADX file
A simple DADX file
Using overrides in the DADX file
Declaring and referencing parameters in the DADX file
DADX operation examples
Web service provider operations used with DADX files
XML schema for the DADX file
Web services encoding algorithm
Web services command reference
Dynamic database queries that use the Web services provider
Configuring and running dynamic database queries as part of Web services provider
Dynamic query services-example queries
Dynamic query service operations in the Web services provider
db2WebRowSet
Document type definition repository table
DTD definitions for XML Extender
XML collection operations
Converting a document type definition to an XML schema
Testing Web services applications
Verifying and testing Web services provider (WORF)
Testing Web services applications – a scenario
Testing the Web service
Web services samples – PartOrders.dadx
Installing a Web application that is used with the IBM Web Service SOAP provider engine
Java 2 Enterprise Edition applications
Preparing and creating the Web archive file
Web services provider tracing
Enabling tracing for the DB2 Web services provider-Apache Tomcat Version 4.0 or later Web application server
Enabling tracing for the DB2 Web services provider–WebSphere application server
Enabling tracing for the DB2 Web services provider-Rational Web Developer
Publishing your Web services
Administering and troubleshooting the Web services provider
Using connection pooling to improve performance
Troubleshooting Web services
Security in DADX Web services
Web service consumer functions
Installation of the Web services consumer user-defined functions
Web services consumer user-defined functions
Tracing Web services consumer events
Web services consumer—using the WebSphere Studio User-Defined Function tool
How to generate the user-defined functions from WebSphere Studio
Using the Web services consumer UDFs
Web services consumer examples
DADX environment checker
Running the DADX environment checker
DADX environment checker parameters
Indicating errors and warnings in the output text file
Error checking by the DADX environment checker
Checking errors in the web.xml file
Checking errors in the NST files
Checking errors in the DAD files
Checking errors in the DADX files
WebSphere MQ messaging applications
WebSphere MQ and DB2 User Defined Functions
WebSphere MQ messaging interface
Message handling and the MQ messaging interface
Installing and using the DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
Capabilities of DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
Commit environment for DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
Configuring the MQ messaging interface
WebSphere MQ configuration parameters
WebSphere MQ function messages
WebSphere MQ messaging Services
Messaging Policies
Service points
Policy definitions
Migrating MQ user defined functions from the repository-based configuration to the table-based configuration
Examples of MQPUBLISH and MQSUBSCRIBE
DB2 WebSphere MQ functions as part of the DB2 transaction
WebSphere MQ functions within DB2
Application-to-application connectivity
Tracing WebSphere MQ problems
MQListener in WebSphere Federation Server
Asynchronous messaging in Information Integration
Configuring and running MQListener
Configuring MQListener to run in the DB2 environment
Configuring WebSphere MQ for MQListener
Configuring MQListener
Creating a stored procedure to use with MQListener
MQListener examples
Parameters used in MQListener configuration
WebSphere MQ queues used in MQListener
Replication and event publishing applications
Applications that start SQL replication
Starting the SQL replication programs from within an application (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Developing applications that use XML messages
Structure of XML messages for event publishing
XML message types and requirements
XML message types
Technical requirements for XML messages
How XML delimiters are handled in character data
Structure of XML messages from Q Capture to a user application
List of XML messages from Q Capture to a user application
msg: Root element for XML messages from Q Capture to a user application
Transaction message
Row operation message
Large object (LOB) message
Subscription deactivated message
Load done received message
Error report message
Heartbeat message
Subscription schema message (subSchema)
Add column message
Structure of XML messages from a user application to Q Capture
List of XML messages from a user application to Q Capture
msg: Root element for XML messages from a user application to Q Capture
Invalidate send queue message
Load done message
Activate subscription message
Deactivate subscription message
Routines
Routines
Overview of routines
Benefits of using routines
Types of routines
System-defined and user-defined routines
System-defined
User-defined
Comparison of user-defined and system-defined routines
Choosing to use system-defined or user-defined routines
Functional types of routines
Procedures
Functions
Scalar functions
Row functions
Table functions
Methods
Comparison of routine functional types
Choosing a routine functional type
Implementations of routines
Built-in routines
Sourced routines
SQL routines
External routines
Supported APIs and programming languages
Comparison of APIs and programming languages
Comparison of routine implementations
Choosing a routine implementation
Usage of routines
Administering databases with system-defined routines
Extending SQL language support with user-defined routines
Auditing using SQL functions
Tools for developing routines
DB2 Developer Workbench routine development support
SQL statements that can be executed in routines
SQL access levels
Determining what SQL statements can be executed in routines
Portability of routines
Interoperability of routines
Performance of routines
Security of routines
Securing routines
Authorization to execute SQL in routines
Read and write data access considerations
Developing SQL routines
Overview of SQL routines
Tools for developing SQL routines
DB2 Developer Workbench SQL procedure support
SQL Procedural Language - SQL PL
Inline SQL Procedural Language
SQL PL in SQL procedures
Inline SQL PL in functions, triggers, and compound statements
SQL routine CREATE statements
Choosing between using SQL routines or external routines
Choosing between SQL procedures or SQL functions
Choosing between SQL procedures or a compund SQL (dynamic) statement
Rewriting SQL procedures as SQL functions
SQL procedures
SQL procedures
Features of SQL procedures
Restrictions on using buffered inserts
Designing SQL procedures
Parts of SQL procedures
Structure of SQL procedures
Parameters
Parameter markers
Variables
XML and XQuery support
SQLCODE and SQLSTATE variables
Scope of variables
Effect of commits and rollbacks
Cursors
Cursors for XQuery expressions
Control flow statements in SQL procedures
Variable related statements in SQL procedures
Conditional statements
CASE statement in SQL procedures
IF statement in SQL procedures
Looping statements
FOR statement in SQL procedures
LOOP statement in SQL procedures
WHILE statement in SQL procedures
REPEAT statement in SQL procedures
Declaring condition handlers
GOTO statement in SQL procedures
ITERATE statement in SQL procedures
LEAVE statement in SQL procedures
RETURN statement in SQL procedures
Condition handlers
Declaring condition handlers
Returning result sets from SQL procedures
Creating SQL procedures
Creating SQL procedures from the command line processor
Customizing precompile and bind options for SQL procedures
Developing external routines
Overview of external routines
External routine features
External function and method features
Scalar user-defined functions
External scalar function and method invocation
External table functions
External table function processing
Java table function execution model
Scratchpads for external functions and external methods
Scratchpads for 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems
Supported APIs and programming languages
Comparison of APIs and programming languages
Creation of external routines
Parameter styles for external routines
Library and class management considerations
Deployment of routine library or class files
Security of external routine library or class files
Resolution of external routine library or class files
Modifications to external routine library or class files
Backup and restore of external routine library and class files
Performance and library management
32-bit and 64-bit support for external routines
Performance of 32-bit routines in 64-bit environments
XML data type support
Restrictions on external routines
Creating external routines
.NET common language runtime (CLR) routines
Supported software
Tools for developing .NET CLR routines
Designing .NET CLR routines
SQL data type representation
Parameters in .NET CLR routines
Returning result sets from .NET CLR routines
Security and execution mode settings
Restrictions on .NET CLR routines
Creating .NET CLR routines
Creating from DB2 Command Windows
Building .NET CLR routine code
Building using DB2 sample scripts
Building from DB2 Command Windows
.NET CLR routine compile options
Debugging .NET CLR routines
Errors related to .NET CLR routines
Examples of .NET CLR routines
Example: C# .NET CLR procedures
Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR procedures
Example: XML and XQuery support in C# .NET CLR procedure
Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR functions
Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR functions
C and C++ routines
Supported software (C)
Supported software (C++)
Tools for developing C and C++ routines
Designing C and C++ routines
Include file required for C and C++ routine development
Parameters in C and C++ routines
Parameter styles supported
Parameter null indicators
Parameter style SQL C and C++ procedures
Parameter style SQL C and C++ functions
Passing parameters by value and by reference
Parameters not required for result sets
Dbinfo structure routine parameter
Scratchpad as function parameter
Program type MAIN support for procedures
SQL data type representation
SQL data type handling
Passing arguments to C routines
Graphic host variables
C++ type decoration
Returning result sets from procedures
Creating C and C++ routines
Building C and C++ routine code
Building C and C++ routine code using the sample bldrtn script
Using the sample build script (UNIX)
Using the sample build script (Windows)
Building C and C++ routine code from the command line
Compile and link options for C and C++ routines
AIX C routine compile and link options
AIX C++ routine compile and link options
HP-UX C routine compile and link options
HP-UX C++ routine compile and link options
Linux C routine compile and link options
Linux C++ routine compile and link options
Solaris C routine compile and link options
Solaris C++ routine compile and link options
Windows C and C++ routine compile and link options
Building embedded SQL procedures in C or C++ with configuration files
Building user-defined functions in C or C++ with configuration files
Rebuilding DB2 routine shared libraries
COBOL procedures
Supported software
SQL data type representation
Building COBOL routines
Compile and link options for COBOL routines
AIX IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
AIX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Linux Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Windows IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
Windows Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Building IBM COBOL routines on AIX
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL routines
Building IBM COBOL routines on Windows
Building Micro Focus COBOL routines on Windows
Java routines
Supported software
JDBC and SQLJ API support
Specification of an SDK for Java routines (UNIX)
Specification of a driver for Java routines
Tools for developing Java routines
Designing Java routines
SQL data type representation
Connection contexts in SQLJ routines
Parameters in Java routines
Parameter style JAVA procedures
Parameter style JAVA functions
Parameter style DB2GENERAL routines
DB2GENERAL UDFs
Supported SQL data types in DB2GENERAL routines
Java classes for DB2GENERAL routines
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.StoredProc
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.UDF
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.Lob
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.Blob
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.Clob
XML data type parameters
Returning result sets from Java (JDBC) procedures
Returning result sets from Java (SQLJ) procedures
Retrieving procedure result sets in Java (JDBC) applications and procedures
Retrieving procedure result sets in Java (SQLJ) applications and procedures
Restrictions on Java routines
Java table function execution model
Creating Java routines
Creating from DB2 Command Windows
Building Java routine code
Building JDBC routine code
Building SQLJ routine code
Compile and link options for Java (SQLJ) routines
SQLJ routine options for UNIX
SQLJ routine options for Windows
Deploying Java routines
JAR file administration
Updating Java routines
Examples of Java (JDBC) routines
Example: XML and XQuery support in Java (JDBC) procedure
OLE automation routines
Creating OLE automation routines
OLE routine object instances and scratchpad considerations
SQL data type respresentations
OLE automation routines in BASIC and C++
OLE DB user-defined table functions
OLE DB user-defined table functions
Creating an OLE DB table UDF
Fully qualified rowset names
Supported SQL data types in OLE DB
Routine invocation
Authorization to execute SQL in routines
Routine names and paths
Nested routine invocations
Invoking 32-bit routines on a 64-bit database server
Routine code page considerations
References to procedures
Procedure selection
Calling procedures
Calling procedures from applications or external routines
Calling procedures from triggers or SQL routines
Calling stored procedures from the CLP
Calling procedures from CLI
References to functions
Function selection
Distinct types as UDF or method parameters
LOB values as UDF parameters
Invoking scalar functions or methods
Invoking user-defined table functions
Control Center plugins
Compiling and running the example plugins
Writing plugins as Control Center extensions
Creating a plugin that adds a toolbar button
Creating a plug-in that adds new menu items to the Database object
Creating a basic menu action
Positioning the menu item
Creating a basic menu action separator
Creating sub menus
Adding a menu item only to an object with a particular name
Creating a plug-in that adds plug-in objects under Database in the tree
Adding the folder to hold multiple objects in the tree
Adding an example object under the folder
Setting attributes for a plugin tree object
Adding the create action
Adding the remove action with multiple selection support
Adding the alter action
Guidelines for Control Center plugin developers
Database objects
User-defined types
User-defined types
User-defined distinct types
Strong typing in user-defined distinct types
Creating distinct types
Creating tables with columns based on distinct types
Dropping user-defined types
Creating currency-based distinct types
Creating a distinct type for completed job application forms
Creating tables to track international sales
Creating a table to store completed job application forms
Manipulating distinct types
Manipulating distinct types
Casting between distinct types
Performing comparisons involving distinct types
Performing comparisons between distinct types and constants
Performing assignments involving distinct types in embedded SQL
Performing assignments involving distinct types in dynamic SQL
Performing assignments involving different distinct types
Performing UNION operations on distinctly typed columns
Defining sourced UDFs for distinct types
User-defined structured types
User-defined structured types
Creating structured types
Storing instances of structured types
Instantiability in structured types
Structured type hierarchies
Creating a structured type hierarchy
Defining behavior for structured types
Dynamic dispatch of methods
System-generated routines for structured types
Constructor functions for structured types
Mutator methods for structured types
Observer methods for structured types
Typed tables
Typed tables
Creating typed tables
Dropping typed tables
Substitutability in typed tables
Storing objects in typed table rows
Defining system-generated object identifiers
Defining constraints on object identifier columns
Reference types
Reference types
Relationships between objects in typed tables
Defining semantic relationships with references
Referential integrity versus scoped references
Typed views
Typed views
Creating typed views
Altering typed views
Dropping typed views
Issuing queries to dereference references
Issuing queries to dereference references
Returning objects of a particular type using ONLY
Restricting returned types using a TYPE predicate
Returning all possible types using OUTER
Storing structured type objects in table columns
Storing structured type objects in table columns
Inserting structured type attributes into columns
Defining and altering tables with structured type columns
Defining types with structured type attributes
Inserting rows that contain structured type values
Retrieving and modifying structured type values
Retrieving and modifying structured type values
Retrieving structured type attributes
Accessing the attributes of structured types
Modifying structured type attributes
Returning information about a structured type
Transform functions and transform groups
Transform functions and transform groups
Recommendations for naming transform groups
Specification of transform groups
Specification of transform groups
Specifying transform groups for external routines
Specifying transform groups for dynamic SQL
Specifying transform groups for static SQL
Host language program mappings with transform functions
Host language program mappings with transform functions
Function transforms
Implementing function transforms using SQL-bodied routines
Passing structured type parameters to external routines
Client transforms
Implementing client transforms using external UDFs
Implementing client transforms for binding in from a client using external UDFs
Data conversion considerations
Transform function requirements
Retrieving subtype data from DB2
Returning subtype data to DB2
Declaring structured type host variables
Declaring structured type host variables
Describing a structured type
Database applications
The DB2 development environment
DB2 supported development software
DB2 supported servers
AIX
HP-UX
Linux
Solaris
Windows
DB2 Client
Supported APIs
Choosing an application programming interface
CLI versus embedded SQL
ADO .NET
DB2 .NET
ODBC .NET
OLE DB .NET
CLI and ODBC
Embedded SQL
JDBC and SQLJ
OLE DB
Perl
PHP
Supported programming languages
.NET languages
C
C++
COBOL
Fortran
Java
Perl
PHP
REXX
Supported transaction managers
Supported development tools
Setting up the application development environment
Operating systems
Setting up the UNIX application development environment
UNIX environment variable settings
Setting up the Windows application development environment
Statically and dynamically linking libraries
DB2 client
APIs
CLI
Java/SQLJ
Transaction managers
XA transaction managers
Running your own applications
ADO.NET
Supported .NET development software
DB2 integration in Visual Studio
32-bit and 64-bit support for DB2 .NET applications
DB2 .NET Data Provider
System requirements
Programming applications to use the DB2 .NET Data Provider
Generic coding with the ADO.NET common base classes
Connecting to a database
Connection pooling
Executing SQL statements
Reading result sets
Calling stored procedures
Building .NET applications
Building Visual Basic .NET applications
Building C# .NET applications
Visual Basic .NET application compile and link options
C# .NET application compile and link options
OLE DB .NET Data Provider
Restrictions
Hints and tips
Connection pooling
Time columns
ADORecordset objects
ODBC .NET Data Provider
Restrictions
CLI and ODBC
DB2 CLI versus ODBC
DB2 CLI and ODBC drivers
ODBC driver managers
unixODBC driver manager
Setting up the unixODBC Driver Manager
Microsoft ODBC driver manager
DataDirect ODBC driver manager
Initialization
Handles
Initialization and termination in CLI overview
Initializing CLI applications
Data types
String handling
Large objects
LOB locators
Direct file input and output
ODBC applications
Long data for bulk inserts and updates
User-defined types
Distinct types
Processing transactions
Allocating statement handles
Issuing SQL
Binding parameter markers
Individual values
Column-wise array input
Row-wise array input
Parameter diagnostics
Changing with offsets
Specifying values at execute time
Commit modes
When to call SQLEndTran()
Executing SQL
Deferred prepare
Preparing and executing SQL
Compound SQL
Cursors
Considerations
Result sets
Bookmarks
Rowset retrieval examples
Retrieving data
Column binding
Specifying rowsets
With scrollable cursors
With bookmarks
Bulk data
Array retrieval
Column-wise retrieval
Row-wise retrieval
Changing with offsets
Retrieval in pieces
LOB data with locators
Inserting data
Bulk data with bookmarks
Importing with CLI LOAD
Updating and deleting
Updating bulk data with bookmarks
Deleting bulk data with bookmarks
Calling procedures from CLI
Commit behavior
Data handling overview
Inserts and updates
Data retrieval
Default type handling
Creating static SQL
Mixed embedded SQL and DB2 CLI
CLI/ODBC/JDBC static profiling
Capture file
Freeing statement resources
Handle freeing
Terminating
Diagnostics and error handling
Diagnostics overview
CLI function return codes
SQLSTATES for DB2 CLI
Compound SQL return codes
Descriptors
Consistency checks
Allocating and freeing
Manipulation with handles
Manipulation without handles
CLI/ODBC/JDBC trace facility
Trace files
Querying system catalogs
Input arguments to catalog functions
Configuring DB2 CLI driver behavior
Setting CLI environment, connection, and statement attributes
Configuring CLI/JDBC/ODBC/SQLJ behavior with db2cli.ini
Programming hints and tips
Reduction of network flows
Building CLI multi-connection applications
Multisite updates (two phase commit)
DB2 as transaction manager
Process-based XA-compliant transaction program monitors
Asynchronous execution of CLI functions
Executing functions
Multithreaded CLI applications
Application model
Mixed applications
Unicode
Applications
Functions
Function calls to ODBC driver managers
Bind files and package names
Bind option limitations for CLI packages
Vendor escape clauses
CLI sample programs
Embedded SQL
Embedding SQL statements in a host language
Embedded SQL statements in C and C++ applications
Embedded SQL statements in FORTRAN applications
Embedded SQL statements in COBOL applications
Embedded SQL statements in REXX applications
Supported development software for embedded SQL applications
Setting up the embedded SQL development environment
Designing
Static SQL usage
Dynamic SQL usage
Authorization considerations
Static and dynamic SQL statement execution in embedded SQL applications
Embedded SQL dynamic statements
Determining when to execute SQL statements statically or dynamically in embedded SQL applications
Performance
32-bit and 64-bit support
Restrictions
Restrictions on using C and C++
Restrictions on using COBOL
Restrictions on using FORTRAN
Restrictions on using REXX
Recommendations
Concurrent transactions and multi-threaded database access
Recommendations for using multi-threads
Code page and country or region code considerations for multi-threaded UNIX applications
Troubleshooting multi-threaded applications
Programming
Source files
Application template in C
Include files and definitions
Include files for C and C++
Include files for COBOL
Include files for FORTRAN
Declaring the SQLCA for error handling
Error handling using the WHENEVER statement
Connecting to DB2 databases
Data types that map to SQL data types
Supported SQL data types in C and C++
Data types for procedures, functions, and methods in C and C++
SQL data type representation
Supported SQL data types in FORTRAN
Supported SQL data types in REXX
Host variables
Declaring host variables
Declaring host variables with the db2dclgn declaration generator
Column data types and host variables
Declaring XML host variables
Identifying XML values in an SQLDA
Identifying null SQL values with null indicator variables
Including SQLSTATE and SQLCODE host variables
Referencing host variables
Example: Referencing XML host variables
Host variables in C and C++
Host variable names in C and C++
Declare section for host variables in C and C++
Example: SQL declare section template for C and C++
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables in C and C++
Declaration of numeric host variables in C and C++
Declaration of fixed-length, null-terminated and variable-length character host variables in C and C++
Declaration of graphic host variables in C and C++
wchar_t and sqldbchar data types for graphic data in C and C++
WCHARTYPE precompiler option for graphic data in C and C++
Declaration of VARGRAPHIC type host variables in the structured form in C and C++
Declaration of GRAPHIC type host variables in single-graphic and null-terminated graphic forms in C and C++
Declaration of large object type host variables in C and C++
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in C and C++
Declaration of file reference type host variables in C and C++
Declaration of host variables as pointers in C and C++
Declaration of class data members as host variables in C and C++
Declaration of binary type host variables in C, C++ embedded SQL applications
Embedded SQL application support of BINARY and VARBINARY
Scope resolution and class member operators in C and C++
Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 Considerations in C and C++
Binary storage of variable values using the FOR BIT DATA clause in C and C++
Initialization of host variables in C and C++
Macro expansion and the DECLARE SECTION of C and C++
Host structure support in the declare section of C and C++
Null or truncation indicator variables and indicator tables in C and C++
Null terminated strings in C and C++
Host variables in COBOL
Host variable names in COBOL
Declare section for host variables in COBOL
Example: SQL declare section template for COBOL
BINARY/COMP-4 data types in COBOL
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE Variables in COBOL
Declaration of numeric host variables in COBOL
Declaration of fixed length and variable length character host variables in COBOL
Declaration of fixed length and variable length graphic host variables in COBOL
Declaration of large object type host variables in COBOL
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in COBOL
Declaration of file reference type host variables in COBOL
Grouping data items using REDEFINES in COBOL
Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 considerations for COBOL
Binary storage of variable values using the FOR BIT DATA clause in COBOL
Host structure support in the declare section of COBOL
Null-indicator variables and null or truncation indicator variable tables in COBOL
Host variables in FORTRAN
Host variable names in FORTRAN
Declare section for host variables in FORTRAN
Example: SQL declare section template for FORTRAN
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of numeric host variables FORTRAN
Declaration of fixed-length and variable length character host variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of large object type host variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in FORTRAN
Declaration of file reference type host variable in FORTRAN
Considerations for graphic (multi-byte) character sets in FORTRAN
Japanese or Traditional Chinese EUC, and UCS-2 considerations for FORTAN
Null or truncation indicator variable tables in FORTRAN
Host variables in REXX
Host variable names in REXX
Host variable references in REXX
Predefined REXX variables
Considerations while programming REXX
Declaration of large object type host variables in REXX
Declaration of large object locator type host variables in REXX
Declaration of file reference type host variables in REXX
LOB host variable clearing in REXX
Null or truncation indicator variable tables in REXX
Executing XQuery expressions
Executing SQL statements
Comments
Executing static SQL statements
Retrieving host variable information from the SQLDA structure
Declaring the SQLDA structure in a dynamically executed SQL program
Preparing a dynamically executed SQL statement using the minimum SQLDA structure
Allocating an SQLDA structure with sufficient SQLVAR entries for a dynamically executed SQL program
Describing a SELECT statement in a dynamically executed SQL program
Acquiring storage to hold a row
Processing the cursor in a dynamically executed SQL program
Allocating an SQLDA structure for a dynamically executed SQL program
Transferring data in a dynamically executed SQL program using an SQLDA structure
Processing interactive SQL statements in dynamically executed SQL programs
Determination of statement type in dynamically executed SQL programs
Processing variable-list SELECT statements in dynamically executed SQL programs
Saving SQL requests from end users
Providing variable input to dynamically executed SQL using parameter markers
Example of a parameter markers in a dynamically executed SQL program
Calling stored procedures
Calling stored procedures in C and C++
Calling stored procedures from REXX
Reading and scrolling through results
Scrolling through previously retrieved data
Keeping a copy of the data
Retrieving data a second time
Row order differences between the first and second result table
Updating previously retrieved data
Selecting multiple rows using a cursor
Updating and deleting retrieved data in statically executed SQL Programs
Example of a fetch in a statically executed SQL program
Error message retrieval
Error information in the SQLCODE, SQLSTATE, and SQLWARN
Exit list routine considerations
Exception, signal, and interrupt handler considerations
Disconnecting
Building
Precompilation with the PRECOMPILE command
Precompilation of embedded SQL applications that access more than one database server
Embedded SQL application packages and access plans
Package schema qualification using CURRENT PACKAGE PATH special register
Precompiler generated timestamps
Errors and warnings from precompilation
Compilation and linkage of source files containing embedded SQL
Binding embedded SQL packages to a database with the BIND command
Effect of DYNAMICRULES bind option on dynamically executed SQL
Using special registers to control the statement compilation environment
Package recreation using the BIND command and an existing bind file
Rebinding existing packages with the REBIND command
Bind considerations
Advantages of deferred binding
Performance improvements when using REOPT option of the BIND command
Binding applications and utilities (DB2 Connect)
Package storage and maintenence
Package versioning
Resolution of unqualified table names
Building embedded SQL applications using the sample build script
Error-checking utilities
Building embedded SQL applications in C and C++
Compile and link options for C and C++
AIX C application compile and link options
AIX C++ embedded SQL and DB2 API applications compile and link option
HP-UX C application compile and link options
HP-UX C++ application compile and link options
Linux C application compile and link options
Linux C++ application compile and link options
Solaris C application compile and link options
Solaris C++ application compile and link options
Windows C and C++ application compile and link options
Building UNIX C applications
Building C or C++ applications on Windows
Building embedded SQL applications written in VisualAge C++ with configuration files
Building embedded SQL and DB2 API applications in C or C++ with configuration files
Building C and C++ multi-connection applications on Windows
Building embedded SQL applications in COBOL
Compile and link options for COBOL
AIX IBM COBOL application compile and link options
AIX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Linux Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Windows IBM COBOL application compile and link options
Windows Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
COBOL compiler configurations
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on AIX
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on Windows
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Windows
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Linux
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on AIX
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on HP-UX
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Solaris
Building IBM COBOL applications on AIX
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL applications
Building IBM COBOL applications on Windows
Building Micro Focus COBOL applications on Windows
Building and running embedded SQL applications written in REXX
Bind files for REXX
Building Object REXX applications on Windows
Building embedded SQL applications from the command line
Building embedded SQL applications in C or C++ (Windows)
Migrating
Deploying and running
Restrictions on linking to libdb2.so
Java
Supported drivers for JDBC and SQLJ
Setting up the DB2 JDBC and SQLJ development environment
Installing the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
DB2Binder utility
DB2LobTableCreator utility
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ configuration properties customization
Special setup for accessing DB2 for z/OS servers from Java programs
DB2T4XAIndoubtUtil for distributed transactions with DB2 UDB for OS/390 and z/OS Version 7 servers
Special setup for running Java routines in the HP-UX environment
JDBC application programming
Basic steps in writing a JDBC application
How JDBC applications connect to a data source
Connecting to a data source using the DriverManager interface with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
How DB2 applications connect to a data source using the DriverManager interface with the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
Connecting to a data source using the DataSource interface
How to determine which type of IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connectivity to use
JDBC connection objects
Creating and deploying DataSource objects
Java packages for JDBC support
Learning about a data source using DatabaseMetaData methods
DatabaseMetaData methods for identifying the type of data source
Variables in JDBC applications
JDBC interfaces for executing SQL
Creating and modifying DB2 objects using the Statement.executeUpdate method
Updating data in DB2 tables using the PreparedStatement.executeUpdate method
JDBC executeUpdate methods against a DB2 for z/OS server
Learning about parameters in a PreparedStatement using ParameterMetaData methods
Making batch updates in JDBC applications
Data retrieval in JDBC applications
Characteristics of a JDBC ResultSet under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Learning about a ResultSet using ResultSetMetaData methods
Retrieving data from DB2 tables using the Statement.executeQuery method
Retrieving data from DB2 using the PreparedStatement.executeQuery method
Making batch queries in JDBC applications
Specifying updatability, scrollability, and holdability for ResultSets in JDBC applications
Calling stored procedures using CallableStatement methods
Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in a JDBC application
LOBs in JDBC applications with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Java data types for retrieving or updating LOB column data in JDBC applications
ROWIDs in JDBC with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Distinct types in JDBC applications
Savepoints in JDBC applications
Retrieving identity column values in JDBC applications
Providing extended client information to the DB2 server with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
XML data in JDBC applications
XML column updates in JDBC applications
XML data retrieval in JDBC applications
Invocation of routines with XML parameters in Java applications
Java support for XML schema registration and removal
Transaction control in JDBC applications
Setting the isolation level for a JDBC transaction
Committing or rolling back JDBC transactions
Exceptions and warnings under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Handling an SQLException under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Handling an SQLWarning under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Retrieving information from a BatchUpdateException
Handling an SQLException under the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
Handling an SQLWarning under the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ client reroute support
Disconnecting from database servers in JDBC applications
SQLJ application programming
Basic steps in writing an SQLJ application
Connecting to a data source using SQLJ
SQLJ connection technique 1: JDBC DriverManager interface
SQLJ connection technique 2: JDBC DriverManager interface
SQLJ connection technique 3: JDBC DataSource interface
SQLJ connection technique 4: JDBC DataSource interface
SQLJ connection technique 5: Use a previously created connection
SQLJ connection technique 6: Use the default connection
Java packages for SQLJ support
Variables in SQLJ applications
Comments in an SQLJ application
SQL statements in an SQLJ application
Creating and modifying DB2 objects in an SQLJ application
Performing positioned UPDATE and DELETE operations in an SQLJ application
Iterators as passed variables for positioned UPDATE or DELETE operations in an SQLJ application
Making batch updates in SQLJ applications
How an SQLJ application retrieves data from DB2 tables
Using a named iterator in an SQLJ application
Using a positioned iterator in an SQLJ application
Multiple open iterators for the same SQL statement in an SQLJ application
Multiple open instances of an iterator in an SQLJ application
Using scrollable iterators in an SQLJ application
Calling stored procedures in an SQLJ application
Retrieving multiple result sets from a stored procedure in an SQLJ application
LOBs in SQLJ applications with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Java data types for retrieving or updating LOB column data in SQLJ applications
Using SQLJ and JDBC in the same application
Controlling the execution of SQL statements in SQLJ
ROWIDs in SQLJ with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Distinct types in SQLJ applications
Savepoints in SQLJ applications
XML data in SQLJ applications
XML column updates in SQLJ applications
XML data retrieval in SQLJ applications
XMLCAST in SQLJ applications
Transaction control in SQLJ applications
Setting the isolation level for an SQLJ transaction
Committing or rolling back SQLJ transactions
Handling SQL errors and warnings in SQLJ applications
Handling SQL errors in an SQLJ application
Handling SQL warnings in an SQLJ application
Closing the connection to a data source in an SQLJ application
Security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
User ID and password security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
User ID-only security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Encrypted password security, encrypted user ID security, or encrypted user ID and encrypted password security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Kerberos security under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Use of alternative security mechanisms with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ trusted context support
IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ support for SSL
Configuring connections under the IBM Data Server Driver for JDBC and SQLJ to use SSL
Configuring the Java Runtime Environment to use SSL
Security for preparing SQLJ applications with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Security under the DB2 JDBC Type 2 Driver
Building Java database applications
Building JDBC applets
Building JDBC applications
Building JDBC routines
Building SQLJ applets
Building SQLJ applications
Java applet considerations
SQLJ application and applet options for UNIX
SQLJ application and applet options for Windows
Building SQL routines
SQLJ routine options for UNIX
SQLJ routine options for Windows
JDBC and SQLJ problem diagnosis with the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Example of using configuration properties to start a JDBC trace
Example of a trace program under the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition Overview
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition containers
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition Server
Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition database requirements
Java Naming and Directory Interface (JNDI)
Java transaction management
Example of a distributed transaction that uses JTA methods
Enterprise Java Beans
JDBC and SQLJ connection pooling support
JDBC connection concentrator and Sysplex workload balancing
Example of enabling the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connection concentrator
Techniques for monitoring IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ connection concentrator and Sysplex workload balancing
JDBC and SQLJ reference information
Data types that map to SQL data types in JDBC applications
Date, time, and timestamp values that can cause problems in JDBC and SQLJ applications
Properties for the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
Driver support for JDBC APIs
IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ support for SQL escape syntax
SQLJ statement reference information
SQLJ clause
SQLJ host-expression
SQLJ implements-clause
SQLJ with-clause
SQLJ connection-declaration-clause
SQLJ iterator-declaration-clause
SQLJ executable-clause
SQLJ context-clause
SQLJ statement-clause
SQLJ SET-TRANSACTION-clause
SQLJ assignment-clause
SQLJ iterator-conversion-clause
Interfaces and classes in the sqlj.runtime package
sqlj.runtime.ConnectionContext interface
sqlj.runtime.ForUpdate interface
sqlj.runtime.NamedIterator interface
sqlj.runtime.PositionedIterator interface
sqlj.runtime.ResultSetIterator interface
sqlj.runtime.Scrollable interface
sqlj.runtime.AsciiStream class
sqlj.runtime.BinaryStream class
sqlj.runtime.CharacterStream class
sqlj.runtime.ExecutionContext class
sqlj.runtime.SQLNullException class
sqlj.runtime.StreamWrapper class
sqlj.runtime.UnicodeStream class
Summary of IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ extensions to JDBC
DB2BaseDataSource class
DB2ClientRerouteServerList class
DB2Connection interface
DB2ConnectionPoolDataSource class
DB2Diagnosable interface
DB2ExceptionFormatter class
DB2JCCPlugin class
DB2PooledConnection class
DB2PreparedStatement interface
DB2ResultSetMetaData interface
DB2RowID interface
DB2SimpleDataSource class
DB2Sqlca class
DB2Statement interface
DB2SystemMonitor interface
DB2TraceManager class
DB2XADataSource class
DB2Xml interface
JDBC differences between the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ and other DB2 JDBC drivers
SQLJ differences between the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ and other DB2 JDBC drivers
Error codes issued by the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
SQLSTATEs issued by the IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ
How to find IBM DB2 Driver for JDBC and SQLJ version and environment information
Commands for SQLJ program preparation
sqlj - SQLJ translator
db2sqljcustomize - SQLJ profile customizer
db2sqljbind - SQLJ profile binder
db2sqljprint - SQLJ profile printer
OLE DB
Supported application types
OLE DB services
Supported thread model
Large object manipulation
Supported schema rowsets
OLE DB services automatically enabled by IBM OLE DB Provider
Data services
Supported cursor modes
Supported SQL data types
Data conversion for setting data from OLE DB types to DB2 types
Data conversion for setting data from DB2 types to OLE DB types
Restrictions
Support for OLE DB components and interfaces
Support for OLE DB properties
Connections to data sources
ADO applications
Connection string keywords
Connections to data sources with Visual Basic ADO applications
Updatable scrollable cursors
Limitations
IBM OLE DB Provider support for ADO methods and properties
C and C++ applications
Connections to data sources
COM+ distributed transactions
Enablement of COM+ support in DB2 Universal Database for C/C++ applications
Perl
Database connections
Fetching results
Parameter markers
SQLSTATE and SQLCODE variables
Restrictions
Example
Perl
PHP
Supported PHP software
Setting up the PHP environment
Setting up the PHP environment on Windows operating systems
Setting up the PHP environment on Linux and UNIX operating systems
Developing with ibm_db2
Connecting to a DB2 data source
Retrieving database metadata
Executing XQuery expressions
Executing SQL statements
Executing a single SQL statement
Preparing and executing SQL statements
Inserting large objects
Reading query result sets
Fetching result columns
Fetching result rows
Fetching large objects
Managing transactions
Handling DB2 errors and warning messages
Calling stored procedures
Calling stored procedures with OUT or INOUT parameters
Calling stored procedures that return multiple result sets
Developing with PDO
Connecting to a DB2 data source
Executing SQL statements
Executing a single SQL statement that returns no result sets
Executing a single SQL statement that returns a result set
Preparing and executing SQL statements
Inserting large objects
Reading query result sets
Fetching result columns
Fetching result rows
Fetching large objects
Managing transactions
Handling DB2 errors and warning messages
Calling stored procedures
Calling stored procedures with OUT or INOUT parameters
Calling stored procedures that return multiple result sets
Native XML data store overview
XML data type
Application programming language support
XML data encoding
Internal encoding background
Considerations
Input
Retrieval
Routine parameters
JDBC, SQLJ, and .NET applications
Scenarios
Input internally encoded
Input externally encoded
Retrieval with implicit serialization
Retrieval with explicit serialization
Tools that support XML
National language support
Collating sequences
Character comparisons
Case independent comparisons using the TRANSLATE function
EBCDIC and ASCII collating sequence sort order
Simulation of EBCDIC binary collation
Specified at database creation
Examples
Code pages and locales
Derivation of code page values
Derivation of locales
How DB2 derives locales
Application development considerations
SQL statements
Remote routines
Package names in mixed environments
Active code page for precompilation and binding
Active code page for application execution
Character conversion between code pages
When code page conversion occurs
Character substitutions during conversions
Supported conversions
Conversion expansion factor
DBCS character sets
Extended UNIX code (EUC) character sets
CLI, ODBC, JDBC, and SQLJ programs in DBCS environments
Japanese and Traditional Chinese EUC and UCS-2 code sets
Mixed EUC and double-byte clients and databases
Character conversion for Traditional Chinese users
Graphic data
Applications in mixed code set environments
Unequal code pages
Client-based parameter validation
DESCRIBE statement
Fixed-length and variable-length data
Code page conversion string-length overflow
Applications connected to unicode databases
DB2 extenders
Writing applications and using the sample program
Writing applications for DB2 Spatial Extender
Including the DB2 Spatial Extender header file in spatial applications
Calling DB2 Spatial Extender stored procedures from an application
The DB2 Spatial Extender sample program
Net Search Extender
Directory locations and index storage
Preventive Measures Against Net Search Extender Index File Corruption
Stored procedure search memory requirements
Memory requirements for AIX (64-bit)
Memory requirements for Windows (32-bit and 64-bit)
Memory requirements for Solaris (64-bit)
Memory requirements for Linux (32-bit and 64-bit)
Table, column, and index name considerations
Document formats and supported code pages
Outside In filtering software
User roles
Developing: creating and maintaining a text index
Enabling a database
Disabling a database
Creating a text index
Creating a text index on binary data types
Creating a text index on an unsupported data type
Creating a text index on a nickname with incremental index update using DB2 Replication
Creating a text index which the stored procedure search can use
Creating text indexes on views
Performance considerations for indexing
Maintaining text indexes
Updating and reorganizing a text index
Altering a text index
Clearing index events
Dropping a text index
Viewing text index status
Backing up and restoring indexes
Removing files from the /tmp directory
Building platform-independent applications
Java
Java sample programs
Java applet considerations
JDBC
Building JDBC applets
Building JDBC applications
Building JDBC routines
SQLJ
Building SQLJ applets
Building SQLJ applications
SQLJ application options for UNIX
SQLJ application options for Windows
Building SQLJ routines
SQLJ routine options for UNIX
SQLJ routine options for Windows
Command Line Processor (CLP)
Running CLP scripts
Calling stored procedures from the CLP
SQL procedures
Creating SQL procedures
Calling SQL procedures with client applications
Customizing precompile and bind options for SQL procedures
Backing up and restoring SQL procedures
Rebinding SQL procedures
Perl
PHP
Building platform-specific applications
UNIX
Building UNIX CLI applications
Building UNIX CLI multi-connection applications
Building UNIX CLI routines
Building UNIX C applications
Building UNIX C multi-connection applications
Building UNIX C routines
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL applications
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL routines
AIX
Important considerations
AIX export files for routines
AIX routines and the CREATE statement
Replacing an AIX shared library
Considerations for installing COBOL on AIX
CLI
AIX CLI application compile and link options
Building CLI applications with configuration files
AIX CLI routine compile and link options
Building CLI stored procedures with configuration files
IBM C
AIX C application compile and link options
AIX C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on AIX
VisualAge C++
VisualAge C++ configuration files
IBM COBOL Set for AIX
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on AIX
Building IBM COBOL applications on AIX
AIX IBM COBOL application compile and link options
Building IBM COBOL routines on AIX
AIX IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on AIX
AIX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
AIX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
REXX
Building REXX applications on AIX
HP-UX
CLI
CLI application compile and link options
CLI routine compile and link options
HP-UX C
HP-UX C application compile and link options
HP-UX C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on HP-UX
HP-UX C++
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on HP-UX
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Linux
CLI
CLI application compile and link options
CLI routine compile and link options
C
Linux C application compile and link options
Linux C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on Linux
C++
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Linux
Application compile and link options
Routine compile and link options
Solaris
CLI
CLI application compile and link options
CLI routine compile and link options
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Solaris
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Solaris C
Solaris C application compile and link options
Solaris C routine compile and link options
Building C multi-threaded applications on Solaris
Solaris C++
Windows operating systems
Object Linking and Embedding Database (OLE DB) table functions
Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI)
Microsoft Visual Basic
Building ADO applications with Visual Basic
Building loosely-coupled transactions with Visual Basic
Troubleshooting a Visual Basic loosely-coupled transaction project
Building RDO applications with Visual Basic
Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) automation with Visual Basic
.NET
Building C# .NET applications
C# .NET application compile and link options
Building Visual Basic .NET applications
Visual Basic .NET application compile and link options
Building Common Language Runtime (CLR) .NET routines
CLR .NET routine compile and link options
CLI
Building CLI applications
Building CLI multi-connection applications
CLI application compile and link options
Building CLI routines
CLI routine compile and link options
Microsoft Visual C++
IBM VisualAge COBOL
Configuring the IBM COBOL compiler on Windows
Building IBM COBOL applications on Windows
Windows IBM COBOL application compile and link options
Building IBM COBOL routines on Windows
Windows IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
Micro Focus COBOL
Configuring the Micro Focus COBOL compiler on Windows
Building Micro Focus COBOL applications on Windows
Windows Micro Focus COBOL application compile and link options
Building Micro Focus COBOL routines on Windows
Windows Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Object REXX
Building Object REXX applications on Windows
Federated applications
How client applications interact with data sources
Nicknames in your applications
Reference data source objects by nicknames in SQL statements
Nicknames in DDL statements
Data source statistics impact applications
Defining column options on nicknames
Setting the NUMERIC_STRING column option
Setting the VARCHAR_NO_TRAILING_BLANKS column option
Creating and using federated views
Creating federated views - examples
Application isolation levels for data integrity
Maintain data integrity with isolation levels
Statement level isolation in a federated system
Connection level isolation in a federated system
Federated large object support
Federated LOB support
LOB locators
Restrictions on LOBs
Performance considerations for LOB processing
Distributed requests
Distributed requests for querying data sources
Distributed requests for querying data sources - examples
Optimizing distributed requests with server options
Using pass-through sessions within applications
Querying data sources directly with pass-through
Federated pass-through considerations and restrictions
Pass-through sessions to Oracle data sources
Developing J2EE applications for federated systems
Developing federated applications
Developing federated application with Java technology
Advantages of enterprise beans in a federated system
Enterprise beans in a federated system
Creating and deploying a container-managed persistence bean
Examples of federated applications
Customer bid requests
Supplier quote requests
Developing connections to custom data sources
Wrapper development process
Wrapper development concepts
Purpose for developing a custom wrapper
A walk through a basic federated query
The wrapper module
How users add data sources to federated systems
Query processing for federated systems
Request-reply-compensate protocol
Manipulating requests and replies with handles
Example of Request-Reply-Compensate protocol
Default cost model for federated queries
Query execution for federated systems
Using passthrough with wrappers
Wrapper development kit
Installing the wrapper development kit
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system where DB2 is installed (Windows)
Adding the wrapper development kit to a system with DB2 installed (UNIX)
C++ wrapper SDK
Java wrapper SDK
Tools and samples for adding wrappers to the DB2 Control Center
Designing wrappers
Determining data source characteristics
Selection of APIs for the data source
Operations that are supported by the interface of the data source
Metadata at the data source
Relative cost of queries for the data source
Multiple instances of the data source
Client-server communication for the data source
Transaction models and distributed commit protocol for the data source
User authentication from the data source
Large object support from the data source
Mapping data sources to federated constructs
Designing for nicknames
Deciding on nickname and column options
Mapping queryable collections of source data to nicknames
Mapping hierarchical data structures to nicknames
Mapping data types from data sources to the federated database system
Modeling data source capabilities with function templates
Modeling data source capabilities using pseudo columns
Designing for wrappers
How wrappers work with options
Deciding on wrapper options
Defining the CREATE WRAPPER statement for the data source
Designing for servers
Deciding on server options
Defining the CREATE SERVER statement for the data source
Designing for user mappings
Deciding on user mapping options
Defining the CREATE USER MAPPING statement for the data source
Determining the SQL constructs that the data source can accept
Determining the head expressions that the data source can accept
Determining the predicates that the data source can accept
Determining the joins that the data source can accept
Determining the functions that the data source can accept
Designing for error handling
Developing and documenting wrappers
Overview of data flows
Federated query processing and the objects that are involved
Typical flow of a federated query
Life cycles of objects that are involved in federated queries
Control flows for processes
Control flow for registration
Control flow for initialization
Control flow for query planning
Control flow for query execution
Communication between wrappers and foreign servers
Developing with wrapper classes
Typical procedure for developing a wrapper
Implementations of subclasses and methods
Tips for developing wrappers
Trusted and fenced mode process environments
C++ Processing Environment
Java Processing Environment
Mapping parts of a wrapper to classes
Classes for coding wrappers
Classes for communications between wrappers and data sources
Wrapper classes
Unfenced_Generic_Wrapper class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_Wrapper class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Server classes
Unfenced_Generic_Server class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_Server class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Nickname classes
Unfenced_Generic_Nickname class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_Nickname class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
User classes
Unfenced_Generic_User class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Fenced_Generic_User class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Request class
Methods
Reply class
Advanced customization
Methods
Predicate list class
Methods
Request expression class
Methods
Request constant class
Methods
Request expression type class
Methods
Remote connection class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Remote query class
Runtime data classes
Runtime data class
Runtime data list class
Runtime data description classes
Runtime data description class
Runtime data description list class
Remote passthru class
Required customization for all wrappers
Additional customization
Wrapper utilities class
Ensuring wrappers coexist with the environment
Using system services with wrappers
Memory management (C++ only)
Tokenization services (C++ only)
Making environment variables accessible to wrappers
C++ coding considerations
Wrapper portablilty
Documenting wrappers
Building, testing, and tracing wrappers
Compiling wrappers
Compiling wrappers (C++)
Compiling wrappers (Java)
Linking wrappers (C++ only)
Installing wrappers
Installing C++ wrappers
Installing Java wrappers
Adding data sources to the Control Center
Adding data sources to the DB2 Control Center
Installing the Develop XML Configuration File wizard
Creating XML configuration files
Installing XML configuration files
Supporting discovery in the DB2 Control Center
Testing wrappers
Using registration DLL statements to test wrappers
Testing wrappers with valid and invalid options
Tracing wrappers
Wrapper trace facility
Creating trace information from wrappers
Example of wrapper trace facility
Web services and federated Web applications
Overview of Web services application development
Web services and information integration
Web services components: provider and consumer
Web services fundamentals
SOAP binding
Web services description language
UDDI business registries
WSDL for UDDI registration
XML schema definitions
Preparing the Web services environment on the Web Application Server
Preparing the Web services environment in UNIX and Windows
Preparing the Web services environment in z/OS or OS/390
Preparing the Web services environment in iSeries
Application server for DB2
Installing the application server for DB2 in a federated server
Starting and stopping the application server for DB2
Installing Web services provider samples on the application server for DB2
Installing Web applications on the application server for DB2
Preparing to install the Web services provider
Installing WORF to work with WebSphere Application Server Version 5 or later for Windows and UNIX
Installing WORF on z/OS or OS/390
Installing the Web services provider software requirements for Apache Jakarta Tomcat on UNIX and Windows
Installing WORF on Apache Jakarta Tomcat
Installing the Web services provider software requirements for Apache Jakarta Tomcat on iSeries
Web services provider software requirements for OS/390 and z/OS
Install the Web services provider examples
Installing and deploying WORF examples on WebSphere Application Server Version 4.0.4 for z/OS or OS/390
Deploying WORF examples on WebSphere Application Server Version 5.1 or later for Windows and UNIX
Installing and deploying the WORF examples in iSeries
Installing and deploying the WORF examples on Apache Jakarta Tomcat
Migrating Web services to WebSphere Federation Server Version 9.1
Migrating Web applications to work with WebSphere Federation Server Version 9.1
Introduction to using DB2 as a Web services provider – WORF
Web services provider features
Resource-based deployment
Web services automatic reloading
Accessing the Web service with GET, POST, and SOAP bindings
WSDL from a DADX file
Web services documentation
Web services that exist from Web services provider
Creating a Web services provider from a database
Defining a group of Web services
Defining the web.xml and group.properties files
Defining the web.xml file
Elements required in the web.xml file
Defining the group.properties file
Parameters for the group.properties file
Sample servlet for iSeries
Definition of a DADX file
Defining the Web service with the document access definition extension file
Syntax of the DADX file
A simple DADX file
Using overrides in the DADX file
Declaring and referencing parameters in the DADX file
DADX operation examples
Web service provider operations used with DADX files
XML schema for the DADX file
Web services encoding algorithm
Web services command reference
Dynamic database queries that use the Web services provider
Configuring and running dynamic database queries as part of Web services provider
Dynamic query services-example queries
Dynamic query service operations in the Web services provider
db2WebRowSet
Document type definition repository table
DTD definitions for XML Extender
XML collection operations
Converting a document type definition to an XML schema
Testing Web services applications
Verifying and testing Web services provider (WORF)
Testing Web services applications – a scenario
Testing the Web service
Web services samples – PartOrders.dadx
Installing a Web application that is used with the IBM Web Service SOAP provider engine
Java 2 Enterprise Edition applications
Preparing and creating the Web archive file
Web services provider tracing
Enabling tracing for the DB2 Web services provider-Apache Tomcat Version 4.0 or later Web application server
Enabling tracing for the DB2 Web services provider–WebSphere application server
Enabling tracing for the DB2 Web services provider-Rational Web Developer
Publishing your Web services
Administering and troubleshooting the Web services provider
Using connection pooling to improve performance
Troubleshooting Web services
Security in DADX Web services
Web service consumer functions
Installation of the Web services consumer user-defined functions
Web services consumer user-defined functions
Tracing Web services consumer events
Web services consumer—using the WebSphere Studio User-Defined Function tool
How to generate the user-defined functions from WebSphere Studio
Using the Web services consumer UDFs
Web services consumer examples
DADX environment checker
Running the DADX environment checker
DADX environment checker parameters
Indicating errors and warnings in the output text file
Error checking by the DADX environment checker
Checking errors in the web.xml file
Checking errors in the NST files
Checking errors in the DAD files
Checking errors in the DADX files
WebSphere MQ messaging applications
WebSphere MQ and DB2 User Defined Functions
WebSphere MQ messaging interface
Message handling and the MQ messaging interface
Installing and using the DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
Capabilities of DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
Commit environment for DB2 WebSphere MQ functions
Configuring the MQ messaging interface
WebSphere MQ configuration parameters
WebSphere MQ function messages
WebSphere MQ messaging Services
Messaging Policies
Service points
Policy definitions
Migrating MQ user defined functions from the repository-based configuration to the table-based configuration
Examples of MQPUBLISH and MQSUBSCRIBE
DB2 WebSphere MQ functions as part of the DB2 transaction
WebSphere MQ functions within DB2
Application-to-application connectivity
Tracing WebSphere MQ problems
MQListener in WebSphere Federation Server
Asynchronous messaging in Information Integration
Configuring and running MQListener
Configuring MQListener to run in the DB2 environment
Configuring WebSphere MQ for MQListener
Configuring MQListener
Creating a stored procedure to use with MQListener
MQListener examples
Parameters used in MQListener configuration
WebSphere MQ queues used in MQListener
Replication and event publishing applications
Applications that start SQL replication
Starting the SQL replication programs from within an application (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Developing applications that use XML messages
Structure of XML messages for event publishing
XML message types and requirements
XML message types
Technical requirements for XML messages
How XML delimiters are handled in character data
Structure of XML messages from Q Capture to a user application
List of XML messages from Q Capture to a user application
msg: Root element for XML messages from Q Capture to a user application
Transaction message
Row operation message
Large object (LOB) message
Subscription deactivated message
Load done received message
Error report message
Heartbeat message
Subscription schema message (subSchema)
Add column message
Structure of XML messages from a user application to Q Capture
List of XML messages from a user application to Q Capture
msg: Root element for XML messages from a user application to Q Capture
Invalidate send queue message
Load done message
Activate subscription message
Deactivate subscription message
Routines
Routines
Overview of routines
Benefits of using routines
Types of routines
System-defined and user-defined routines
System-defined
User-defined
Comparison of user-defined and system-defined routines
Choosing to use system-defined or user-defined routines
Functional types of routines
Procedures
Functions
Scalar functions
Row functions
Table functions
Methods
Comparison of routine functional types
Choosing a routine functional type
Implementations of routines
Built-in routines
Sourced routines
SQL routines
External routines
Supported APIs and programming languages
Comparison of APIs and programming languages
Comparison of routine implementations
Choosing a routine implementation
Usage of routines
Administering databases with system-defined routines
Extending SQL language support with user-defined routines
Auditing using SQL functions
Tools for developing routines
DB2 Developer Workbench routine development support
SQL statements that can be executed in routines
SQL access levels
Determining what SQL statements can be executed in routines
Portability of routines
Interoperability of routines
Performance of routines
Security of routines
Securing routines
Authorization to execute SQL in routines
Read and write data access considerations
Developing SQL routines
Overview of SQL routines
Tools for developing SQL routines
DB2 Developer Workbench SQL procedure support
SQL Procedural Language - SQL PL
Inline SQL Procedural Language
SQL PL in SQL procedures
Inline SQL PL in functions, triggers, and compound statements
SQL routine CREATE statements
Choosing between using SQL routines or external routines
Choosing between SQL procedures or SQL functions
Choosing between SQL procedures or a compund SQL (dynamic) statement
Rewriting SQL procedures as SQL functions
SQL procedures
SQL procedures
Features of SQL procedures
Restrictions on using buffered inserts
Designing SQL procedures
Parts of SQL procedures
Structure of SQL procedures
Parameters
Parameter markers
Variables
XML and XQuery support
SQLCODE and SQLSTATE variables
Scope of variables
Effect of commits and rollbacks
Cursors
Cursors for XQuery expressions
Control flow statements in SQL procedures
Variable related statements in SQL procedures
Conditional statements
CASE statement in SQL procedures
IF statement in SQL procedures
Looping statements
FOR statement in SQL procedures
LOOP statement in SQL procedures
WHILE statement in SQL procedures
REPEAT statement in SQL procedures
Declaring condition handlers
GOTO statement in SQL procedures
ITERATE statement in SQL procedures
LEAVE statement in SQL procedures
RETURN statement in SQL procedures
Condition handlers
Declaring condition handlers
Returning result sets from SQL procedures
Creating SQL procedures
Creating SQL procedures from the command line processor
Customizing precompile and bind options for SQL procedures
Developing external routines
Overview of external routines
External routine features
External function and method features
Scalar user-defined functions
External scalar function and method invocation
External table functions
External table function processing
Java table function execution model
Scratchpads for external functions and external methods
Scratchpads for 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems
Supported APIs and programming languages
Comparison of APIs and programming languages
Creation of external routines
Parameter styles for external routines
Library and class management considerations
Deployment of routine library or class files
Security of external routine library or class files
Resolution of external routine library or class files
Modifications to external routine library or class files
Backup and restore of external routine library and class files
Performance and library management
32-bit and 64-bit support for external routines
Performance of 32-bit routines in 64-bit environments
XML data type support
Restrictions on external routines
Creating external routines
.NET common language runtime (CLR) routines
Supported software
Tools for developing .NET CLR routines
Designing .NET CLR routines
SQL data type representation
Parameters in .NET CLR routines
Returning result sets from .NET CLR routines
Security and execution mode settings
Restrictions on .NET CLR routines
Creating .NET CLR routines
Creating from DB2 Command Windows
Building .NET CLR routine code
Building using DB2 sample scripts
Building from DB2 Command Windows
.NET CLR routine compile options
Debugging .NET CLR routines
Errors related to .NET CLR routines
Examples of .NET CLR routines
Example: C# .NET CLR procedures
Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR procedures
Example: XML and XQuery support in C# .NET CLR procedure
Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR functions
Example: Visual Basic .NET CLR functions
C and C++ routines
Supported software (C)
Supported software (C++)
Tools for developing C and C++ routines
Designing C and C++ routines
Include file required for C and C++ routine development
Parameters in C and C++ routines
Parameter styles supported
Parameter null indicators
Parameter style SQL C and C++ procedures
Parameter style SQL C and C++ functions
Passing parameters by value and by reference
Parameters not required for result sets
Dbinfo structure routine parameter
Scratchpad as function parameter
Program type MAIN support for procedures
SQL data type representation
SQL data type handling
Passing arguments to C routines
Graphic host variables
C++ type decoration
Returning result sets from procedures
Creating C and C++ routines
Building C and C++ routine code
Building C and C++ routine code using the sample bldrtn script
Using the sample build script (UNIX)
Using the sample build script (Windows)
Building C and C++ routine code from the command line
Compile and link options for C and C++ routines
AIX C routine compile and link options
AIX C++ routine compile and link options
HP-UX C routine compile and link options
HP-UX C++ routine compile and link options
Linux C routine compile and link options
Linux C++ routine compile and link options
Solaris C routine compile and link options
Solaris C++ routine compile and link options
Windows C and C++ routine compile and link options
Building embedded SQL procedures in C or C++ with configuration files
Building user-defined functions in C or C++ with configuration files
Rebuilding DB2 routine shared libraries
COBOL procedures
Supported software
SQL data type representation
Building COBOL routines
Compile and link options for COBOL routines
AIX IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
AIX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
HP-UX Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Solaris Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Linux Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Windows IBM COBOL routine compile and link options
Windows Micro Focus COBOL routine compile and link options
Building IBM COBOL routines on AIX
Building UNIX Micro Focus COBOL routines
Building IBM COBOL routines on Windows
Building Micro Focus COBOL routines on Windows
Java routines
Supported software
JDBC and SQLJ API support
Specification of an SDK for Java routines (UNIX)
Specification of a driver for Java routines
Tools for developing Java routines
Designing Java routines
SQL data type representation
Connection contexts in SQLJ routines
Parameters in Java routines
Parameter style JAVA procedures
Parameter style JAVA functions
Parameter style DB2GENERAL routines
DB2GENERAL UDFs
Supported SQL data types in DB2GENERAL routines
Java classes for DB2GENERAL routines
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.StoredProc
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.UDF
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.Lob
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.Blob
DB2GENERAL Java class: COM.IBM.db2.app.Clob
XML data type parameters
Returning result sets from Java (JDBC) procedures
Returning result sets from Java (SQLJ) procedures
Retrieving procedure result sets in Java (JDBC) applications and procedures
Retrieving procedure result sets in Java (SQLJ) applications and procedures
Restrictions on Java routines
Java table function execution model
Creating Java routines
Creating from DB2 Command Windows
Building Java routine code
Building JDBC routine code
Building SQLJ routine code
Compile and link options for Java (SQLJ) routines
SQLJ routine options for UNIX
SQLJ routine options for Windows
Deploying Java routines
JAR file administration
Updating Java routines
Examples of Java (JDBC) routines
Example: XML and XQuery support in Java (JDBC) procedure
OLE automation routines
Creating OLE automation routines
OLE routine object instances and scratchpad considerations
SQL data type respresentations
OLE automation routines in BASIC and C++
OLE DB user-defined table functions
OLE DB user-defined table functions
Creating an OLE DB table UDF
Fully qualified rowset names
Supported SQL data types in OLE DB
Routine invocation
Authorization to execute SQL in routines
Routine names and paths
Nested routine invocations
Invoking 32-bit routines on a 64-bit database server
Routine code page considerations
References to procedures
Procedure selection
Calling procedures
Calling procedures from applications or external routines
Calling procedures from triggers or SQL routines
Calling stored procedures from the CLP
Calling procedures from CLI
References to functions
Function selection
Distinct types as UDF or method parameters
LOB values as UDF parameters
Invoking scalar functions or methods
Invoking user-defined table functions
Control Center plugins
Compiling and running the example plugins
Writing plugins as Control Center extensions
Creating a plugin that adds a toolbar button
Creating a plug-in that adds new menu items to the Database object
Creating a basic menu action
Positioning the menu item
Creating a basic menu action separator
Creating sub menus
Adding a menu item only to an object with a particular name
Creating a plug-in that adds plug-in objects under Database in the tree
Adding the folder to hold multiple objects in the tree
Adding an example object under the folder
Setting attributes for a plugin tree object
Adding the create action
Adding the remove action with multiple selection support
Adding the alter action
Guidelines for Control Center plugin developers
Leveraging XML support
Introduction
Native XML data store overview
XML input and output overview
Comparison of XML and relational models
XQuery and XPath data model
Sequences and items
Atomic values
Node hierarchies
Node properties
Node kinds
Document nodes
Element nodes
Attribute nodes
Text nodes
Processing instruction nodes
Comment nodes
Document order of nodes
Node identity
Typed values and string values of nodes
XML data type
Native XML data store
XML information roadmap
XML storage object overview
Guidelines for storage requirements for XML documents
Working with XML data
Creation of tables with XML columns
Addition of XML columns to existing tables
Insertion into XML columns
Updates of XML columns
Deletion of XML data from tables
XML support in triggers
XML parsing
XML validation
Querying and retrieving XML
XML data querying
Introduction to XQuery
Retrieving DB2 data with XQuery functions
Introduction to querying XML data with SQL
Comparison of XQuery to SQL
Comparison of methods for querying XML data
XMLQUERY scalar function
Overview
Non-empty sequences returned by XMLQUERY
Empty sequences returned by XMLQUERY
Casting of XMLQUERY results to non-XML types
Casting between data types
XMLTABLE table function
Overview
Example: Inserting values returned from XMLTABLE
Example: Returning one row for each occurrence of an item
XMLEXISTS predicate
XMLEXISTS predicate when querying XML data
XMLEXISTS predicate usage
Constant and parameter marker passing to XMLEXISTS and XMLQUERY
Data retrieval with XQuery
Guidelines for matching indexes with queries overview
Guidelines for matching indexes with queries overview
Restrictiveness of index definitions
Considerations when specifying text()
Data type of literals
Join predicate conversion
Indeterminate query evaluation
Full-text search
Retrieval to earlier clients
Publishing XML values with SQL/XML
Publishing XML values with SQL/XML
Special character handling
XML serialization
Differences in an XML document after storage and retrieval
Data types for archiving XML documents
Tools that support XML
XML data indexing overview
XML data indexing overview
Index XML pattern expressions
XML namespace declarations
Data types associated with index XML pattern expressions
Indexing elements with complex schema types
Data type conversion for indexes over XML data
XML schemas and index key generation
UNIQUE keyword semantics
Database objects associated with XML data indexing
Logical and physical indexes over XML data
Other database objects associated with XML columns
CREATE INDEX statement
Sample queries against indexes over XML data
Restrictions on indexes over XML data
Recreation of indexes over XML data
Troubleshooting
Common XML indexing issues
Preference of database managed table spaces for native XML data store performance
XML schema repository (XSR)
XML schema, DTD, and external entity management
XSR objects
XSR object registration
Registering XSR objects through stored procedures
Registering XSR objects through the command line processor
Java support for XML schema registration and removal
Altering registered XSR objects
Examples of extracting XML schema information
Listing XML schemas registered with the XSR
Retrieving all components of an XML schema registered with the XSR
Retrieving the XML schema of an XML document
Stored procedures
XSR_REGISTER procedure
XSR_ADDSCHEMADOC procedure
XSR_COMPLETE procedure
XSR_DTD procedure
XSR_EXTENTITY procedure
Commands
REGISTER XMLSCHEMA command
ADD XMLSCHEMA DOCUMENT command
COMPLETE XMLSCHEMA command
REGISTER XSROBJECT command
XML data movement overview
XML data movement overview
Important considerations for XML data movement
XQuery data model
LOB and XML file behavior with regard to import and export
XML data specifier
Exporting XML data
Importing XML data
Application programming language support
Application programming language support
CLI
Data handling overview
Inserts and updates
Data retrieval
Default type handling
Embedded SQL
Declaring XML host variables
Example: Referencing XML host variables
Executing XQuery expressions
Recommendations
Identifying XML values in an SQLDA
Java
JDBC
XML data
XML column updates
XML data retrieval
Invocation of routines with XML parameters
SQLJ
XML data
XML column updates
XML data retrieval
PHP
Introduction
Executing XQuery expressions
Routines
SQL procedures
XML and XQuery support
Cursors for XQuery expressions
Effect of commits and rollbacks
External routines
XML data type support
Specification of a driver for Java routines
Example: XML and XQuery support in Java (JDBC) procedure
Example: XML and XQuery support in C# .NET CLR procedure
Example: XML and XQuery support in C procedure
Performance of routines
XML encoding
XML data encoding
Internal encoding background
Considerations
Input
Retrieval
Routine parameters
JDBC, SQLJ, and .NET applications
Scenarios
Input internally encoded
Input externally encoded
Retrieval with implicit serialization
Retrieval with explicit serialization
Encoding mappings
CCSIDs to encoding names
Encoding names to CCSIDs
Annotated XML schema decomposition
Annotated XML schema decomposition
Advantage
Decomposing XML documents
Registering and enabling XML schemas
Disablement
xdbDecompXML stored procedures
DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENT command
Annotations
Overview
Specification and scope
Summary
db2-xdb:defaultSQLSchema
db2-xdb:rowSet
db2-xdb:table
db2-xdb:column
db2-xdb:locationPath
db2-xdb:expression
db2-xdb:condition
db2-xdb:contentHandling
db2-xdb:normalization
db2-xdb:truncate
db2-xdb:rowSetMapping
Keywords
Schema for XML decomposition annotations
XML schema to SQL types compatibility
Character types
Datetime types
Graphic types
LOB and for bit data types
Numeric types
Decomposition results
How results are formed
Effect of validation
CDATA sections
NULL values and empty strings
Recommendations
Derived complex types
Checklist
XML schema structuring
Mapping examples
rowSets
Examples of mappings
Example: Mapping to an XML column
Example: Single value to a table and row
Example: Single value to a table and multiple rows
Example: Single value to multiple tables
Example: Multiple values to a single table
Example: Multiple values from different contexts
Limits and restrictions
Troubleshooting considerations
Native XML Samples
Native XML Samples
Native XML - Administration samples
Native XML - Application Development samples
Restrictions on native XML data store
Articles on native XML support
XQuery builder
Tutorial: XQuery builder
Module 1: Prepare to build a query
Lesson 1.1: Create an XML query file
Lesson 1.2: Add representative documents to the builder
Lesson 1.3: Understand the XQuery builder interface
Module 2: Build and run a query
Lesson 2.1: Build a simple path expression
Lesson 2.2: Run a query and view the output
Lesson 2.3: Filter the query
Lesson 2.4: Construct elements in the return clause
XQuery builder concepts
Resources for building queries
Representative XML documents
XML and XQuery constructors
XQuery expressions
XQuery functions
The XQuery builder grids
Outline view for the XQuery builder
Properties view
Source tab of the XQuery builder
File formats for XQuery builder
Starting the XQuery builder
Building an XML query
Running an XML query
Introduction
Native XML data store overview
XML input and output overview
Comparison of XML and relational models
XQuery and XPath data model
Sequences and items
Atomic values
Node hierarchies
Node properties
Node kinds
Document nodes
Element nodes
Attribute nodes
Text nodes
Processing instruction nodes
Comment nodes
Document order of nodes
Node identity
Typed values and string values of nodes
XML data type
Native XML data store
XML information roadmap
XML storage object overview
Guidelines for storage requirements for XML documents
Working with XML data
Creation of tables with XML columns
Addition of XML columns to existing tables
Insertion into XML columns
Updates of XML columns
Deletion of XML data from tables
XML support in triggers
XML parsing
XML validation
Querying and retrieving XML
XML data querying
Introduction to XQuery
Retrieving DB2 data with XQuery functions
Introduction to querying XML data with SQL
Comparison of XQuery to SQL
Comparison of methods for querying XML data
XMLQUERY scalar function
Overview
Non-empty sequences returned by XMLQUERY
Empty sequences returned by XMLQUERY
Casting of XMLQUERY results to non-XML types
Casting between data types
XMLTABLE table function
Overview
Example: Inserting values returned from XMLTABLE
Example: Returning one row for each occurrence of an item
XMLEXISTS predicate
XMLEXISTS predicate when querying XML data
XMLEXISTS predicate usage
Constant and parameter marker passing to XMLEXISTS and XMLQUERY
Data retrieval with XQuery
Guidelines for matching indexes with queries overview
Guidelines for matching indexes with queries overview
Restrictiveness of index definitions
Considerations when specifying text()
Data type of literals
Join predicate conversion
Indeterminate query evaluation
Full-text search
Retrieval to earlier clients
Publishing XML values with SQL/XML
Publishing XML values with SQL/XML
Special character handling
XML serialization
Differences in an XML document after storage and retrieval
Data types for archiving XML documents
Tools that support XML
XML data indexing overview
XML data indexing overview
Index XML pattern expressions
XML namespace declarations
Data types associated with index XML pattern expressions
Indexing elements with complex schema types
Data type conversion for indexes over XML data
XML schemas and index key generation
UNIQUE keyword semantics
Database objects associated with XML data indexing
Logical and physical indexes over XML data
Other database objects associated with XML columns
CREATE INDEX statement
Sample queries against indexes over XML data
Restrictions on indexes over XML data
Recreation of indexes over XML data
Troubleshooting
Common XML indexing issues
Preference of database managed table spaces for native XML data store performance
XML schema repository (XSR)
XML schema, DTD, and external entity management
XSR objects
XSR object registration
Registering XSR objects through stored procedures
Registering XSR objects through the command line processor
Java support for XML schema registration and removal
Altering registered XSR objects
Examples of extracting XML schema information
Listing XML schemas registered with the XSR
Retrieving all components of an XML schema registered with the XSR
Retrieving the XML schema of an XML document
Stored procedures
XSR_REGISTER procedure
XSR_ADDSCHEMADOC procedure
XSR_COMPLETE procedure
XSR_DTD procedure
XSR_EXTENTITY procedure
Commands
REGISTER XMLSCHEMA command
ADD XMLSCHEMA DOCUMENT command
COMPLETE XMLSCHEMA command
REGISTER XSROBJECT command
XML data movement overview
XML data movement overview
Important considerations for XML data movement
XQuery data model
LOB and XML file behavior with regard to import and export
XML data specifier
Exporting XML data
Importing XML data
Application programming language support
Application programming language support
CLI
Data handling overview
Inserts and updates
Data retrieval
Default type handling
Embedded SQL
Declaring XML host variables
Example: Referencing XML host variables
Executing XQuery expressions
Recommendations
Identifying XML values in an SQLDA
Java
JDBC
XML data
XML column updates
XML data retrieval
Invocation of routines with XML parameters
SQLJ
XML data
XML column updates
XML data retrieval
PHP
Introduction
Executing XQuery expressions
Routines
SQL procedures
XML and XQuery support
Cursors for XQuery expressions
Effect of commits and rollbacks
External routines
XML data type support
Specification of a driver for Java routines
Example: XML and XQuery support in Java (JDBC) procedure
Example: XML and XQuery support in C# .NET CLR procedure
Example: XML and XQuery support in C procedure
Performance of routines
XML encoding
XML data encoding
Internal encoding background
Considerations
Input
Retrieval
Routine parameters
JDBC, SQLJ, and .NET applications
Scenarios
Input internally encoded
Input externally encoded
Retrieval with implicit serialization
Retrieval with explicit serialization
Encoding mappings
CCSIDs to encoding names
Encoding names to CCSIDs
Annotated XML schema decomposition
Annotated XML schema decomposition
Advantage
Decomposing XML documents
Registering and enabling XML schemas
Disablement
xdbDecompXML stored procedures
DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENT command
Annotations
Overview
Specification and scope
Summary
db2-xdb:defaultSQLSchema
db2-xdb:rowSet
db2-xdb:table
db2-xdb:column
db2-xdb:locationPath
db2-xdb:expression
db2-xdb:condition
db2-xdb:contentHandling
db2-xdb:normalization
db2-xdb:truncate
db2-xdb:rowSetMapping
Keywords
Schema for XML decomposition annotations
XML schema to SQL types compatibility
Character types
Datetime types
Graphic types
LOB and for bit data types
Numeric types
Decomposition results
How results are formed
Effect of validation
CDATA sections
NULL values and empty strings
Recommendations
Derived complex types
Checklist
XML schema structuring
Mapping examples
rowSets
Examples of mappings
Example: Mapping to an XML column
Example: Single value to a table and row
Example: Single value to a table and multiple rows
Example: Single value to multiple tables
Example: Multiple values to a single table
Example: Multiple values from different contexts
Limits and restrictions
Troubleshooting considerations
Native XML Samples
Native XML Samples
Native XML - Administration samples
Native XML - Application Development samples
Restrictions on native XML data store
Articles on native XML support
XQuery builder
Tutorial: XQuery builder
Module 1: Prepare to build a query
Lesson 1.1: Create an XML query file
Lesson 1.2: Add representative documents to the builder
Lesson 1.3: Understand the XQuery builder interface
Module 2: Build and run a query
Lesson 2.1: Build a simple path expression
Lesson 2.2: Run a query and view the output
Lesson 2.3: Filter the query
Lesson 2.4: Construct elements in the return clause
XQuery builder concepts
Resources for building queries
Representative XML documents
XML and XQuery constructors
XQuery expressions
XQuery functions
The XQuery builder grids
Outline view for the XQuery builder
Properties view
Source tab of the XQuery builder
File formats for XQuery builder
Starting the XQuery builder
Building an XML query
Running an XML query
Security
Database systems
DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
Authentications, authorizations, privileges, and authorities
Security
Authentication
Authentication methods for servers
Kerberos authentication details
Authentication considerations for remote clients
Security plug-ins
Library locations
Naming conventions
Security plug-in support for two-part user IDs
API versioning
32-bit and 64-bit considerations
Problem determination
Enabling plug-ins
Deploying a change password plug-in (Linux)
Group
GSS-API
Kerberos
Userid/password
LDAP-based authentication and group lookup support
Configuring the LDAP plug-in modules
Enabling the LDAP plug-in modules
Connecting with an LDAP user ID
Considerations for group lookup
Troubleshooting
Writing security plug-ins
How DB2 loads security plug-ins
Restrictions
Restrictions on security plug-ins
Return codes
Error message handling for security plug-ins
Calling sequences for the APIs
Windows
Authentication scenarios
Server authentication
Client authentication and Windows client computers
Authentication with groups and domain security
Groups and user authentication
Acquiring Windows users
Windows local system account support
Support for global groups
Domain security support (Windows)
Authentication using an ordered domain list
Trust relationships between domains
DB2 security service (Windows)
Extended Windows security using DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS groups
Authorization
Schemas
Privileges, authority levels, and database authorities
System administration authority (SYSADM)
System control authority (SYSCTRL)
System maintenance authority (SYSMAINT)
System monitor authority (SYSMON)
Database authorities
Security administration authority (SECADM)
Database administration authority (DBADM)
LOAD authority
Implicit schema authority (IMPLICIT_SCHEMA) considerations
Schema privileges
Table space privileges
Table and view privileges
Package privileges
Index privileges
Sequence privileges
Routine privileges
Authorization ID privileges
Authorizing and binding routines that contain SQL
Security issues when installing DB2
Partitioned database authentication
Controlling access to database objects
Granting privileges
Revoking privileges
Label-Based Access Control (LBAC)
LBAC security policies
LBAC security label components
LBAC security label component type: SET
LBAC security label component type: ARRAY
LBAC security label component type: TREE
LBAC security labels
Format for security label values
How LBAC security labels are compared
LBAC rule sets
LBAC rule set: DB2LBACRULES
LBAC rule exemptions
Built-in functions for dealing with LBAC security labels
Protection of data using LBAC
Reading of LBAC protected data
Inserting of LBAC protected data
Updating of LBAC protected data
Deleting or dropping of LBAC protected data
Removal of LBAC protection from data
Managing implicit authorizations by creating and dropping objects
Establishing ownership of packages
Indirect privileges through packages
Indirect privileges through packages containing nicknames
Controlling data access with views
Monitoring data access using the audit facility
Data encryption
IBM Database Encryption Expert
Tasks and required authorizations
Security Considerations
Security details by operating system
UNIX
DB2 administration server (Windows)
Windows
Introduction to the DB2 audit facility
Audit facility behavior
Audit facility usage
Maintaining audit trails in DB2 tables
Creating tables for DB2 audit data
Creating DB2 audit data files
Loading DB2 audit data into tables
Selecting DB2 audit data from tables
Audit facility messages
Audit facility record layouts
Audit record object types
Audit record layout for AUDIT events
Audit record layout for CHECKING events
List of possible CHECKING access approval reasons
List of possible CHECKING access attempted types
Audit record layout for OBJMAINT events
Audit record layout for SECMAINT events
List of possible SECMAINT privileges or authorities
Audit record layout for SYSADMIN events
List of possible SYSADMIN audit events
Audit record layout for VALIDATE events
Audit record layout for CONTEXT events
List of possible CONTEXT audit events
Audit facility tips and techniques
Controlling DB2 audit facility activities
System catalogs and security maintenance
Retrieving authorization names with granted privileges
Retrieving all names with DBADM authority
Retrieving names authorized to access a table
Retrieving all privileges granted to users
Securing the system catalog view
Firewall support
Packet filter firewalls
Application proxy firewalls
Circuit level firewalls
Stateful multi-layer inspection (SMLI) firewalls
Security-related configuration parameters
audit_buf_sz - Audit buffer size
authentication - Authentication type
authentication - Authentication type DAS
catalog_noauth - Cataloging allowed without authority
dasadm_group - DAS administration authority group name
dftdbpath - Default database path
restrict_access - Database has restricted access configuration parameter
svcename - TCP/IP service name
sysadm_group - System administration authority group name
sysctrl_group - System control authority group name
sysmaint_group - System maintenance authority group name
sysmon_group - System monitor authority group name
trust_allclnts - Trust all clients
trust_clntauth - Trusted clients authentication
Security exit configuration parameters
clnt_krb_plugin - Client Kerberos plug-in
clnt_pw_plugin - Client userid-password plug-in
group_plugin - Group plug-in
local_gssplugin - GSS API plug-in used for local instance level authorization
srvcon_auth - Authentication type for incoming connections at the server
srvcon_gssplugin_list - List of GSS API plug-ins for incoming connections at the server
srvcon_pw_plugin - Userid-password plug-in for incoming connections at the server
srv_plugin_mode - Server plug-in mode
Security considerations in applications
Security considerations for SQL applications
Authorization considerations for embedded SQL
Authorization considerations for dynamic SQL
Authorization considerations for static SQL
Security considerations for routines
Guidelines for stored procedures
Security and Java applications
Security under the DB2 JDBC type 2 driver
Security under the Universal JDBC driver
Using user ID and password security under the DB2 Universal JDBC driver
Using user ID-only security under the DB2 Universal JDBC driver
Using Kerberos security under the DB2 Universal JDBC driver
Using encrypted user ID security or encrypted password security under the DB2 Universal JDBC driver
Connecting to a data source using the DriverManager interface with the DB2 Universal JDBC driver
Mainframe and midrange servers
Trusted connections through DB2 Connect
Creating a trusted connection through CLI
Switching users on a trusted connection through CLI
DB2 Connect authentication considerations
Kerberos support
DB2 Connect security considerations for DB2 for z/OS and OS/390
Additional hints and tips about z/OS and OS/390 security
Security types supported with DB2 Connect
Federated systems security
Label-based access control and federated systems
External repositories for user mappings
Overview of the user mapping plugin for external repositories
Advantages of using an external repository to store user mappings
Relationship between the federated server and the user mapping plugin
User mapping plugin architecture
UserMappingRepository class
UserMappingCrypto class
UserMappingEntry class
UserMappingOption class
UserMappingException class
LDAP sample plugin
Description of files for the LDAP sample plugin
Developing a plugin for retrieving user mappings from an external repository
Extending the sample LDAP plugin files to other external repositories
Security considerations for the user mapping plugin
Modifying the UserMappingCryptoLDAP sample file
Modifying the UserMappingRepositoryLDAP sample file
Compiling the user mapping plugin files
Creating the configuration file for the user mapping plugin
Testing the user mapping plugin
Installing the user mapping plugin files
Configuring access to the user mapping plugin
Troubleshoot the user mapping plugin
Replication security
Setting up user IDs and passwords for SQL replication
Authorization requirements for administration
Authorization requirements for the Capture program
Authorization requirements for the Apply program
Authorization requirements for Capture triggers on non-DB2 relational databases
Storing user IDs and passwords for SQL replication (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Setting up user IDs and passwords for Q replication and event publishing
Setting up user IDs and passwords
Authorization requirements for Q replication and event publishing
Authorization requirements for the Q Capture program
Authorization requirements for the Q Apply program
Authorization requirements to administer Q replication and event publishing
Storing user IDs and passwords for remote servers (Linux, UNIX, Windows)
Database systems
DB2 Database for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
Authentications, authorizations, privileges, and authorities
Security
Authentication
Authentication methods for servers
Kerberos authentication details
Authentication considerations for remote clients
Security plug-ins
Library locations
Naming conventions
Security plug-in support for two-part user IDs
API versioning
32-bit and 64-bit considerations
Problem determination
Enabling plug-ins
Deploying a change password plug-in (Linux)
Group
GSS-API
Kerberos
Userid/password
LDAP-based authentication and group lookup support
Configuring the LDAP plug-in modules
Enabling the LDAP plug-in modules
Connecting with an LDAP user ID
Considerations for group lookup
Troubleshooting
Writing security plug-ins
How DB2 loads security plug-ins
Restrictions
Restrictions on security plug-ins
Return codes
Error message handling for security plug-ins
Calling sequences for the APIs
Windows
Authentication scenarios
Server authentication
Client authentication and Windows client computers
Authentication with groups and domain security
Groups and user authentication
Acquiring Windows users
Windows local system account support
Support for global groups
Domain security support (Windows)
Authentication using an ordered domain list
Trust relationships between domains
DB2 security service (Windows)
Extended Windows security using DB2ADMNS and DB2USERS groups
Authorization
Schemas
Privileges, authority levels, and database authorities
System administration authority (SYSADM)
System control authority (SYSCTRL)
System maintenance authority (SYSMAINT)
System monitor authority (SYSMON)
Database authorities
Security administration authority (SECADM)
Database administration authority (DBADM)
LOAD authority
Implicit schema authority (IMPLICIT_SCHEMA) considerations
Schema privileges
Table space privileges
Table and view privileges
Package privileges
Index privileges
Sequence privileges
Routine privileges
Authorization ID privileges
Authorizing and binding routines that contain SQL
Security issues when installing DB2
Partitioned database authentication
Controlling access to database objects
Granting privileges
Revoking privileges
Label-Based Access Control (LBAC)
&